furniture fittings

Furniture FittingsProduct Range

www.hafele.co.id

2019 2020

Head OfficeTaman Tekno Blok A No. 3 Serpong, Tangerang 15314Phone +62 21 7587 8888 Semarang Jl. Majapahit 91 Ruko D Semarang 50167Phone +62 24 767 444 66

Surabaya Jl. Raya Gubeng No. 32-M Surabaya 60242Phone +62 31 505 5055

Denpasar Jl. Bypass Ngurah Rai 120i Kuta Bali 80361Phone +62 361 764278 Hotline 082 333 666 082Email [email protected]

Online Catalog

Furn

itur

e Fi

ttin

gs

FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

Furniture FittingsTable of Contents

Furniture FittingsTable of Contents

V.2V.1

1

2

3

4

PAGE

1.1 - 1.20

DESIGNFURNITUREHANDLES

PAGE

2.1 - 2.50

CONNECTORTECHNOLOGY,SHELF SUPPORTS

PAGE

3.1 - 3.101

HINGES AND FLAPFITTINGS

PAGE

4.1 - 4.44

LOCKS ANDCATCHES

5 PAGE

5.1 - 5.24

HOMEIMPROVEMENT FITTINGS

7SLIDING DOORFITTINGS

8TABLE ANDFURNITURE BASE FITTINGS

9

DIALOCK DFTFURNITURELOCKING SYSTEM

10TOOLS, SCREW AND CONSUMABLE

6

DRAWER RUNNERAND DRAWERORGANIZATIONSYSTEM

PAGE

6.1 - 6.23

PAGE

7.1 - 7.58

PAGE

8.1 - 8.28

PAGE

9.1 - 9.25

PAGE

10.1 - 10.23


Furniture FittingsCatalogue Overview

Furniture FittingsCatalogue Overview

V.4V.3

The Architectural Hardware and Furniture Fittings 2019 Catalog are the best reference book for hardware technology and the worldwide reference for furniture fittings. In this catalogue you will find a complete overview of all current on stock products. The completely updated Häfele assortment in the product groups lighting, sliding door fittings and furniture handles, is more attractive than ever, reflecting the current trend in furniture construction.

Not to worry if you need something that is not in these pages, we can help you. Just give our sales representative or our Customer Service a call and we will order it for you. In addition, our products experts are always available for advice and assistance.

We are driven by your success.

Best Regards,

Roland Poehlmann Managing Director

About this catalog

HÄFELE WORLDWIDE

Häfele is an internationally organized family owned and operated business with headquarters in Nagold, Germany. It was founded in 1923 and today serves the furniture industry, architects, planners, cabinet makers/joiners as well as dealers in over 150 countries around the world with furniture fittings and architectural hardware as well as electronic access control systems. Häfele develops and manufactures hardware and electronic access control systems in 4 factories in Germany and Hungary. In the 2014 financial year the Häfele Group achieved exports of 77% with over 6,900 employees in 37 subsidiaries and numerous additional dealerships around the world and revenue of over 1,1 billion Euros.

HÄFELE IN INDONESIA

Quality and service based on German standards, have allowed Häfele to grow steadily and become a world-class company. With our experience in the furniture and construction industry, Häfele has become one of the leading hardware specialist not only worldwide but also in Asia.

Established in 1995, Häfele Indonesia is nowadays also providing home appliances, kitchen and sanitary fittings, to offer customers full solutions for their homes. Well trained and dedicated Häfele employees assist and advice customers in the implementation of their ideas, with their industrial expertise.

With over 5,000 stocking items in our Distribution Centers in Asia, Häfele proves logistic excellence. Besides that regular airfreight shipments from our Headquarter in Germany give our customers the opportunity to access over 120,000 different products readily available.


Furniture FittingsProject References

Furniture FittingsProject References

V.6V.5

Radisson HotelLampung, Indonesia

Ritz Carlton HotelBali, Indonesia

Conrad HotelBali, Indonesia

Mataram CityYogyakarta, Indonesia

Tunjungan PlazaSurabaya, Indonesia

Westin & Four PointsSurabaya, Indonesia

Aloft TB Simatupang Jakarta, Indonesia

Karma KandaraBali, Indonesia

Kota Kasablanka ApartmentJakarta, Indonesia

Puri Mansion ApartmentJakarta, Indonesia

Grand Mercure Hotel Setiabudi Bandung, Indonesia

Noble HouseMega Kuningan Jakarta, Indonesia

The Mulia HotelBali, Indonesia

Indigo HotelBali, Indonesia

Raffles Hotel & Ascott CWJJakarta, Indonesia

Turning customer requirements into a functional, profitable and creative solution is the primary objective for everyone involved in a construction project. Häfele's comprehensive product range and our integrated knowledge of fittings makes it possible to provide manufacturer-independent advice for any construction task.

With the 360° comprehensive project solutions for doors and furniture we reliably support architects, property developers, operators, technical planners, general contractors and processing companies from initial planning to tendering, implementation and operation. Many years of experience from many projects worldwide therefore lead to more functionality, more convenience and more reliability for being able to design and use rooms in an optimum way.

References

The Branz ApartmentBSD Banten, Indonesia

The Branz ApartmentTB Simatupang Jakarta, Indonesia

Grand Ambarrukmo Hotel Yogyakarta, Indonesia

Ciputra HotelSemarang, Indonesia

Double Tree HotelSurabaya, Indonesia

Santika HotelSukabumi, Indonesia

Indonesia Convention Exhibition (ICE)BSD Banten, Indonesia


Furniture FittingsOnline Website

Furniture FittingsWarranty

V.8V.7

INTELLIGENT TOOL.THE HÄFELE WEBSITE.

www.hafele.co.id

QUICK AND EASY.PRODUCT SEARCH.searching, inding and navigating have become more interactive and intuitive. You enter the required properties quickly and easily in accordance with your planning logic. The first recommendations arrive before you've inished entering the information. The more characteristics you enter, the more speciic the recommendations will be. Images are also provided. You can also use intelligent ilters to narrow down the selection (additionally or alternatively). You receive an overview with several alternative products, and can conveniently select and compare.

E-CATALOG PAGEGo to “Service” and click “Catalogues & Brochures”. You can open E-Catalogues or download in PDF format. We have Catalogues (Furniture Fittings & Architecture Hardware) and various brochure files.

Or scan our QR Code below:

At Häfele, we recognise the importance of quality, function and design when it comes to making furniture.

That’s why we have launched the Häfele Lifetime Guarantee across all of the products that we manufacture or bring to you under the Häfele brand name.

All products that carry a Häfele Lifetime Guarantee have met our quality standards and have been tested according to the relevant industry certification, to the point that we are now happy to guarantee that the product will function as intended with no loss of operating quality, for the guaranteed lifetime period of that product.

We are confident in , and we want you to be as confident when you use our products for our range of productsyour customer as we are.

LIFETIME OF THE

FURNITURE*

LIFETIME OF THE

FURNITURE*

LIFETIME OF THE

FURNITURE*

2YEARS*

2YEARS*

Furniture handles

Connectors

Table fittings

Flap fittings

2YEARS*

5YEARS*

Kitchen Sink (Granite/Stainless steel)

Digital door locks

Hinges

5YEARS*

Cylinders

2YEARS*

Handles

2YEARS*

Sliding door fittings

To find out more about our "General Warranty Policy by PT. Häfele Indotama" please scan this QR code :

Drawer runners

2YEARS*

1DESIGNFURNITUREHANDLES

1.1 1.2

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 1.4

Design Furniture HandlesContemporary Style

1

FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 20201.3

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Design Furniture HandlesContemporary Style

1

Dim. A mm

- Material : Stainless steel 1.4305/305- Finish : Matt brushed

Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

115

153

190

30

32

96

128

160

117.64.615

117.64.625

117.64.635

Packing : 1 or 10 pcs

- Material : Steel- Finish : Chrome plated pollished

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

112

148

184

221

332

392

30

32

31

41

96

128

160

192

288

352

155.00.820

155.00.821

155.00.822

155.00.823

155.00.825

155.00.826


- Material : Zinc alloy- Finish : Stainless steel coloured


158 30 128 103.33.402

Packing : 1 pcs

- Material : Zinc alloy- Finish : Nickel plated matt


72

104

136

23

25

27

24

96

128

116.22.629

116.22.638

116.22.647

Dim. D mm

9

10


- Material : Zinc alloy- Finish : Chrome plated matt


112

158

24

29

96

128

155.00.471

103.84.404

Packing : 1 pcs

Dim. D mm

9

11

Stock Item Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Design Furniture HandlesModern Style

1


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Design Furniture HandlesModern Style

1

Dim. A mm

- Material: Stainless steel, quality 1.4301/AISI 304 - Finish: Satin brushed


136

168

200

232

328

392

488

500

600

700

800

35 96

128

160

192

288

352

448

460

560

660

760

155.01.400

155.01.401

155.01.402

155.01.403

155.01.405

155.01.407

155.01.408

155.01.410

155.01.411

155.01.412

155.01.409Packing : 1, 5, 8, 10 or 20 pcs


Dim. A mm

- Material: Aluminum- Finish: Chrome plated polished- Supplied with: Fixing screws


40

70

42 25

50

124.02.210

124.02.220

Dim. A mm

- Material: Stainless steel 1.4301/304- Finish: Nickle plated brushed


44


71

135

231

124.02.630

124.02.631

124.02.634

32

96

192


Dim. A mm

- Material: Stainless steel 1.4305/305 - Finish: Matt brushed


173

205

237

301

333

38 160

192

224

288

320

155.01.461

155.01.462

155.01.463

155.01.464

155.01.465

Dim. A mm

- Material: Stainless steel 1.4301/304 - Finish: Matt brushed


108

140

172

204

236

300

364

396

460

492

652

38 96

128

160

192

224

288

352

384

448

480

640

115.93.002

115.93.003

115.93.004

115.93.005

115.93.006

115.93.008

115.93.010

115.93.011

115.93.013

115.93.014

115.93.019Packing : 1 pc


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Design Furniture HandlesClassic Style

1


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


1



Dim. A mm

- Material: Zinc Alloy- Finish: Stainless steel coloured

Dim. B mm Dim. C mm

28 25 12


Dim. A mm

- Material: Zinc Alloy- Finish: Chrome plated polished

Dim. B mm Dim. C mm

32 27 13


Dim. A mm

- Material: Zinc Alloy- Finish: Stainless steel coloured

Dim. B mm Dim. C mm

57 23 16


Dim. A mm

- Material: Zinc Alloy- Finish: Nickel plated matt

Dim. B mm Dim. C mm

14 26 10


- Material: Stainless steel 1.4301/304- Finish: Matt brushed

Dim. A mm

12

12

18

20

Cat. No.

135.48.001

Cat. No.

134.45.200

Cat. No.

131.11.000

Cat. No.

155.00.570

Cat. No.

135.95.001

134.80.610

135.95.003

134.80.629

Dim. B mm

20

25

24

30


Dim. A mm

- Material: Zinc Alloy- Finish: Bronzed and brushed


36 26 21 134.33.120


Dim. A mm

- Material: Zinc Alloy- Finish: Brass burnished


34 26 10 115.70.150


Dim. A mm

- Material: Zinc Alloy- Finish: Tin plated antique


31 26 20 134.15.080


Dim. A mm

- Material: Zinc Alloy- Finish: Brass burnished


36 25 21 122.31.100

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.



1


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


1


Dim. A mm

- Material: Zinc Alloy- Finish: Pewter


32 26 12 125.03.902


Dim. A mm

- Material: Zinc Alloy- Finish: Silver plated


28 24 14 135.81.950


Dim. A mm

- Material: Porcelain, zinc alloy base and insert- Finish: White, base and insert antique tin plated


30

35

30 18 130.51.764

130.51.791

Packing : 1 pc

Dim. A mm

- Material: Zinc Alloy- Finish: Antique brass


40 19 16 121.21.140


Dim. A mm

- Material: Brass- Finish: Bronzed and brushed

Dim. B mm Cat. No.

37 9 125.71.102


Dim. A mm

- Material: Brass - Finish: Burnished


35 15 19 122.28.100


Dim. A mm

- Material: Zinc Alloy- Finish: Bronzed and brushed


35 16 38 121.19.103


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.



1


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


1

Packing : 1 pc

Dim. A mm

- Material: Porcelain, zinc alloy base- Finish: White with flower print, base antique tin plated

Dim. B mm Dim. C mm

113 31 87

Packing : 1 pc

Dim. A mm

- Material: Porcelain, zinc alloy base- Finish: White with flower print, base antique tin plated

Dim. B mm Dim. C mm

112 33 96


Dim. A mm

- Finish: Nickel plated black

Dim. B mm Dim. C mm

188 27 128


Dim. A mm

- Material: Brass- Finish: polish and lacquered

Dim. B mm Dim. C mm

115 30 96

Cat. No.

121.26.161

Cat. No.

121.26.171

Cat. No.

117.14.300

Cat. No.

121.88.868


Dim. A mm

- Material: Zinc alloy - Finish: Silver plated coloured

Dim. B mm Dim. C mm

114 19 92

Dim. A mm

- Material: Zinc alloy - Finish: Brass burnished

Dim. B mm Dim. C mm

88 15 64


Dim. A mm

- Material: Zinc alloy - Finish: Brass burnished

Dim. B mm Dim. C mm

82 16 64

Cat. No.

123.77.900

Cat. No.

123.34.800

Cat. No.

123.32.510



We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Design Furniture HandlesProfile Handles

1


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Design Furniture HandlesProfile Handles

1

Cat. No.

126.37.097

126.37.098

126.37.937

126.37.938

Finish

Stainless steel coloured

Black

Packing : 1 pc

Mounting

Right

Left

Right

Left

Packing : 1 pc

Material Cat. No.

Stainless steel 126.37.990

End cap, Plastic

Fixing Bracket 90°

- Material: Aluminium- Finish: Silver coloured anodized E6/EV1

Packing : 1 pc


43

63

20

40

1.6

2.2

126.14.901

126.19.900

Length mm

2,500

Instalation

- Area of application: For front panel without handle, for mounting between worktop and front panel- Material: Aluminium- Length : 2,500 mm- Finish: Stainless steel coloured anodized E6

Cat. No.

126.36.001

126.36.300

Length mm

2,460

Packing : 1 pc

Colour/finish

Stainless steel

Black

Cat. No.

126.37.096

126.37.936

Finish

Stainless steel coloured

Black

Packing : 1 pc

End cap, Plastic

- Area of application: For front panel without handle, for mounting between worktop and front panel- Material: Aluminium - Finish: Stainless steel coloured anodized E6

Cat. No.

126.37.001

126.37.300

Length mm

2,460

Packing : 1 pc

Colour/finish

Stainless steel

Black


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Design Furniture HandlesFlush Handles

1


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


1- Material: Zinc alloy- Finish: Chrome plated matt- Instalation: With harpoon ribs


110 49 103 151.35.262


- Material: Zinc alloy- Finish: Nickel plated matt- Instalation: With harpoon ribs


110 49 103 151.35.665


Dim. C mm

12

14



Dim. C mm

145



Dim. C mm

Dim. A mm

50

60

80

Dim. A mm

185

Dim. A mm

40

Dim. B mm

40

50

62

Dim. B mm

70

Dim. B mm

7.5 32

Cat. No.

151.38.051

151.38.052

151.38.053

Cat. No.

151.52.052

Cat. No.

161.02.400

- Material: Zinc alloy- Finish: Chrome plated matt



We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Design Furniture HandlesHäfele Patent

1


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


1

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Cat. No.

20 18 15 106.42.601

- Material: Zinc alloy- Finish: Nickel plated matt


Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Cat. No.

50 40 10 151.41.503


- Material: Brass- Finish: Matt- Instalation: Fixing without screws, with grooves for glue fixing

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm

Dim. C mm

Dim. C mm

Dim. C mm Cat. No.

32 30 48 130.81.910

- Material: Zinc alloy- Finish: Aluminium coloured

Packing : 1 or 25 pcsWood thickness X = 17 - 21 mm

Cat. No.

106.69.217

106.69.617

106.69.227

106.69.627

Finish/colour

Handle : White, RAL 9016

Base: Chrome plated polished

Handle : White, RAL 9016

Base: Nickel plated brushed

Handle : Black, RAL 9017

Base: Chrome plated polished

Handle : Black, RAL 9017

Base: Nickel plated brushedPacking : 25 pcs

- Material: Handle: Aluminium, base: Zinc alloy

Model H1365


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Design Furniture HandlesM4 Screws

1


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Design Furniture HandlesHäfele Patent

1

Finish/colour Cat. No.

110.34.206

110.34.207

110.34.606

110.34.607

110.34.706

110.34.707

110.34.306

110.34.307


Dim. A mm

Dim. C mm

Polished chrome

Plated

Brushed Nickel

Plated

White, RAL 9016,

Matt lacquered

White, RAL 9017,

Matt lacquered

170

202

170

202

170

202

170

202

Dim. B mm

28

28

28

28

28

28

28

28

160

192

160

192

160

192

160

192

Model H1310

Length Cat. No.

M4 x 20-45 mm* 022.35.887

Packing : 100 pcs

- Yellow chromatized steel- Flat head, with combi-cross hot- *Due to segmentation, screw can be broken at 5 mm increments, shortest length 20 mm- Material: Steel- Finish: Zinc

Please order screws in multiples of order quantity shown!

Handle Screws

M4 Snap off screw


2CONNECTORTECHNOLOGY,SHELF SUPPORTS

2.22.1

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsIXConnect


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


22 To go with our innovative spreading connectors, we alsohave rear panel connectors which fi nish off the system.

PATENT

ENGINEERED BY HÄFELE

DEVELOPMENTIntelligent testing processes for reliable product quality.

PRODUCTIONPermanent process optimisation in our own factory for constant product qualityand guaranteed availability of high order quantities from stock.

LOGISTICSIndividual bag packaging combined with other products

UNIQUE FEATURES OF THE IXCONNECT REAR PANEL CONNECTORFOR PLUG FITTING INTO GROOVE

This outstanding feature distinguishes the rear panel connector from technically comparable connectors from othermanufacturers:

NO ADDITIONAL COSTBecause the rear panel connector cansimply be plug-fi tted into the groove,there are no additional costs during themanufacturing process.

WITHOUT TOOLSNo drilling, no screw fi xing, the rear panelconnector is simply plug-fi tted andclamped with the rear panel.

INVISIBLEThanks to the installation at the rear,the rear panel connector is invisiblefrom the front.

VIBRATION PROTECTIONThe rear panel connector canalso be used for stabilisingwooden drawer base panels.

IXCONNECTQUICK AND INVISIBLE

SPREADING CONNECTOR SC 8/25

Time is a commodity that is becoming scarcer, whichis why faster and error-minimising solutions are inincreasing demand, also in the RTA area.

PATENT

REASON FOR NEW WAYS IN CONNECTOR TECHNOLOGY IXCONNECT SETS STANDARDS

MORE RELIABLETested and certified products in accordance with German quality standards for a high degree of product safety and consistent quality.

QUICKERIntelligent connecting solutions save time and money during production and valuable time during installation

MORE INNOVATIVEClever engineering work leads to innovativeproducts for new ideas in furniture construction.

Quick and easy furniture assembly withouttools or with just a few manual operations.

Enhancement of the furniture appearancethanks to discreet or invisible connections.

Fewer mistakes: fewer parts, less complexity,fewer errors during installation.

Low packaging and transportation costs.

Reliable and quick manufacturing processes.

UNIQUE FEATURES OF THE IXCONNECT SPREADING CONNECTOR SC 8/25This outstanding feature distinguishes the SC 8/25 from technically comparable connectors from other manufacturers:

PATENT

SUITABLE FOR STANDARD DRILL HOLESThe SC 8/25 ts into 8mm standard drill holes.In this way, no changes are necessary in themanufacturing processes in mass production.

WITHOUT TOOLSThe SC 8/25 connects furniture parts withoutany tools whatsover just plug and push themtogether.

ONE-PIECEBoth ends of the one-piece spreadingconnector SC 8/25 spread synchronously whenthe furniture parts are joined together.

INDEPENDENT OF PANEL THICKNESSThanks to installation at the front edge, theSC 8/25 can be used for any panel thicknessstarting at 15 mm.

INVISIBLEThe SC 8/25 disappears into the furniture paneland is thus completely invisible. This signi cantlyenhances the appearance of the furniture.

PERMANENT CONNECTIONThe furniture connection with the SC 8/25 ispermanent and is therefore ideal for smallfurniture items, that may need to be transportedassembled.

IXCONNECT REAR PANEL CONNECTOR

FOR PLUG FITTING INTO THE GROOVE

To go with our innovative spreading connectors, we also have rear panelconnectors which finish off the system.

IXCONNECT REAR PANEL CONNECTORFOR PLUG FITTING INTO THE GROOVE

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


22

IXCONNECTQUICK AND ALMOST INVISIBLE

SPREADING CONNECTOR SC 8/60

Time is a commodity that is becoming scarcer, whichis why faster and error-minimising solutions are inincreasing demand, also in the RTA area.

REASON FOR NEW WAYS IN CONNECTOR TECHNOLOGY IXCONNECT SETS STANDARDS

MORE RELIABLETested and certified products in accordance with German quality standards for a high degree of product safety and consistent quality.

QUICKERIntelligent connecting solutions save time and money during production and valuable time during installation

MORE INNOVATIVEClever engineering work leads to innovativeproducts for new ideas in furniture construction.

Quick and easy furniture assembly withouttools or with just a few manual operations.

Enhancement of the furniture appearancethanks to discreet or invisible connections.

Fewer mistakes: fewer parts, less complexity,fewer errors during installation.

Low packaging and transportation costs.

Reliable and quick manufacturing processes.

UNIQUE FEATURES OF THE IXCONNECT SPREADING CONNECTOR SC 8/60This outstanding feature distinguishes the SC 8/25 from technically comparable connectors from other manufacturers:

PATENT

SUITABLE FOR STANDARD DRILL HOLESThe SC 8/60 ts into 8mm standard drill holes.In this way, no changes are necessary in themanufacturing processes in mass production.

EASYThe SC 8/60 connects furniture parts with justa few manual operations just plug it in, pushthe parts together and tighten with the pre-mounted thightening screw.

REMOVABLEThe connection can be removed again just as easily.Ideal for small to medium-sized furniture items, thatneed to be disassembled for transport.

ONE-PIECEThe spreading and joining of the furniture partsis carried out with 180 turn of the tightening screw.

INVISIBLEThe SC 8/60 disappears completely into thepanel. Only the 6 mm drill hole is visible, via whichthe tightening screw is operated. This signicantlyenhances the appearance of the furniture.

IXCONNECT REAR PANEL CONNECTOR

FOR SCREW FIXING FROM THE FRONT

To go with our innovative spreading connectors, we also have rear panelconnectors which finish off the system.

PATENT

INDEPENDENT OF PANEL THICKNESSThanks to installation at the front edge, theSC 8/60 can be used for any panel thicknessstarting at 15 mm.

To go with our innovative spreading connectors, we alsohave rear panel connectors which fi nish off the system.

PATENT

ENGINEERED BY HÄFELE

DEVELOPMENTIntelligent testing processes for reliable product quality.

PRODUCTIONPermanent process optimisation in our own factory for constant product qualityand guaranteed availability of high order quantities from stock.

LOGISTICSIndividual bag packaging combined with other products

UNIQUE FEATURES OF THE REAR PANEL CONNECTOR FOR SCREW FIXINGFROM THE FRONT

This outstanding feature distinguishes the rear panel connector from technically comparable connectors from othermanufacturers:

STANDARD DRILL HOLEThe rear panel connector is simplyinserted into a 15 mm drill holein the groove.

STABILITYWhen the pre-mounted screw is tightened,the rear panel is pulled to the front andstrengthens the furniture.

MOUNTING AIDBeing pre-positioned in the pre-drilled groove,the rear panel connector serves as a guide and mounting aid for the installation of the rear panel, even with medium-sized to large furniture items.

UPRIGHT INSTALLATIONDue to screw fi xing from the front, largefurniture items can be assembled uprightin their fi nal position. Ideal for low ortight space situations.

REMOVABLEIn spite of the high stability, the rear panelconnector can be removed any timethanks to its screw connection.

DISCREETIn comparison to the rear panel connectorsmade from zinc, the fi ligree rear panelconnector is signifi cantly less noticeable.

IXCONNECT REAR PANEL CONNECTORFOR SCREW FIXING FROM THE FRONT

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsInformation


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


22

Finding the right connector in no time.

Minifix 15 Rafix 20 Maxifix 35 Ixconnect RV

Area of application

Bedroom wardrobes

Shelves and post furniture

Hallway furniture

Small furniture items

Flat-packed furniture

Beds

Load categories

Angular rigidity

Pull out resistance

For wood thickness from

Processing

Surface drilling

Face drilling

Edge drilling

Machine processing

Housing installation without tools

Bolt installation without tools

Features

Pre-fixing

Flush

Mitre joint connection

Heavy-duty connection

Double-ended bolt available

Cover caps available

Mounting option

Centre panel

Side panel

Intermediate shelf, shelves

Drawer parts

For rear panel

Materials

Zinc alloy: Housing/support part

Plastic: Housing/boss insert

See page

12-34 mm 16 mm

19 mm 19 mm

The installation-friendly ones

Minifix®from page FF 2.9

Ixconnect SC 8/60from page FF 2.23

Shelf support for plug fittingfrom page FF 2.36

The versatile specialists

Ixconnect SC 8/25from page FF 2.22

Ixconnect RVfrom page FF 2.25

Shelf support for screw fixingfrom page FF 2.36

The heavy-duty ones

Maxifixfrom page FF 2.20

The cost reducers

Rafix Tab 20from page FF 2.16

Confirmatfrom page FF 2.26

Shelf support for plug fittingfrom page FF 2.36

Bolts for various applications

S200 C100 S100 S20 M20 S35

Pul

l out

re

ssis

tant

Inst

alla

tio

n w

itho

ut t

oo

ls

Wo

od

ti

ckne

ss*

Pagemm

3mm

5mm

8mm

10mm

M4 M6 M8

For

dri

ll H

ole

Typ

e o

f T

hrea

d

Connecting bolt

Double-ended

bolt

Capped bolt

Mitre bolt

Typ

e o

f b

olt

S200 for Hafele Minifix

C100 for Hafele Minifix

S100 for Hafele Minifix

S20 for Hafele Rafix

M20 for Hafele Rafix

S35 for Hafele Maxifix

* With direct fixing into drill hole 5 mm

FF 2.14

FF 2.15

FF 2.15

FF 2.19

FF 2.19

FF 2.21

12, 16, 19

15

12, 16, 19

16, 19

HC, 16, 19

19

LowMediumHigh

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsMINIFIX


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


22

The MINIFIX family of carcase connectors is based on the centric ball principle.This attachment method allows a large tightening and supporting surface to be integrated in a small connector housing, ensuring that connections are positively secured and tight. The half round connecting bolt head locates centrally in the cup-shaped recess in the MINIFIX housing and is positively secured.

MINIFIX therefore has many advantages: - Automatic centering of the bolt means that shelves are no longer subject to lateral displacement in relation to the side panel.- The long tightening distance of more than 5 mm from only half a turn of the housing compensates for drilling distance tolerances of +1 mm to approx. - 0.5 mm without loss of tightness.- Tension is rapidly achieved as the housing is tightened, without having to tighten the housing to the limit (195°).- Secure tightening is guaranteed, even in case of repeated disassembly and re-assembly.- Delicate and elegant shape.

- Drill-hole Ø: 12 or 15 mm, depending on choice of connector housing- Drilling depth: Depending on choice of connector housing and wood thickness, see ordering table- Drilling distance B: Distance from centre of MINIFIX to front edge 24 or 34 mm, depending on choice of connecting bolt- Bolt hole Ø: Diameter 5, 7 or 8 mm depending on choice of connecting bolt

Drill-hole

Drilling depth

Bolt hole

Drilling

distance B

MINIFIX 12 and 15 Carcase connectors

The MINIFIX clockface shows the tightening distance A, which is separated into 3 travel segments with different functions:

1. Closing distance: 0° – 75° (6 to 8.30) = 3.2 mm pull Bolt head is pulled into centre of housing (no tightening effect yet).

2. Tightening distance: 75° – 165° (8.30 to 11.30) = 2 mm pull The connection is securely tightened. Tightening is initiated at 120° (10 o’clock), provided that specified drilling distance is adhered to. Optimum security will be reached at 165° (11.30 o’clock).

3. Retightening distance: 165° – 195° (11.30 o’clock to 12.30 o’clock) = 0.5 mm pull The retightening distance is only required if: • There are drilling distance tolerances • A furniture item has been disassembled and re-assembled several times • A furniture item has been subjected to severe loading

Definitions

The arrow must point exactly in the directionof the bolt when the housing is inserted

The MINIFIX CLOCKFACE

Tools required:For wood thicknesses from 12 mm:Cross slot screwdriver PZ2

For wood thickness of 13 and 15 mm:Cross slot screwdriver PZ2 orFlat blade

For wood thickness of 16–29 mm:Cross slot screwdriver PZ2 orFlat blade

For plastic MINIFIX 15 connector housing:Cross slot screwdriver PZ2 orFlat blade

MINIFIX tightening keys can also be used (optional).

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


22

Dim. ADrilling depth

Without rim

Drilling depthDim. A

With rim

- Drive: PZ2 cross slot, centre- For all connecting bolts- Dim. A: 6 mm

Cat. No.Finish

Bright

Nickel plated

Bright

Nickel plated

Without rim

With rim

Packing : 100 or 1,000 pcs

262.17.020

262.17.620

262.18.020

262.18.620

MINIFIX 12 Connector housing

Connector housing without or with rim

Description

Cat. No.Finish

Brown

White


262.24.109

262.24.709

- Area of application: For MINIFIX 12 without rim only- Material: Plastic

Cover cap Ø17 mm for connector housing MINIFIX 12

- Material: Zinc alloy- For housing q: 12 or 15 mm- Bolt hole: Ø 7 or 8 mm, depending on choice of connecting bolt- Drilling distance B: Distance from centre of Minifix housing to shelf front edge (24 or 34 mm), depending on choice of connecting bolt- For all connecting bolts from the Minifix system

Cat. No.

262.26.070

262.26.570

Pz2 cross

slot or

DriveDim. A mm

Drilling depth D mm

For woodthickness mm Finish

6+0.29.5 From 12 Bright

Nickel plated


HÄFELE MINIFIX Connector housing

MINIFIX 15 without rim, wood thickness from 12 mm

Cat. No.Finish

Brown

Pine

Black

White


262.24.162

262.24.064

262.24.368

262.24.760

- Area of application: Only for PZ2 cross slot or flat blade drive- Material: Plastic

Cover caps, for Minifix 15 without rim, wood thickness from 12 mm


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsS200 Connecting Bolt


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


22

With Ø 6.5 mm bolt head - Material: Steel,- Shank: Plastic- Thread: Special thread- Drive: PZ2 cross slot


Cat. No.

262.27.679

262.28.679

Finish

Galvanized

Drilling distanceB mm

24

34

Thread length L mm

11

With Ø 6.5 mm bolt head - Material: Steel,- Shank: Plastic- Thread: M6- Drive: PZ2 cross slot


Cat. No.

262.28.699

Finish

Galvanized


34

Thread length L mm

7.5

for drill hole diameter preading sleeve

for drill hole diameterGlue-in sleeve

Cat. No.

039.33.462

039.33.266

039.33.060

Material

Polyamide


8

10

length L mm

11

11

13


for drill hole diameter Strip of glue-in sleeves

For Ø 5 mm drill hole

With M6 thread

M6 spreading and glue-in sleeves

For min. woodthickness mm

Dim. A mm

Drilling depth mm Cat. No.

from 23 11.5 +0.5 16.5 262.26.036

262.26.536


- Drive Pz2 cross slot, flat blade or SW4

Finish

Brigth

Nickel plated

MINIFIX 15 without rim, wood thickness from 15 mm

For min. woodthickness mm

Dim. A mm

Drilling depth mm Cat. No.

15 7.5 +0.5 12.0 262.26.032


- Drive: PZ2 cross slot or flat blade- For all connecting bolts

Connector housing without rim, for wood thickness of 13 or 15 mm

- Without rim, wood thickness from 16 mm- Pz2 cross slot, flat blade or Sw4 hexagon socket

Cat. No.

262.26.032

262.26.034

262.26.035

262.26.532

262.26.534

262.26.535

Dim. A mm

DrillingDepth D mm

For min. Woodthickness mmFinish

Bright

Nickel plated

From 15

From 18

From 19

From 15

From 18

From 19

+0.512.0+0.513.5+0.514.0+0.512.0+0.513.5+0.514.0

7.5

9.

9.5

7.5

9.

9.5

Minifix 15 without rim


- Area of application: only for Sw4 hexagon socket drive

Cat. No.

262.24.153

262.24.055

262.24.359

262.24.751

FinishMaterial

Brown RAL 8007

Pine coloured

Black, 9005

White, RAL 9010

Plastic


Cover caps, for MINIFIX 15 without rim, wood thickness from 15 mm

Note: The colours shown are similar to RAL colours and are as close as possible to the actual standard colours. The colour shades may vary slightly due to production reasons.


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsC100 Spreading Bolt

22

- Area of application: For one-sided installation, for industry and trade, for assembly-friendly flat-packed furniture- Material: Bolt: Zinc alloy, spreading sleeve: Plastic- Installation: For toolless insertion and unscrewing

Functionality When the connector is tightened the double taper on the bolt spreads the sleeve and forces the threads into the wood. The stronger the tightening force acts, the securer the connection.

Note Due to the different types of panels, wood, constructions and tolerances, tests on the object are needed when high pull-out resistance is required

C100 Spreading boltFor industry, joiners and cabinet makers.Connecting bolt for universal use within the Minifix connectorsystem with special benefits:- Extremely installation-friendly, no tools are required- Excellent pull-out strength provided by double taper- Drilling depth stop ensures ideal bolt position- No surface damage caused by insertion and removal of spreading bolt

C100 Spreading Bolt

Drilling distance B mm Cat. No.

11.5 24

34

262.09.202

262.09.302


- Thread: Spreading sleeve

From 15

For woodthickness mm

Thread length L mm

For Ø 8 mm drill hole

- Area of application: For mitre cuts of 20º to 90º- Material: Steel


44 262.12.939


Galvanized

Finish

For double-side installation with drilled hole Ø7 mm

Double bolt with joint

MINIFIX GV Mitro-joint connector

- Thread: Spreading sleeve- Material: steel


7.5 24

34

262.27.949

262.28.946Packing : 100 or 1,000 pcs

Galvanized

FinishThread length L mm

With M6 thread For Ø 8 mm drill hole

S100 Connecting Bolt

Häfele Rafix 20 cabinet connectors

The Rafix 20 cabinet connector systems have zinc alloy tightening elements that are based on the centric principle.

The advantages are:- Secure tightening, even after repeated slackening and re-tightening- No offsetting against the side panels, because the bolts are centrally guided- Tolerances are compensated for by long tightening distance- Comfortable tightening with drive tool in 25° position- All drilling operations take place on a lat surface

> Connector housing made from zinc alloy or plastic> Connector housing without dowel> With tightening element for tightening and fixing of the components> Only one drill hole> With or without rim (zinc alloy housing available only with rim)> Connector housing made from zinc alloy or plastic> Connector housing with dowel> With tightening element for tightening and fixing of the components> Can be used for alignment, the dowel provides accurate positioning> Better pull out resistance values> Valuable, robust appearance

> Shelf connector housing made from plastic> Shelf connector without dowel> Without tightening element> With design and drilling dimensions identical to Raix 20 without dowel> Tightening in slightly angled position> Installation and removing by sliding on and lifting the connecting bolt, no tools required> With rim

Rafix 20

Rafix Tab 20

Installation

The Rafix 20 connector housings have two types of recess to accommodate a connecting bolt:

Access from above to the tightening element is possible due to the specially designed housing.Concealed installation of the connectors is therefore possible (e.g. with shelves) and tighteningvia a Ø 10 mm through hole. The through hole is then concealed using a cover cap.Comfortable tightening of the connector from underneath with screwdriver in 25° position.

Vertical installation/installation from the front

Horizontal installation/installation from the front

The construction base panelscan be inserted from thefront and from above.

Without ridge:1

The construction base panelscan only be inserted from above(vertical installation/installationfrom above); The componentsare therefore pre-ixed.

With ridge:2

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsRafix


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


22

- Material: Plastic

With and without ridge- Dimension A: Distance between centre of bolt hole and top edge, corresponds to half of the wood thickness- Drilling depth: Depends on wood thickness and type of connector housing that used.

Function- The connector housing is pressed into the shelf and pushed onto a RAFIX 7 mm diameter connecting bolt.- The tapered surfaces of the connector housing ensure that the connecting bolt is extremely tight.- The catch prevents the shelf from “moving” upwards away from the connecting bolt.- For shelves and support panels the drop-down shelves can be fastened using RAFIX-TAB alone.- RAFIX carcase connectors can also be inserted into the shelves of tall cabinets to prevent the side panels from “bulging out”.

With ridge

Dim.A mm Cat. No.


Drilling depth D mm


Finish

8 263.09.339

263.09.731

12.716 Black

White

RAFIX 20 Connector housing

RAFIX Tab 20 connector

With or without ridge

Dim.A mm Cat. No.

- Material: Zinc alloy, zinc alloy tightening element- Drive: Pz2 cross slot


Drilling depth D mm


Finish

8.0

9.5

263.11.703

263.11.705

263.11.105

+0.212.7+0.214.2

16

19

Nickel plated

Nickel plated

Burnished

Note: The colours shown are similar to RAL colours and are as close as possible to the actual standard colours. The colour shades may vary slightly due to production reasons.

Dim.A mm Cat. No.

- Material: Plastic, zinc alloy tightening element- Drive: Pz2 cross slot


Drilling depth D mm


Finish

8.0

9.5

8.0

9.5

263.10.103

263.10.105

263.10.303

263.10.305

263.10.705

+0.212.7+0.214.2+0.212.7+0.214.2

16

19

16

19

Brown

Black

White

Häfele RAFIX 20 connector housing without dowel

Rafix 20 without dowel, zinc alloy, with tightening element

Rafix 20 without dowel, plastic, with tightening element


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsMaxifix


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


22

The MAXIFIX 35 carcase connector is particularly suitable for connections that are permanently subjected to high loads such as connections in carcases and beds, counters and face-frame furniture. Can be used for wood thicknesses of 19 mm and above.The MAXIFIX 35 carcase connector is particularly suitable for mass manufacture in the furniture industry.

- Dimension A: 9.5 mm- Drilling depth: 15.5 mm- Material: Zinc alloy

Cat. No.For wood thickness mm


Finish

262.87.013

262.87.613

262.87.713

Min. 19 Bright

Nickel coloured

Nickel plated

PZ3 cross slot

262.87.003

262.87.603

262.87.703

Min. 19 Bright

Nickel coloured

Nickel plated

SW6 hexagon socket

With cross soft

With heragon socket

- Material: Plastic

Cat. No.


Finish

262.87.790

262.87.190

262.87.490

262.87.390

262.87.690

White

Brown

Beige

Black

Nickel coloured

MAXIFIX 35 Carcase Connectors

MAXIFIX 35 Connector housing

Trim cap for MAXIFIX 35

For drilled hole Ø3 mm

- Material: Steel- Thread: Special thread- Drive: PZ2 cross slot and flat blade

Cat. No.

263.20.810


Galvanized11


Glue-in dowel magazine, for drilled hole Ø5

Cat. No.

042.98.051

MaterialFor drilling hole mm

NylonØ5

Packing : 1,000 or 5,000 pcs

For drilled hole Ø5 mm

- Material: Steel- Thread: Special thread- Drive: PZ2 cross slot and flat blade

Cat. No.

263.20.847


Galvanized11

Packing : 100, 1,000 or 2,000 pcs

RAFIX STANDARD S20 Connecting bolts

RAFIX INDUSTRY M20 Connecting bolts for drilled hole Ø5 mm

Cat. No.

263.20.981

Material/FinishThread length L mm

Steel/Galvanized12

Packing : 100, 1,000 or 5,000 pcs

- Area of application: Also suitable for hardwood- Drive: PZ2 cross slot- Features: Excellent drive provides a secure grip of the PZ2 screwdriver in the bolt head, extremely sharp thread


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsIXConnect SC


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsMaxifix

22

With M6 or M8 thread for MAXIFIX 35

MAXIFIX S35 Connecting bolt

- Material: Steel- Thread length L: 9.5 mm

Length L mm Cat. No.InsideThread

For drill hole mm Finish

15

17

15

17

030.10.564

030.10.565

030.10.584

030.10.585

Ø8

Ø10

M6

M8

Yellow

chromatized

Packing : 100, 2,000, 2,500 or 3,000 pcs

Screw-in dowel

- Material: Steel- Thread length L: 9.5 mm- Drive: PZ2 Cross Slot- Bolt hole: 9 mm

Bolt lengthBL mm Cat. No.Thread

Drilling depth B mm Finish

28.5

48.5

28.5

48.5

262.87.901

262.87.902

262.87.911

262.87.912

35

55

35

55

M6

M8

Galvanized

Packing : 100 pcs

Hafele IXConnect SC 8/25 Spreading connector

- One-piece connector- Can be used as cabinet connector in small furniture Items- Quick and easy installation without tools- For use in 8 mm drill hole- For concealed applications

- Area of application: For concealed, not removable cabinet connections in small furniture items and drawers, for use in MDF board and chip board in combination with wooden dowels.- For wood thickness: From 15 mm- Installation: For press fitting into drill hole Ø 8mm without tools, can also be glued (optional)- Functionality: Both connector components expand synchronously in the drill hole when joining both panel components, the connector is fixed into end position with a gentle tap on the panel components.

The use in combination with wooden dowel 6x30 is recommendedRecommended furniture size:- Furniture circumference: 2 x height + 2 x width < 3 m- Depth < 40 cm

Note

Packing: 100, 2000 or 160000 pcs

Cat. No.

262.11.111

Material

Plastic

Finish/colour

Red/grey

Drilling pattern

Drill hole on front edge Drill hole on surface

Installation

1. Push connector into drill hole 2. Join both panel components; bothconnector components expandsynchronously in the drill hole

3. Completely concealed, not removable connection


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsRondorfix


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsIXConnect SC

22

- One-piece connector- Can also be used as cabinet connector for large furniture items- Quick and easy installation- For concealed applications, only a Ø 6 mm drill hole for securing the connector is visible after installation- Separable connection

- Area of application: For concealed cabinet connections with MDF and chipboard- For wood thickness: From 15 mm- Installation: For plug fitting into drill hole Ø 8 mm without tools, the connector expands with a 180° turn of the tightening screw with SW3 hexagon socket.

Please order drilling jig for Häfele Ixconnect SC 8/60(Cat. No. 001.25.085) separately.

Note

Packing: 100, 2000 or 64000 pcs

Cat. No.

262.11.117

Material

Plastic/zinc alloy

Finish/colour

Red/grey

Häfele Ixconnect SC 8/60 Spreading connector

Drilling pattern

Installation

Shelf preparation detailsDrill Ø8 mm holeThe Ø6 mm drill hole can be drilled from above or underneath

1. Join components using connector2. Turn by 180°: The connector expands and the components are pulled together

Side panel preparation details

Drilling pattern

With M6 thread, screws into dowels, for one-sided mounting


Cat. No.

262.75.098

262.75.990

- Material: Steel- For pre-drilled holes Ø8 or Ø10 mm

Finish

Bright

Galvanized

Drilling distance B mm

33.5

RONDORFIX Connecting bolt


Cat. No.

262.75.061

- Material: Zinc alloy- Finish: Bright

Dim. A mm

7

Drilling dept mm

12

RONDORFIX Eccentric housing without flanged rim


Cat. No.

262.78.704

- Area of application: For RONDORFIX eccentric housing without flaged rim- Material: Plastic

Colour

White

Cover cap

Installation

Drilling depth = depending on type of housing and wood thicknessDrilling distance B = B 33.5 (33.5 mm) drilling distance from centre of housing to front edge

RONDORFIX Carcase connector for wood thickness 16 mm


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsConnecting Screws


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsRV

22

When assembling furniture the internal element need to be clip into the top element and is therefore pre-fixed.

Distance x = Wood thickness + 6.5 mm

RV Carcase connector with clipping facility

- Material: Zinc alloy connector, steel connecting bolt- Drive: PZ2 cross slot- Installation: For screw-fixing with pre-mounted connecting bolt- Area of application: For connections with strong angular rigidity


Cat. No.

262.72.701

Finish

Nickel plated

RV/O Top element


Cat. No.

262.72.953

- Material: Steel- Finish: Galvanized- Drive: PZ2 cross slot- Installation: For screw-fixing

Finish

Galvanized

RV/U-T3 Internal element with tolerance compensation of ± 1.5 mm

- Easy fitting and removal by means of pre-fixing the connector and 9° connecting bolt position- Can be fitted manually or by automatic processing- Extremely strong angle stability

Flat head screwSW4 hexagon socket


Cat. No.

264.71.760

- Material: Steel- Type of head: Flat head

Finish

Nickel plated

Length mm

60

Connecting screws and nuts with M6 thread

Sleeve nut

Sw4 hexagon socket


Cat. No.

264.75.762

- Material: Steel- With flat head

Finish

Nickel plated

For drilling hole Ø4 mm

- Finish: Galvanized- Head hole Ø: 2.5 mm- Type of head: Countersunk head- Drive: PZ2 cross slot

Packing : 100, 500 or 2,000 pcs

Cat. No.

264.37.098

264.37.196

Length L mm

38

50

Shank Ø mm

5

CONFIRMAT One-piece connector

- Material: Plastic- Installation: For pushing into screw head- Drive: PZ2 cross slot

Packing : 100, 500 or 5,000 pcs

Cat. No.

024.02.708

045.04.705

045.04.509

045.04.009

045.04.401

045.04.107

045.04.527

045.04.303

Colour

White

White, RAL 9010

Light grey, RAL 7035

Pine coloured

Beige, RAL 1015

Brown, RAL 8007

Dark grey, RAL 7037

Black, RAL 9005

Diameter mm

10

12

Trim cap for one-piece connector


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsIXConnect RPC


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsBiscuits and Wood Dowels

22


Cat. No.Width B mm

0

10

20

3

Length L mmG. depth mmSize

8

10

12

16

267.90.000

267.90.010

267.90.020

267.90.004

47

52

56

56

15

19

23

30

Wood dowels - Material: Beech- Suitable for automatic feed

Packing : 10 Kg

Cat. No.Contents pcs/kgLength L mm

267.82.026

267.82.125

267.82.130

267.82.140

267.82.227

267.82.230

267.82.235

267.82.240

267.82.250

267.82.340

267.82.350

267.82.360

267.82.450

267.82.460

267.82.612

Diameter mm

5

6

8

10

12

16

25

25

30

40

27

30

35

40

50

40

50

60

50

60

120

approx.3,200

approx.2,150

approx.1,800

approx.1,325

approx.1,140

approx.1,000

approx.865

approx.760

approx.600

approx.450

approx.360

approx.325

approx.260

approx.220

approx.65

Wood biscuits, thickness 4 mm Häfele Ixconnect RPC G 13/20Rear panel connector, for plug fitting into groove

- For use as rear panel connector in small furniture- Easy installation without tools- No additional drill hole is needed- Suitable for concealed applications as the installation is carried out from the rear side of the furniture

- Area of application: For fixing the rear panel in small furniture, for use as vibration protection in wooden drawers- For wood thickness: From 12 mm- Installation: For plug fitting into groove

Recommended number of rear panel connectors:- Cabinet height <600 mm: 4 pieces- Cabinet height <1,200 mm: 6 pieces

Note

Packing: 100, 5000 or 200000 pcs

Cat. No.

260.09.560

Material

Plastic

Finish/colour

Grey

Häfele Ixconnect RPC S 15/25Rear panel connector, for screw fixing from the front

- Screw fixing takes place from the front which allows mounting of large furniture items on the final installation location- Pre-positioning possible- Guiding and mounting aid- One-piece due to pre-mounted screw- Processing of rear panel not required- Removable

- For wood thickness: From 15 mm- Groove depth: <6 mm- For drill hole Ø: 15 mm- Rear panel thickness: 2.5–3.5 mm- Installation: For screw fixing from the front- Functionality: The rear panel connector is preinserted into a drill hole in the groove and serves as a guiding and mounting aid for the rear panel. When the screw is screwed in, the rear panel is pulled forwards and stiffens the furniture item accordingly.

Packing: 100 pcs

Cat. No.

260.09.765

Material

Plastic

Finish/colour

White


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsHafele Keku


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


22

IXCONNECT KEKU FASTENERS

- For securing trims and cladding panels directly to walls with no wooden subframe- For construction of cavity-type doors to accommodate sound insulating material or cable ducting- For ceiling claddings as well as walls- All panels, once installed, can be easily removed at any time and with no special tools- Advantages Easy pre-planning Wide range of designs with different panel materials and other materials Systematic design with prefabricated parts Quick, easy dismantling at any time Reusable, recyclable

- Supporting plastic fittings may not be treated with chemical solvents or aggressive greases- Makrolon has a temperature stability from -100°C to +135°C

Panel component, with lip

15

32

32

32

32

30

Packing : 50 pcs

Cat. No.

262.49.356

Mounting with

Hospa screws

- Screw fixing with Hospa or Varianta screws- Max load capacity of pair of fittings is 20 kg- Black Makrolon- Order qty: Multiples of 50 pcs

Angled component AD 15

Packing : 50 pcs

Cat. No.

262.51.380

Mounting with

Hospa screws

- Screw fixing with Hospa or Varianta screws- For 15 mm cavity between panels- Max load capacity of pair of fittings is 20 kg- Black Makrolon- Order qty: Multiples of 50 pcs


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


22

Frame component EH

Packing : 50 pcs

Cat. No.

262.49.365

Mounting with

Hospa screws

- Surface mounted- Screw fixing with Hospa or Varianta screws- Max load capacity of pair of fittings: For vertical suspension is 20 kg For horizontal suspension, lying, is 30 kg For horizontal suspension, hanging is 8 kg- Black Makrolon- Order qty: Multiples of 50 pcs

Frame component EHS

Packing : 50 pcs

Cat. No.

262.49.367

Mounting with

Hospa screws

- Surface mounted- Screw fixing with Hospa or Varianta screws- With side guide- Max load capacity of pair of fittings: For vertical suspension is 20 kg For horizontal suspension, lying, is 30 kg For horizontal suspension, hanging is 8 kg- Black Makrolon- Order qty: Multiples of 50 pcs

Panel component AS

Packing : 50 pcs

Cat. No.

262.50.359

Mounting with

Hospa screws


Frame component AS

Packing : 50 pcs

Cat. No.

262.50.368

262.50.377

Mounting with

Hospa screws

Varianta screws


10

36

16

32

8

6

8

32

32

37

32

Frame component ASR

Packing : 50 pcs

Cat. No.

262.50.390

Mounting with

Hospa screws



We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsBed Fitting


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsModular Connection

22

Modular Connection fitting for recess mounting

- Material: Steel- Finish: Burnished- Installation: For recess mounting

Installation

The plate should allways be installed so that the supporting plate butts against the end of the recess.

For rapid release fastenings

Cat. No.


Milling depth mm

262.47.049

262.47.021

262.47.076

Width B mm

Length L mm

Min. woodthickness mm

8.3±0.05

11.3±0.05

11.5±0.05

12

13

16

63

58

16

17

20

MODULAR Connecting screws

For one-sided installation in wood- Material: Steel- Finish: Galvanized

Cat. No.


Thread length L mm

262.47.978

262.47.987

For Modular platewidth mm

11-13

For drilled hole mm

Ø4 12.6

16.0

Connecting screw and sleeve, with M6 thread, 2-piece

For Ø 8 mm through-hole

- Version: Milled sleeve- Material: Steel- Finish: Galvanized- Type of head: Pan head- Drive: Flat blade

Cat. No.

Packing : 100 pcs

267.07.902

267.07.903

Length L mm

28

32

For wood thickness mm

34 - 41

37 - 44

Bed fitting with cranked hook-in part


Cat. No.

271.03.511

271.03.910

271.03.531

271.03.930

- Material: Steel- Mounting: Left and right hand- Installation: For screw fixing

Supplied with (per unit)4 Striking plates4 Hook-in parts

Finish

Blue galvanized

Chromatized

Blue galvanized

Chromatized

Heigth mm

100

130


Bed fitting for beds with central tie bar, disengageable


Cat. No.

273.03.515

- Material: Steel- Installation: For screw fixing

Supplied with1 Supporting bracket1 Retaining plate

Finish

Blue Galvanized

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsAnti-Tip Kit

22

Strong Arguments For Strong Furniture

1. IMPROVED SAFETY

A SHELF SUPPORT MUST BE SECURE. TOOTHING FOR 3 MM AND 5 MM DRILL HOLES.

The new shelf support generation with the patented toothing only allows the shelf to lower by a tiny amount and also prevents the support from being unintentionally pulled out or even under heavy load.

1. Insert shelf support at a slight angle

2. Fit shelf.

3. The weight of the shelf makes the arm lie flush against side panel.

4. The twin grooves drill themselves into the wood. Greater stability is achieved.

THE NEW SHELF SUPPORTS FOR 3 MM DRILL HOLES.

The desire for improved design and additional aesthetics is growing in kitchen and living room furniture. Our filigree shelf supports only need extremely small 3 mm holes, without loss of load-bearing capacity or stability.

The inconspicous rows of holes blend extremely well into the design of your furniture and are the perfect solution, particularly for surfaces that are light or iluminated and also in combination with glass.

2. BETTER QUALITY

“MADE IN GERMANY”

KU

A

LITAS JERA

N

Tests are needed at the highest level so that we can guarantee quality over the long term.

Our shelf supports have been tested in accordance with and fulfull the new European standards DIN 68874-1 and DIN EN 16337

3. MORE UP TO DATE FURNITURE DESIGN

Anti-Tip Kit, For Furniture

Cat. No.

271.98.110

- Prevents furniture tip overs- Child safety- Rated at 400 lbs- Attach to solid wood only- Exceeds ASTM standard F 3096-14

Anti-Tip Kit, For Furniture

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


22

For holding the shelf

In drill hole Ø 5 mm

Shelf supports for wooden shelves,for plug fitting

Page 2.49

Visible/invisible version of shelf supports for clamping the glass or wooden shelf

For mounting in drilled hole

Shelf supports,for concealed installation

Page 2.47

Shelf supports and brackets

Brackets for surface mounting and screw ixing shelves

Folding

Brackets,folding

Page 2.50

Shelf supportsShelf supports are used to secure and hold shelves made from wood, wood materials and glass, e.g. in cabinet furniture and masonry.There are supports for any application that meet these speciic requirements, e.g. for constructions with lightweight panels, for concealedinstallation and as shelf support with locking function. Shelf supports are plug-itted or screwed into the support element, and are availablein different materials and inishes.

For surface mounting or inserting the shelf with or without securing the shelf

For 3 mm series drilled holes


Shelf supports for wooden and glass shelves,for plug fitting with plastic support

Shelf supports for glass shelves,for screw ixing

Page 2.39

Page 2.39

Page 2.41

For 5 mm series drilled holes


Shelf supports for wooden shelves,for screw fixing

Shelf supports for wooden and glass shelves,for plug fitting with plastic support

Page 2.40

Page 2.40

Page 2.41

Shelf supports for glass shelves,for plug itting

Page 2.41

For 7 or 7.5 mm series drilled holes

Shelf supports for wooden shelves,for plug itting (with sleeve)

Page 2.42, 2.45

For screw fixing to or knocking into the side panel

Shelf supports for wooden and glass shelves,for screw ixing

Page 2.42

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsShelf Support


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

22


Plug-in Shelf Supports

Shelf support, plug-in, for Ø 3 mm holes

- With twin grooves and shelf-fixing lug- Shelf-fixing lug prevents shelf from being pulled out horizontally- For Ø 3 mm hole- Max. load carrying capacity 50 kg*- Zinc alloy- Order qty: 500 or 2000 pcs


Cat. No.

282.25.727

Finish

Nickel-plated

Plug in adjustable shelf supports are used extensively in kitchen cabinetry and wardrobe units. They are easily adjusted andoffer a discreet shelving solution with easy height adjustment.

- For Ø 3 mm hole- Max. load carrying capacity 75 kg*- Zinc alloy with plastic support- Order qty: 500 or 2000 pcs


Cat. No.

282.25.733

Finish

Nickel-plated

- With twin grooves and supporting sealing lip- Supporting sealing lip prevents support from being pulled out under load- For Ø 3 mm holes- Max. load carrying capacity 75 kg*- Zinc alloy- Order qty: 500 or 2000 pcs


Cat. No.

282.25.717

Finish

Nickel-plated

- For Ø 3 mm hole- Load carrying capacity 60 kg*- Plastic with galvanized steel pin- Order qty: Multiples of 500 pcs

Packing : 500 pcs

Cat. No.

282.12.403

Finish

Nickel-plated

- Material: Steel- Load carrying capacity 60 kg*- Installation: For plug fitting into drill hole Ø 3 mm


Cat. No.

282.04.720

Finish

Nickel-plated

Shell supports for wooden shelves

For plug fitting into Ø5 mm drill holeZinc alloy

- Version: With twin grooves- Installation: For plug fitting

Finish

Nickel-plated

- Version: With fixing lug as shelf security feature- Load bearing: M = 15.6 kg capacity: - Standard: In compliance with DIN EN 16337:2013, i.e. 125 kg test load; with 1.7 kg striking cap


Finish

Nickel-plated


- Load bearing M = 9.4 kg capacity:- Standard: In compliance with DIN EN 16337:2013, i.e. 75 kg test load; with 1.7 kg striking cap

For screw fixing into Ø 5 mm drill holeZinc alloy

- Version: With thread, with fixing lug as shelf security feature- Installation: For plug fitting and screw fixing- Load bearing capacity: M = 15.6 kg- Standard: In compliance with DIN EN 16337:2013, i.e. 125 kg test load; with 2.5 kg striking cap

Cat. No.

282.24.727

282.24.728

Cat. No.

282.24.717

282.24.718

Cat. No.

282.26.706

282.26.701

Finish

Nickel-plated


Note: Only suitable for use with chipboard.


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


22

Shelf supports for glass shelves

For plug fitting into Ø 5 mm drill holeZinc alloy, with plastic glass support

- Version: With twin grooves- Installation: For plug fitting

Cat. No.

282.24.733

Finish

Nickel-plated

- Load bearing: M = 3.1 kg capacity:- Standard: In compliance with DIN EN 16337:2013, i.e. 25 kg test load; with 1.7 kg striking cap


Glass shelf supports made of zinc alloy

For drilled hole Ø3 or 5 mm, with GC lifting safeguard/clamp

Cat. No.

282.13.610

Finish

Nickel plated

- For glass thicknesses: 6 and 8 mm- Installation: Easy insertion and tightening with 180° turn; prevents surface damage around drilled hole- The lifting safeguard/clamp prevents unintentional tilting, lifting and removal of glass shelves

Packing: 20 or 500 pcs

Steel, with plastic cap

Cat. No.

281.41.907

Finish

Galvanized

- Load bearing: M = 3.1 kg capacity:- Standard: In compliance with DIN EN 16337:2013, i.e. 25 kg test load; with 1.7 kg striking cap

Packing : 500 pcs

Tightening in drilled hole


Shelf supports for wooden or glass shelves, for screw fixing

To side panelZinc alloy, with plastic support

Cat. No.

282.18.706

Finish

Nickel-plated

- Version: With plastic support- Load bearing M = 12.5 kg, tested with 2.5 kg plate capacity: for impact test in compliance with DIN EN 16337:2013-08- Material: Zinc alloy, support: Plastic- Colour: Support: Black- Installation: For screw fixing


Zinc alloy, with lug to secure shelf

Cat. No.

282.24.720

Finish

Nickel-plated

- Version: With twin grooves- Shelf security: With plug feature:- Load bearing 15.6 kg per piece, tested to capacity: DIN EN 16337:2013-08 with 1.7 kg plate for impact test, i.e. 62.4 kg load bearing capacity when using 4 shelf supports- Material: Zinc alloy- Installation: For plug fitting into drill hole Ø 5 mm

Packing: 500 pcs

For plug fitting into Ø 5 mm drill holeSteel, with locking screw

Cat. No.

282.20.715

Finish

Nickel-plated

- Material: Locking screw: Plastic- Colour: Locking screw: Black- Version: With locking screw as shelf security feature

Packing: 100 pcs

For glass thickness 9 mm

Shelf supports for wooden shelves, for plug fittingin drill hole Ø 7 mm or 7.5 mm (with sleeve)

Cat. No.Finish

Nickel-plated

Brass-plated

- Material: Steel- Installation: For plug fitting into drill hole Ø 7 mm

Packing: 100 or 1,000 pcs

282.01.701

282.01.505Shelf support

Cat. No.Finish

Nickel-plated

Brass-plated

- Area of application: For mounting shelf support in 7.5 mm drill holes- Material: Steel- Installation: For plug fitting into drill hole Ø 7.5 mm

Packing: 100 or 1,000 pcs

282.50.704

282.50.508

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


22

Plug in supports for wooden shelves

- With stop- For ø 3 mm hole- Load carrying capacity 6 0 kg*- Steel- Order qty: Multiples of 100 pcs

282.06.500

Cat. No.

Brass-plated


Finish

Shelf support, plug in, for Ø 3 mm holes

- With collar- For Ø 5 mm hole- Load carrying capacity 80 kg*- Steel- Order qty: Multiples of 100 pcs

282.43.101

282.43.905

Cat. No.

Bronzed

Bright Galvanized


Finish


- Spoon shaped- For ø 5 mm hole- Load carrying capacity 8 0 kg*- Steel- Order qty: Multiples of 100 pcs

282.04.515

282.04.113

Cat. No.

Brass-plated

Bronzed


Finish


*Load carrying capacity applies to 4 shelf supports bearing an evenly distributed load. Testing was carried out according to DIN EN 1727: 1998-06 “Mechanical safety requirements for shelf supports”

SUPPORTS WITH SLEEVES FOR WOODEN SHELVES

- For press fitting into socket (not included, order separately)- Steel- Order qty: Multiples of 100 pcs

282.44.100

282.44.800

Cat. No.

Florentine Bronzed

Electro brassed


Finish

Loop shelf support, plug in, for use with socket

- For use with shelf support Cat. No. 282.44.100/800/600- For ø 6.5 mm hole- Steel- Order qty: Multiples of 100 pcs

282.66.100

282.66.800

Cat. No.

Florentine Bronzed

Electro brassed


Finish

Socket, plug in, for Ø 6.5 mm holes


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsConcealed Shelf Support


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


22

Concealed shelf support for installation into woodwork or masonry walls

- For concealed mounting of shelves- For installation into woodwork or masonry walls- With screw mounting plate- Fitting consists of: 1x Supporting pin with mounting plate, galvanized steel 1x Pre-mounted plastic sleeve- Supporting pin with knurled section is installed in a Ø 12 mm hole in the shelf, the pin may be exposed or concealed depending on the thickness of the shelf- Height adjustable via slots- Inclination adjustment using adjusting screws which press on the rear plate when turned in- Lateral adjustment by lifting the supporting pin; can be adjusted to the right or left- Order qty: Multiples of 4 pcs

Cat. No.

283.33.904

For min. shelf thickness

24 mm

Packing: 4 pcs

Shelf depth mm

175

200

225

250

275

300

2Max. load kg/m

180

160

130

100

80

50

Max. 700 mm distance between shelf supports,with evenly distributed load

Shelf brackets

Load bearing capacity 36–70 kg per pair

Cat. No.

287.30.207

287.30.216

287.30.225

287.30.243

287.30.261

287.30.270

287.30.289

- Material: Steel- Fixing with chipboard screws


Dim.D mm

Dim.B mm

Dim.(A x C) mm

Load b. cap. kg Finish

36

40

50

60

70

75 x 100

100 x 125

125 x 150

150 x 200

200 x 250

250 x 300

300 x 350

30

34

36

42

46

47

3.0

3.5

4.0

5.0

Brown

coated

287.30.109

287.30.118

287.30.127

287.30.145

287.30.163

287.30.172

287.30.181

36

40

50

60

70

75 x 100

100 x 125

125 x 150

150 x 200

200 x 250

250 x 300

300 x 350

30

34

36

42

46

47

3.0

3.5

4.0

5.0

White

coated


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsxConcealed Shelf Support


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsConcealed Shelf Support

22

Concealed shelf support, for installation into woodwork or masonry walls

- For concealed mounting of shelves- For installation into woodwork or masonry walls- With screw mounting plate- Fitting consists of: 1x Supporting pin with mounting plate, galvanized steel- Supporting pin is installed in a Ø 12 mm hole in the shelf, the pin may be exposed or concealed depending on the thickness of the shelf- Height adjustable via slots- Inclination adjustment using supporting pin which presses on the rear plate when turned in- Order qty: Multiples of 4 pcs

Cat. No.

283.33.910


24 mm

Packing: 4 pcs

Shelf depth mm

200

250

300

2Max. load kg/m

200

140

80

Max. 700 mm distance between shelf supports,with evenly distributed load

Concealed shelf support, screw fixing, for installation into woodwork or masonry walls

- For concealed mounting of shelves- For installation into woodwork or masonry walls- With screw mounting plate- Fitting consists of: 1x Supporting pin with mounting plate, yellow galvanized steel- Supporting pin installed in a Ø 12 mm hole in the shelf, the pin may be exposed or sealed depending on the thickness of the shelf- Can be adjusted to the right or left- Zinc plated steel- Order qty: Multiples of 10 pcs

Cat. No.

283.33.501


22 mm

Packing: 10 pcs


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsFolding Brackets


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Connector Technology, Shelf SupportsShelf Retainers

22

FOLDING BRACKETS, HEAVY DUTY

Suitable for work surfaces and benches

- Suitable for work surfaces and benches- Locks automatically when raised, released by light upward pressure on the locking arm- Screw fixing- Load carrying capacity 500 kg per pair- Grey primed steel- Order qty: 1 pc (1 pc = 1 bracket)

Cat. No.

287.43.400

287.43.419

287.43.428

287.43.437

287.43.446

Packing: 1 pc

Dim. A Dim. B

180 mm

180 mm

220 mm

220 mm

220 mm

420 mm

480 mm

580 mm

680 mm

780 mm


Shelf retainers For wooden shelves, for plug fittingInto drill hole Ø 5 mm

- Material: Plastic- Installation: For plug fitting into Ø 5 mm drill hole, for plug fitting into 32 mm series drilled holes

Cat. No.

282.28.739


Colour

Beige

Plastic, for shelf thickness 19 mm

- Material: Plastic- Installation: For plug fitting into Ø 5 mm drill hole, for plug fitting into 32 mm series drilled holes

Cat. No.

282.28.702


Colour

White

Plastic, for various shelf thicknesses

- For Ø 5 mm series-drilled holes at 32 mm intervals- For 16 mm shelf thickness- Plastic- Order qty: Multiples of 100 pcs

Cat. No.

282.28.720


Finish

Transparent

Shelf retainer, plug in, for Ø 5 mm hole

- For Ø 5 mm series-drilled holes at 32 mm intervals- For 19 mm shelf thickness- Plastic- Order qty: Multiples of 100 pcs

Cat. No.

282.28.734

282.28.730


Finish

Transparent

White

Shelf retainer, plug-in, for Ø 5 mm hole

3HINGESANDFLAP FITTINGS

3.1 3.2

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsInformation


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Metalla A with integrated soft close in hinged armThe door is fitted onto the fixed mounting plate by sliding on

Metalla SM with integrated soft close in hinged arm

The door is fitted onto the fixed mounting plate using quick fixing system

Attachment methods

Cup for screw fixing

Cup fixing with chipboard

screws with countersunk head

Mounting plate for screw fixing

Fitting with chipboard screws or with

pre-mounted countersunk special screws

into 32 mm series drilled holed

Slide on system Quick fixing system

Mounting door to cabinet

METALLA A with soft closing

slide on system

Hinge arm is slide onto mounting

plate and screwd in position

METALLA SM with soft closing

quick fixing system

Hinge arm is position and cilped onto

mounting plate. Easily removable from

the mounting plate

Adjustment options

Metalla A with soft closing

Lateral adjustment: Adjusting distance on concealed

hinge ±2.5 mm

Depth adjustment: Via mounting plate adjusting

distance ±2 mm

Height adjustment: Adjusting distance on concealed

hinge ±2 mm

A

B

C


hinge ±1.5 mm


distance form 3 mm to -1 mm


hinge ±2 mm

A

B

C

Metalla SM with soft closing

Processing and mounting deviations can be corrected with the three-dimensional adjusting facility.Factory setting: For lateral, height and depth adjustment: Zero position

Mounting

Hinge arm height with mounting plate

Area of application Opening angle ° Soft close Cup Arm Opening

92 95 105

110

175

Inte

gra

ted

No

t in

teg

rate

d

Ad

d o

n

Scr

ew fi

xing

Ø 2

6

Ø 3

5

Ø 4

0

Clic

k o

n

Slid

e o

n

Wit

h ha

ndle

Wit

hout

han

dle

Pag

e

Metalla

Integrated soft close

Standard

Stainless steel hinges

Complete SET

Black range

Standard

Thick door

Econo

Mini hinge

Mini hinge for glass door

Standard

Thick door

Wide opening angle door

Standard

Metallamat

Standard

FF 3.6

FF 3.23

FF 3.25

FF 3.27

FF 3.9

FF 3.11

FF 3.24

FF 3.31

FF 3.33

FF 3.16

FF 3.18

FF 3.20

Application Matrix

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsConcealed Hinges


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Metalla A with integrated soft close in hinged arm

Installation for screw fixing

Cup is fixed with chipboard screws

The drilling patterns for the concealed hinges have

different dimensions. The dimensional information or

the drilling patterns can be found on the product

pages.

Determining the minimum gap that is required

The required minimum gap depends on

the hinge type, the distance to cup and

the door thickness. Once the distance

to cup and the door thickness have

been determined, the minimum gap

can be looked up in the application

table.

Example: With a door thickness 19 mm and distance to cup 4 mm

there is a min. gap of 2.0 mm

Door thickness mmDistance to cup mm

3.0

1.2

1.7

2.0

2.4

3.3

4.5

4.0

1.2

1.7

2.0

2.3

3.1

4.2

5.0

1.1

1.6

1.9

2.2

3.0

4.0

6.0

1.1

1.6

1.9

2.2

2.9

3.9

Trial mounting is recommended

16

18

19

30

22

24

26-32

Number of concealed hinges per door

The values in the table are sample measurements. A trail mounting is recommened.

The number of concealed hinges per door depends on:

- Door width and height, door weight and door material

According to the example diagram, with a door height of 1,500 mm and a door weight of

7 - 12 kg, three concealed hinges have to be fitted.

Choice of mounting plate

The different spacing heights of the

mounting plates allow adjustments to be

made to the door overlay. The

demension of the distance results from

the thickness of the mounting plate. The

starting point for determining the required

mounting method with a defined

door overlay.

Once the door overlay and the distance to cup have been

determined, the distance can be looked up in the application table.

In the example the door overlay is defined at 10 mm and the

distance to cup at 5 mm. This produces a distsnce of 4 mm.

Stock Item

Metalla A/SM, with soft closing mechanism, opening angle 110°

- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm- Finish: Nickel plated- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 11.5 mm- Fixing door to carcase: Cilp on and slide on system- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional (with appropriate mounting plate)- For door thickness: Cilp on 14–22 mm Slide on 16–22 mm- Integrated soft closing mechanism- With automatic closing spring

Integrated with soft closing mechanism

Drilling pattern Cup dimensions

Full overlay mounting

A Version

- Hinge arm: Straight- For door overlay of 20 mm above mm, trial fitting is recommended

Packing : 1 pc

Cat. No.

311.88.503

311.60.525

Cup fixing

A

SM

Door overlay mm

12

3

Distance to cup E mm

13

4

14

3

5

15

4

6

16

3

5

17

4

6

18

5

19

6

A

0

2

4

Mounting plate distance mm

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Metalla A/SM, with soft closing mechanism, opening angle 110°

- Material: Steel- Finish: Nickel plated- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional with eccentric screw- Distance from edge: 37 mm

Packing : 1 pc

Cat. No.

311.71.540

311.71.542

311.71.544

311.98.660

311.98.662

311.98.664

Heigth mm

0

2

4

0

2

4

Version

SM

A

SM Version

A Version

Cover cap with hafele logo

- Material: Steel- Finish: Nickel plated

Packing : 1 pc

Cat. No.

311.91.520

311.91.560

Version

SM

A


Half overlay mounting

A Version

Packing : 1 pc

Cat. No.

311.60.526

311.88.504

Cup fixing

SM

A

- Hinge arm: Crank

Inset mounting

A Version

Packing : 1 pc

Cat. No.

311.60.527

311.88.505

Cup fixing

SM

A

Door overlay mm

5

3


6

4

7

3

5

8

4

6

9

3

5

10

4

6

11

5

12

6

A

0

2

4


Door overlay mm

-4

3


-3

4

-2

3

5

-1

4

6

0

3

5

1

4

6

2

5

3

6

A

0

2

4


- Hinge arm: Hign crank

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33


A Version


Cat. No.

311.90.501

311.90.517

311.60.521

311.60.431

311.84.504

311.60.821

Moun.Plate H.Version

FixingVersionCup Fixing

Screw fixing A

SM

A

SM

Self closing

Push to

open

-

H = 2

-

H = 2

-

-

Inset mounting

A Version


Cat. No.

311.90.502

311.90.518

311.60.522

311.60.432

311.84.505

311.60.822



Screw fixing A

SM

A

SM

Self closing

Push to

open

-

H = 2

-

H = 2

-

-

Door overlay mm

4

3


5

4

6

3

5

7

4

6

8

3

5

7

9

4

6

10

3

5

7

11

4

6


12

5

7

13

6

A

-2

0

2

4

SM

-

0

2

4

14

7

- Hinge arm: Cranked

Door overlay mm

5

3


4

4

3

3

5

2

4

6

1

3

5

7

0

4

6

-1

3

5

7

-2

4

6


-3

5

7

-4

6

A

-2

0

2

4

SM

-

0

2

4

-5

7



Metalla A/SM, opening angle 110°, Cup Ø35 mm

- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm- Finish: Nickel plated- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 11.5 mm- Fixing door to carcase: Cilp on and slide on system- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional (with appropriate mounting plate)- For door thickness: 16-22 mm- With automatic closing spring


A Version


Cat. No.

311.90.500

311.90.516

311.60.520

311.60.430

311.84.503

311.60.820

Drilling dimensions for cup fixingCup dimensions



Screw fixing A

SM

A

SM

Self closing

Push to

open

-

H = 0

-

H = 0

-

H = 0

Door overlay mm

12

3


13

4

14

3

5

15

4

6

16

3

5

7

17

4

6

18

3

5

7

19

4

6


20

5

7

21

6

A

-2

0

2

4

SM

-

0

2

4

21

7

- Hinge arm: Straight

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33


A Version


Cat. No.

311.85.501

311.81.411

311.67.512

311.67.422



Screw fixing A

SM

Self closing -

H = 4

-

H = 4

Inset mounting

A Version


Cat. No.

311.85.502

311.81.412

311.67.513

311.67.423



Screw fixing A

SM

Self closing -

H = 4

-

H = 4

- Hinge arm: Cranke

Door overlay mm

Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm

9

3

10

2

4

11

3

5

12

2

4

6

13

3

5

7

14

2

4

6

8

15

3

5

7

16

4

6

8

17

5

7

18

6

8

19

7

20

8

A

-2

0

5

4


Door overlay mm


-1

0

0

1

1

0

2

2

1

3

3

0

2

4

1

3

5

2

6

3

7 8 9 SM

0

2

4

Metalla A/SM, opening angle 110°, Cup Ø40 mm

- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm- Finish: Nickel plated- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 13 mm- Fixing door to carcase: Slide on or clip on system- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional (with appropriate mounting plate)- For min. door thickness: 22 mm- With automatic closing spring


A Version


Cat. No.

311.85.500

311.81.410

311.67.511

311.67.421




Screw fixing A

SM

Self closing -

H = 4

-

H = 4


Door overlay mm

25

11


26

10

12

27

9

11

13

28

8

10

12

14

29

9

11

13

15

30

10

12

14

31

11

13

15

32

12

14


33

13

15

34

14

A

-2

0

2

4

35

15


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Metallamat A (slide-on system)The door is fitted onto the fixed mounting plate by sliding on

Metallamat SM (quick fixing system)The door is fitted onto the fixed mounting plate using quick fixing system

Attachment methods

Cup for screw fixing

Cup fixing with chipboard

screws with countersunk head

Mounting plate for screw fixing

Fitting with chipboard screws or with

pre-mounted countersunk special screws

into 32 mm series drilled holed

Mounting door to cabinet

METALLAMAT A,

slide on system

Hinge arm is slide onto mounting

plate and screwd in position

METALLAMAT SM,

quick fixing system

Adjustment options


hinge ±2.5 mm


distance ±2 mm


hinge ±2 mm

A

B

C

Processing and mounting deviations can be corrected with the three-dimensional adjusting facility.Factory setting: For lateral, height and depth adjustment: Zero position

Mounting


Hinge arm is position and cilped onto

mounting plate. It can easily be removed

from the mounting plate

Slide on system Quick fixing system

Accessories for METALLA A Concealed hinge

METALLA A Cruciform mounting plate, slide on system

- Material: Steel- Finish: Nickel plated- Adjusting facility: Height adjustment via slot


Cat. No.

311.98.505

311.98.500

311.98.502

311.98.504

311.98.515

311.98.510

311.98.512

311.98.514

-2

0

2

4

-2

0

2

4

Distance D mm

Drilling pattern

METALLA SM Mounting plate, clip on system

- Material: Steel/zinc alloy- Finish: Nickel plated- Adjusting facility: 3-dimensional with eccentric screw or via slot


Cat. No.

311.70.610

311.70.612

311.70.614

311.71.500

311.71.502

311.71.504

0

2

4

0

2

4

Distance D mm

Drilling pattern

METALLA A/SM Cover cap

- Material: Steel- Finish: Nickel plated- Cup fixing: Screw fixing


Cat. No.

311.65.700With HÄFELE logo

Version

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Drilling pattern

Installation for screw fixing


The drilling patterns for the concealed hinges have

different dimensions. The dimensional information or

the drilling patterns can be found on the product

pages.


The required minimum gap depends on

the hinge type, the distance to cup and

the door thickness. Once the distance

to cup and the door thickness have

been determined, the minimum gap

can be looked up in the application

table.

Example: With a door thickness 19 mm and distance to cup 4 mm

there is a min. gap of 2.0 mm

Door thickness mmDistance to cup mm

3.0

1.2

1.7

2.0

2.4

3.3

4.5

4.0

1.2

1.7

2.0

2.3

3.1

4.2

5.0

1.1

1.6

1.9

2.2

3.0

4.0

6.0

1.1

1.6

1.9

2.2

2.9

3.9

Trial mounting is recommended

16

18

19

30

22

24

26-32


The values in the table are sample measurements. A trail mounting is recommened.

The number of concealed hinges per door depends on:

- Door width and height, door weight and door material

According to the example diagram, with a door height of 1,500 mm and a door weight of

7 - 12 kg, three concealed hinges have to be fitted.

Choice of mounting plate

The different spacing heights of the

mounting plates allow adjustments to be

made to the door overlay. The

demension of the distance results from

the thickness of the mounting plate. The

starting point for determining the required

mounting method with a defined

door overlay.

Once the door overlay and the distance to cup have been

determined, the distance can be looked up in the application table.

In the example the door overlay is defined at 10 mm and the

distance to cup at 5 mm. This produces a distsnce of 4 mm.

Stock Item

Metallamat A/SM, opening angle 110°

- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm- Finish: Nickel plated- For door thickness: 16 - 22 mm- Fixing door to carcase: Slide on system or cilp on system- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional (with appropriate mounting plate)- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 12.5 mm- With automatic closing spring or push version




Cat. No.

316.30.500

316.30.100

318.40.500

Cup fixing

Screw fixing

Fixing Version

A

SM

Version

Self closing

Without spring

Self closing


Door overlay mm


SM

-

3

4

6

8

A

2

-

4

6

8

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

3 4 5 6 7

3 4 5 6 7

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

3 4 5 6 7

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33


- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm- Finish: Nickel plated- For door thickness: Min. 22 mm- Fixing door to carcase: Slide on system or cilp on system- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional (with appropriate mounting plate)- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 13.5 mm- With automatic closing spring or push version



Packing : 1 pc

Cat. No.

316.31.500

318.41.100

Cup fixing

Screw fixing

Fixing Version

A

SM

Version

Self closing


Door overlay mm


SM

-

3

4

6

8

A

2

-

4

6

8

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 3318 19 20 21 22

8 9 10 11 123 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 123 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 123 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 123 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 123 4 5 6 7




Cat. No.

316.30.501

316.30.101

318.40.501

Cup fixing

Screw fixing

Fixing Version

A

SM

Version

Self closing

Without spring

Self closing

Door overlay mm


SM

-

3

4

6

8

A

2

-

4

6

8

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

3 4 5 6 7

3 4 5 6 7

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

3 4 5 6 7

- Hinge arm: High Cranked

Inset mounting


Cat. No.

316.30.502

316.30.102

318.40.502

Cup fixing

Screw fixing

Fixing Version

A

SM

Version

Self closing

Without spring

Self closing

Door overlay mm


SM

6

8

A

6

8

-4 -3 -2 -1

3 4 5 6

3 4


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33


Packing : 1 pc

Cat. No.

316.32.600

318.42.600

Cup fixing

Screw fixing

Fixing Version

A

SM

Version

Self closing


- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm- Finish: Nickel plated- For door thickness: 16 - 22 mm- Fixing door to carcase: Slide on system- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional (with appropriate mounting plate)- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 12.5 mm- With automatic closing spring


Door overlay mm


17 18 19


20 21 22 A

2

-

4

6

8

SM

-

3

4

6

8

161514131211

876543

876543

876543

876543

876543


Inset mounting

Packing : 1 pc

Cat. No.

316.31.501

318.41.101

Cup fixing

Screw fixing

Fixing Version

A

SM

Version

Self closing

Packing : 1 pc

Cat. No.

316.31.502

318.41.102

Cup fixing

Screw fixing

Fixing Version

A

SM

Version

Self closing

Door overlay mm


SM

-

3

4

6

8

A

2

-

4

6

8

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 161 2 3 4 5

8 9 10 11 123 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 123 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 123 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 123 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 123 4 5 6 7


- Hinge arm: High cranked

Door overlay mm


-5.5 -4.5 -3.5


-2.5 -1.5 -0.5 A

2

-

4

6

8

SM

-

3

4

6

8

3

5

7

9

2

3

4

6

8

1

2

3

5

7

1

2

4

6

1

3

54


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Accessories for Metallamat A/SM

- Material: Steel- Finish: Nickel plated- Version: With HÄFELE logo or without logo or with individually print

Metallamat A Cover cap


Cat. No.

316.36.500

316.36.510

Finish

Without logo

With HÄFELE logoOrder informationCover caps can be individually from minimum order quantityof 100,000

- Material: Plastic- Finish: Black- Logo: White screen- Installation: Clip on hinge arm

Metallamat A Cover cap with customer logo

Packing: 1,000, 2,000, 5,000, 10,000 pcs

Cat. No.

316.36.330

Description

For hinge arm

Order informationPlease provide AutoCad file of logo when place the order.Level price according to order quantity (1,000, 2,000, 5,000 and10,000 pcs.)

Damping device, non adjustable

- Version: Non adjustable for speed of closing- Only suitable for Metallamat A (316.30.500, 316.30.501, 316.30.502)

Packing: 1 pc.

Cat. No.

316.53.710

Material

Plastic ABS

Finish

Nickel plated

Set back mounting plate screw-on position by door thickness.

Half overlay and inset mounting

Packing : 1 pc

Cat. No.

316.32.601

318.42.601

Cup fixing

Screw fixing

Fixing Version

A

SM

Version

Self closing

Half overlay mounting Inset mounting

Door overlay mm

-2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A SM3 4 5 6 7 8 2 -

3 4 5 6 7 8 - 33 4 5 6 7 8 4 4

3 4 5 6 7 8 6 62 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 8


Metallamat A Cruciform mounting plate, slide on system

Screw fixing, with chipboard screws

Drilling dimensions - Material: Steel- Finish: Nickel plated- Adjustment facility: Height adjustment via slot

Packing : 1 pc

Cat. No.

316.51.502

316.51.504

316.51.506

316.51.508

Cup fixing

2

4

6

8


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Order information for Metalla A/ECONO

Industrial set (packed in a paper box) supplied with:

250 Hinges250 Mounting plates1,000 Screws250 Cover cups

Cat. No.

311.90.516

311.90.517

311.90.518

311.81.410

311.81.411

311.81.412

311.92.500

311.92.501

311.92.502

Moun.

plate H.TypeItem

Metalla A Cup 35 mm, opening angle 110°

Metalla A Cup 40 mm, opening angle 110°

Metalla ECONO Cup 35 mm, opening angle 110°

H = 0

H = 2

H = 2

H = 4

H = 4

H = 4

H = 2

H = 0

H = 0



Inset mounting



Inset mounting



Inset mounting

- Material: Steel- Finish: Nickel plated- Cup fixing: Screw fixing- Fixing door to carcase: Slide on system


Cat. No.

311.92.500

METALLA ECONO, opening angle 105°


Version


Mounting plate height

H = 2



Cat. No.

Cat. No.

311.92.501

311.92.502



Version

Version


Inset mounting



H = 0

H = 0

Drilling dimensions for cup fixing

Cup dimensions

Door overlay mm


17 18 19


16151413

5 6 7 043

Door overlay mm


9 10 11


8765

5 6 7 043

12

Door overlay mm


1 2 3


0-1-2

5 6 7 043

4

Special Applications

- Finish: Polished- Cup fixing: For screw fixing- Installation: Door to cabinet with mounting plate SM clip on- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 11.5 mm- Adjustment facility: Side adjustment ±2.5 mm, Height adjustment ±2 mm (Via mounting plate), depth adjustment ±3 mm- With automatic closing spring

- Stainless steel SUS 304

Packing : 1 pc

Cat. No.

315.06.750

315.06.751

315.06.752

Cup fixing



Inset mounting

Full overlay mounting with mounting plate

Drilling pattern

Mounting plate METALLA SM

- Material: Stainless stell SUS 304- Finish: Polished- Adjustment facility : Height adjustment ± 2 mm, 0 mm via slot

Packing : 1 pc

Cat. No.

315.98.612

315.98.610

Version

C-Mount Metalla-A 2 mm

C-Mount Metalla-A 0 mm

Wood Screw

Packing : 1 pc

Cat. No.

015.35.824

Material

Steel nickel plated

Dimension mm

4 x 15

Cover cap

Packing : 1 pc

Cat. No.

315.59.008

Version

With HAFELE logo

METALLA SM, opening angle 105°, for increased requirements on corrosion


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33


Packing : 1 set

Cat. No.

315.07.008

Cup fixing

Screw fixing

Door overlay mm

12


13 14 15


SM

2

11

4 5 6 73


Packing : 1 set

Cat. No.

315.07.009

Cup fixing

Screw fixing

Door overlay mm

-4


-5 -6 -7


SM

4

-3

4 3 2 15

Packing : 1 set

Cat. No.

315.07.007

Cup fixing

Screw fixing

Metalla SM, with soft closing mechanism

- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm- Finish: Nickel plated- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 13.5 mm- Fixing door to carcase: Cilp on system- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional (with appropriate mounting plate)- For door thickness: 18–32 mm- Integrated soft closing mechanism- With automatic closing spring

Integrated with soft closing mechanismWith mounting plate and hinge arm cover cap (Häfele logo)

Cup dimensionDrilling pattern


Door overlay mm


23 24 25


2221

5 6 7 043

SM


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33


- Hinge arm: Crank- Mounting plate H = 2 (set version)

Packing : 1 pc/set

Cat. No.

315.27.751

306.00.009

Cup fixing

Screw fixing

Description

Single item

Set

Finish

Nickel plated black

Door overlay mm


A

0

2

4

87654321 9

76543

76543

76543

METALLA SM 110 blackversion cup 35 mm

- High corrosion resistance 48 hours neutral salt spray test according DIN ISO 9227- 80,000 functional cycles – highest quality level according DIN EN 15570

- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 12 mm- Fixing door to carcase: Clip on system- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional ± 2 mm (with appropriate mounting plate)- For door thickness: 14–26 mm- Integrated soft closing mechanism- With automatic closing spring

1 Hinge1 Mounting plate1 Cover cap arm1 Cover cap hinge cup4 Black screws 3,5 x 15 mm *

Set consisting of:

Cup dimensions Drilling pattern

Full overlay mountingDoor overlay mm


A

0

2

4876543

876543

76543

17 18161514131211 19

- Hinge arm: Straight- Mounting plate H = 0 (set version)

Packing : 1 pc/set

Cat. No.

315.27.750

306.00.008

Cup fixing

Screw fixing

Description

Single item

Set

Finish

Nickel plated black


Inset mounting

Door overlay mm


A

0

2

4

0-1-2-3-4-5-6-7 1

76543

76543

76543

- Hinge arm: Crank- Mounting plate H = 2 (set version)

Packing : 1 pc/set

Cat. No.

315.27.752

306.00.010

Cup fixing

Screw fixing

Description

Single item

Set

Finish

Nickel plated black

Accessories for METALLA SM 110 Black version cup 35 mMounting plate METALLA SM

- Material: Steel- Adjustment facility: Height adjustment ± 2 via slot- Screw fixing with chipboard screws- Finish Nickel plated black

Packing : 1 pc

Cat. No.Distance D mm Finish

306.00.005

306.00.006

306.00.007

0

2

4

Nickel plated black

Cover cap for hinge arm METALLA SM

Packing : 1 pc

Cat. No.Material Finish

315.59.024Steel Nickel plated black

Cover cap for hinge cup METALLA SM

Packing : 1 pc



Black Screw 4 x 15.5 mm

Packing : 1 pc



We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33


METALLA Mini A Concealed hinge

For screw fixingDrilling pattern 38/7.5

Cup for screw fixing with countersunk chipboard screws

Fixing door to carcase

Slide on system

Hinge arm is slide onto screwed in position

Adjustment options

Lateral adjustment: Adjusting distance on concealed hinge +3 mm

Height adjustment: Via mounting plates adjusting distance ± 2 mm

Depth adjustment: Adjusting distance on concealed hinge + 4 mm, -1 mm

Processing and mounting deviations can be corrected with the three-dimensional adjusting facility.

Factory settings: For lateral, height and depth adjustment: Zero position

Door offsetDoor overlay

Gap

Distance to cup

Hin

ge a

rm le

ngth


Mounting

Full overlay mountingConcealed hinge withstraight hinge arm

Half overlay mounting Inset mountingConcealed hinge withcranked hinge arm

Concealed hinge withhigh cranked hinge arm

Drilling pattern

Installation for screw fixingThe drilling patterns for the concealed hinges havedifferent dimensions. The dimensional information orthe drilling patterns can be found on the productpages.

Screw hole Drilling depth

Distance to cup E

Cruciform mounting plate


The required minimum gap depends onthe hinge type, the distance to cup andthe door thickness. Once the distanceto cup and the door thickness havebeen determined, the minimum gapcan be looked up in the applicationtable.Minimum gap

Example: With a door thickness 19 mm and distance to cup 4 mmthere is a min. gap of 2.0 mm


The values in the table are sample measurements. A trail mounting is recommened.The number of concealed hinges per door depends on:• Door width and height, door weight and door materialAccording to the example diagram, with a door height of 1,500 mm and a door weight of5–8 kg, three concealed hinges have to be fitted.



The different spacing heights of themounting plates allow adjustments to bemade to the door overlay. Thedemension of the distance results fromthe thickness of the mounting plate. Thestarting point for determining the requiredmounting method with a defineddoor overlay.

Distance D

DoorOverlay

Distance to cup E

Once the door overlay and the distance to cup have beendetermined, the distance can be looked up in the application table.In the example the door overlay is defined at 10 mm and thedistance to cup at 5 mm. This produces a distsnce of 4 mm.

Height Number of hinges

2 - 4 5 - 8 9 - 13 14 - 18400 400 400 400

kgwidth

Gap F

Door overlay mm


12111098765 134

765

76543

76543

76543

3

4

6

8

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

METALLA Mini A, incl. mounting plate, opening angle 95°

- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm- Finish: Nickel plated- Cup fixing: For screw fixing- Installation: Door to cabinet with slide-on system- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 9 mm- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional (with appropriate mounting plate)- For door thickness: 12–20 mm- With automatic closing spring




Cat. No.

311.41.500

311.41.570

Cup fixing

Screw fixing


-

H = 0

Door overlay mm

16


17 18 19


15

43 5

14131211

-2

0

2

4

43 5

43 5

43 5



Cat. No.

311.41.501

311.41.571

Cup fixing

Screw fixing


-

H = 0

Inset mounting


Cat. No.

311.41.502

311.41.572

Cup fixing

Screw fixing


-

H = 0

Door overlay mm

6


7 8 9


5

43 5

4321

-2

0

2

4

43 5

43 5

43 5


Door overlay mm

0


1 2 3


-1

43 5

-2-3-4-5

-2

0

2

4

43 5

43 5

43 5



We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33


METALLA Mini A, opening angle 95°

- Material: Plastic cup, steel hinge arm- Finish: Black cup, nickel plated hinge arm- Cup fixing: For screw fixing- Installation: Door to cabinet with slide-on system (A)- For glass thickness: 4-6 mm- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional (with appropriate mounting plate)- With automatic closing spring


Cup dimensions



Cat. No.

311.42.500

311.42.510

Cup fixing

Screw fixing


-

H = 0



Cat. No.

311.42.501

311.42.511

Cup fixing

Screw fixing


-

H = 0

Inset mounting

Door overlay mm

8


9 10 11


7

43 5

654

0

2

4

6

43 5 6

43 5 6



Cat. No.

311.42.502

311.42.512

Cup fixing

Screw fixing


-

H = 0

Door overlay mm

0


1 2 3


-1

43 5

-2-3-4

0

2

4

6

43 5 6

43 5 6


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsChipboard screws - Hospa


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33


Accessories for METALLA Mini A Concealed hinge

Front plate, round


Cat. No.

311.43.220

311.43.230

311.43.320

311.43.820

Finish

Aluminium coloured

Chrome coloured

Black coloured

Gold coloured

Type

311.43.200

311.43.210

311.43.300

311.43.800

Aluminium coloured

Chrome coloured

Black coloured

Gold coloured

Semi-circular

RoundFront plate, semi-circular

Drilling pattern

For screw fixing with chipboard screws


Cat. No.

311.51.521

311.51.520

311.51.522

311.51.524

Distance D mm

-2

0

2

4

For screw fixing with chipboard screws, edge distance 28 mm

Drilling pattern


Cat. No.

311.51.561

311.51.563

Distance D mm

0

2

Special edge distance 28 mm

Drilling pattern

For screw fixing with pre-mounted special screws


Cat. No.

311.51.515

311.51.511

311.51.513

311.51.510

311.51.512

311.51.514

Distance D mm

-2

0

2

0

2

4

Screw length mm

11

14

Fully threaded, nickel plated

DriveThread Ø d mm Head Ø dk mm Head height k mm

Pz1

PZ1

PZ2

PZ2

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

5.0

5.0

7.0

8.0

1.6

1.8

2.1

2.4

Packing: 1000 pcs

Cat. No.

015.35.824

015.35.833

015.35.842

Thread Ø d mm

4.0

length L mm

15

17

20

Orga-Box

For screwing into woodFor Ø 3 mm drill holes - Material: Steel

- Finish/colour: Nickel plated- Drive: PZ2 cross slot- Thread: Fully threaded, pitch 2.0 mm, thread Ø 4.2 mm, body Ø 2.8 mm

Cat. No.

013.15.617

013.15.626

013.15.635

012.15.626

Packing pieces

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 500

Orga-Box

length L mm

10.5

13.5

16

Finish

Nickel plated

Big-Pack

13.5 Nickel plated

Countersunk head-for cruciform mounting plates,cabinet connectors and connecting fittings

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Hinge for folding doors for corner units

4 - 18 mm gap

- Opening angle: 150°- Material: Zinc alloy- Finish: Nickel plated- Installation: For screw fixing- For door thickness: 15-24 mm- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional

Drilling pattern Adjustment facility

Installation dimensions Installation

Door closed Door open

Hinge for folding doors for corner units Standard wide drawn profiled hinge


Cat. No.

343.90.700

Instalation

For screw fixing

Stock Item

Area of application Opening angle ° Soft close Cup Arm

170

180

250

270

Inte

gra

ted

No

t in

teg

rate

d

Ad

d o

n

Scr

ew fi

xing

Pre

ss

Cla

mp

Fit

ting

Ø 2

6

Ø 3

0

Ø 3

5

Ø 4

0

Clic

k o

n

Pag

e

90 92 95 105

110

140

150

Slid

e o

n

Hinge for folding door

Flap hinge

Pivot hinge

Glass door hinge

Soss hinge

Zysa

FF 3.38

FF 3.39

FF 3.40

FF 3.40

FF 3.41

FF 3.42

FF 3.43

FF 3.44

FF 3.46

FF 3.47

FF 3.48

FF 3.50

FF 3.51

Application Matrix

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsFlap Hinges


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Hinges and Flap FittingsFlap Hinges

33


FLAP HINGES

For wooden flaps

Cat. No.

342.66.730

Finish

Nickel plated

- Material: Zinc Alloy- Installation: For Screw Fixing- Flap hinge 3-dimensionally adjustable, opening angle 90°

Drilling pattern Application and planning dimensions

Adjustment facility

PLANO-MEDIAL Flap hinge, opening angle 90°

Zinc Alloy

- Material: Plastic and zinc alloy or zinc alloy- Installation: Screw fixing

Drilling dimensions

Application and planning dimensions for base thickness

Cat. No.

342.75.628

342.75.128

Finish

Nickel plated

Burnished


Flap hinge, opening angle 270°

Drilling dimensions in base and in flap

Drilling dimensions

Application and planning dimensions

- Installation: Screw fixing

Flap open Flap closed

Base

FlapBaseFlap

Base

Flap

Packing: 100 pcs

Cat. No.

342.62.310

342.62.710

342.63.600

342.63.502

Material

Steel

Brass

Finish

Black matt

Nickel plated polished

Nickel plated matt

Matt

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsPivot Hinges


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Hinges and Flap FittingsPivot Hinges

33


Corner pivot hinge, straight

- Material: Brass- Opening angle restraint: Without stop- Installation: Screw fixing- Turning point external- Opening angle: 250°- Finish: Polished- Flange thickness: 2 mm

Cat. No.

362.10.803

Length mm

50

Packing: 1 or 20 pairs

Door

Shelf

Side

Application

Pivot hinge with identical flanges

- Opening angle: 180°- Material: Steel- Finish: Blue chromated- Flange thickness: 3 mm- Opening angle restraint: Without stop- Installation: Screw fixing- Load bearing capacity: <20 kg

Cat. No.

361.03.511

361.03.531

Length mm

65

100


Pivot hinge

Cat. No.

361.22.710

361.22.110

361.22.310

Material

Plastic

- Opening angle: 140°- For door thickness: 12–21 mm- Opening angle restraint: Without stop- Installation: Press fitting


Colour

White

Brown

Black

Flap closed

Flap

ope

n

Side

Application

Removing the door: Lift the spring-loadedpin with a small screwdriver.Condition: Drilled hole in door and slottedhole in sleeve are identical.Setting the door gap: Widen or reducedoor gap by turning theflange. Fix adjusted door gap with asmall chipboard screw.

Function

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsGlass Door Hinges


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

GLARIOR Glass door hinge, opening angle 95°

- Area of application: For inset glass doors- Material: Zinc alloy- For glass thickness: 6 mm- Glass door width: max 350 mm- Glass door height: max 800 mm- Installation: Screw fixing to bottom and upper shelf, direct fixing to glass door- Version: Without catch- No drilling in glass necessary- Supplied with: Pressure plate

Inset mounting

Fixing to the glass door

1 Stick pressure plate on in required position2 Press-fit rotating element3 Adjust glass door4 Tighten screws

Cat. No.

361.49.603

361.49.701

361.49.201

Finish

Nickel plated matt

Nickel plated polished

Chrome plated polished

Packing: 1, 10 or 100 pcs

Installation

Protective foilPressure plate

Self-adhesive pad

Rotating element

Glass door

Pressure plate


Installation

SIMPLEX-CLIP Glass door hinge, opening angle 110°

- Area of application: For inset glass doors- For door height: Max. 600 mm- For door width: Max. 400 mm- For glass thickness: Max. 4.7 mm- Version: With black plastic bushing- Installation: Plug fitting into base and direct fixing to glass door with screw- Without catch, no drilling in glass necessary

Cat. No.

361.42.300

361.42.202

Finish

Black matt

Chrome Plated Polished


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Counterpiece for glass doors

- For glass thickness: 4–6 mm- Installation: For clipping on, with self adhesive intermediate layer made of foam material

Cat. No.

245.66.201

245.66.600

245.66.309

Material

Steel


Finish

Chrome plated

Nickel plated

Black

Glass doorProtective layer madeof foam material

Counterpiece

Protective layer madeof foam material

Protective foil for adhesive film

Installation

Cat. No.

245.66.211

245.66.311

Material

Steel


Finish

Chrome plated

Black

Cat. No.

245.66.221

245.66.321

Material

Steel


Finish

Chrome plated

Black

Glass door hinge

For door mounting without glass drilling, for overlay or inset glass doors

- Opening angle: 170°- Material: Zinc alloy- Installation: For screw fixing to side panel, for clamping to glass door- For glass thickness: Max. 5 mm- For door width: Max. 450 mm- For door height: Max. 600 mm- Adjustment facility: Depth/height adjustment- With spring


Installation

- Area of application: For overlay glass doors- Adjustment facility: Depth adjustment with slot- Can be fixed with additional third screw

Supplied withPlastic spacer

Cat. No.

361.93.241

361.93.641

Finish

Polished chrome plated

Polished nickel plated


Inset mounting

- Area of application: For inset glass doors- Adjustment facility: Height adjustment with slot


Cat. No.

361.93.240

361.93.640

Finish




Order referenceFrom door height >600 mm a centre hinge must be ordered.

NoteA surrounding gap of 3 mm must be taken into consideration when cuttingthe glass

Installation


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Centre hinge only in combination with hinge for inset mounting

From door height of 600 mm

- Area of application: For inset glass doors- Adjustment facility: Depth/height adjustment

Cat. No.

361.93.242

361.93.642

Finish



Packing: 1 or 50 pairsInstallation

Glass door hinge

For door mounting without glass drilling, for overlay or inset glass doors

- Opening angle: 105°- Area of application: For inset glass doors- Material: Brass- Installation: For screw fixing- For glass thickness: 4–6 mm- Mounting: For right and left hand use- Adjustment facility: Height adjustment- Without spring- With glass drilling- Door and side panel mounted separately- Door removable by means of clamping screw


Cat. No.

361.47.207

Finish



Installation

Glass door hinge

Semi-circular, for door mounting with glass drilling, for inset glass doors

- Opening angle: 180°- Area of application: For inset glass doors- Material: Brass- Installation: For screw fixing- For glass thickness: 6 mm- Load bearing capacity per pair: 30 kg- Without spring- With glass drilling

Cat. No.

361.85.501

361.85.609

Finish

Matt

Matt nickel plated


Matt Matt nickel plated

Installation


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsHinges for Concealed Mounting


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Hinges and Flap FittingsFolding Table Hinges

33

Soss Hinge for wood thicknesses 13–51 mm

- Opening angle: 180°- Material: Housing: Zinc alloy, oint: Steel, versions for wood thicknesses 41–51 mm, joint with plastic slide plates- Installation: For screw fixing- Fixing material supplied

Cat. No.

341.07.718

341.07.727

341.07.736

341.07.745

341.07.754

341.07.763

341.07.772

341.07.781


13-16

19-24

19-25

22-26

28-34

35-38

41-45

48-51

Packing: 1, 2, 4, 12 or 24 pcs

Finish

Nickel plated

Drilling pattern

Application and planning dimensions

Dim. A mm

Dim. B mm

Dim. C mm

Dim. C1 mm

Dim. D mm

Dim. E mm

Gap F mm

Gap G mm

Gap H mm

Gap I mm

For door thickness mm 13-16

9.7

42.9

23.0

-

5.0

13.0

17.1

2.4

2.7

0.8

19-24

12.9

44.5

20.0

-

5.0

20.0

22.1

3.2

2.7

0.8

19-25

12.8

60.0

32.0

-

6.4

20.0

22.1

3.2

2.7

1.6

22-26

16.1

69.7

35.0

17.0

7.0

25.0

27.4

4.0

3.5

1.2

28-34

19.4

95.0

53.0

20.0

9.5

29.0

32.6

4.8

4.0

1.2

35-38

25.6

117.0

66.0

26.0

12.0

39.0

43.7

6.4

5.5

1.6

41-45

28.5

117.5

78.0

31.0

10.0

43.0

50.9

6.4

9.5

1.2

48-51

35.6

139.1

78.0

37.0

11.9

52.0

62.0

7.5

8.0

1.6

Number of hinges per door

Example:A door 700 mm wide that weighs45 kg and has a thickness of 41 mmwould require three hingesNo. 341.07.572 or 341.07.772

Door thickness in mm Door width in mm Door weight in kg Number of door hinges


Folding table hinge

For folding tables and sewing machine tables

- Material: Brass- Installation: For recess mounting and screw fixing

Cat. No.

341.32.708

341.32.502

341.32.806

Finish


Matt

Polished


Functionality

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Special hinge for wood thickness from 18 mm up to 32 mm

- With or without integrated soft closing mechanism (optional)- Versatile: Suitable for different areas of application- The storage space of the furniture item is not affected

- Area of application: For wooden doors or for aluminium frames- Opening angle: 103°- For door thickness: 18–32 mm- For door width: Max. 600 mm- For door height: Max. 2,100 mm- Door weight: Max. 16 kg- Material: Housing: Zinc alloy, link: Steel- Installation: For screw fixing- Adjustment facility: Height adjustment ±1.5 mm, side adjustment ±2 mm, depth adjustment +2 mm up to –0.5 mm

2 hinges2 cover caps

Supplied with

2 hinges (top and bottom) are required for each door. These areincluded in the set.

Note

Door position on cabinet top panel or cabinetbase panel

A = (17+E)-SY = X-WW = X-YX = W+Y

Cabinet top panel or base panelSide panelDoor

F = minimum gap

Drilling pattern for door Drilling pattern for cabinet toppanel or base panel

Door thicknessmm

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

32


0.0

0.2

0.5

0.9

1.4

2.1

3.1

4.7

3 4 5 60.0

0.2

0.5

0.9

1.4

2.0

2.9

4.2

0.0

0.2

0.5

0.8

1.3

2.0

2.8

3.9

0.0

0.2

0.5

0.8

1.3

1.9

2.7

3.7

Minimum gap F

Minimum gap

Side adjustmentHeight adjustmentDepth adjustment

Adjustment facility

Cat. No.

342.79.700

342.79.300

342.79.710

342.79.310

342.79.720

342.79.320

Version

With soft closing Mechanism

Packing: 1 set

Finish

Nickel plated

Nickel plated black

Nickel plated

Nickel plated black

Nickel plated

Nickel plated black

Without soft closingMechanism

Push to open*

ZYSA Hinge for wood thickness of 14–40 mm

Application

Mounting example for butting overlay doors

Drilling dimensions

- Opening angle: 180°- Material: Brass- Finish: Matt- Mounting: For right and left hand use- Installation: Screw fixing

Mounting example for butting inset doors Application and planning dimensions

Mounting example for butting overlay flaps

Example of folding door

Installation1 Position is secured by tightening the tensioning screw2 With extremely heavy loads, each of the cylinders can be secured from the front using a chipboard or wood screw

Mounting example for two panels

Cat. No.

341.22.506

341.23.503

341.13.507

341.11.503

341.12.500

341.14.504


14-19

17-22

20-26

22-28

24-32

31-40

Packing: 1, 12, 24 or 48 pcs


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsFlush Hinges


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Product for traditionalHinges for Concealed Mounting

33

Flush hinge

- For medium duty applications- For inset doors- With fixed pin- Non mortice- Steel/zinc alloy- Order fixing screws separately- Order qty: Multiples of 10 pcs

351.95.129

Cat. No.

Florentine bronzed 0.17

Packing: 10 pcs

Finish


351.95.127

Cat. No.


Packing: 10 pcs

Finish


351.95.129

Cat. No.


Packing: 10 pcs

Finish


Corner connectors for use with aluminium frame

Milling dimensions for corner connector

Cat. No.

342.79.718

342.79.717

Material

Zinc alloy

Packing: 1 pc.

Version

Left hand use

Right hand use

For 1 aluminium frame are required 2 connectors left hand and2 connectors right hand use.

Order reference

Required dimensions of frame profile cross section

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsPush Cathces


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Hinges and Flap FittingsFlush Hinges

33


Flush hinge for inset doors

- With fixed pin- Non mortice- Steel- Order fixing screws separately- Order qty: Multiples of 10 pcs

351.95.110

Cat. No.


Packing: 10 pcs

Finish

- With fixed pin- Non mortice- Steel- Order fixing screws separately- Order qty: Multiples of 10 pcs

351.95.156

Cat. No.


Packing: 10 pcs

Finish

Cross adapter, screw fixing with chipboard screws Ø6 mm

- Material: Plastic- Colour: Grey

Order referencePlease order steel plate separately (246.03.790)

Cat. No.

356.37.591

356.37.590

Version

With positioning aid

Without positioning aid


Drilling 37 x 32 mm



With positioning aid

Push latch pin

Installation dimensions

- Area of application: Suitable for push to open door- Material: Plastic and/or magnet- Installation: Fixing with screw

Cat. No.

356.02.501

356.02.511

356.02.502

356.02.512

Version

Push latch pin 20/37

Push latch pin 40/37

Packing: 1 pc

Finish

Without magnet

With magnet

Without magnet

With magnet

Soft closing mechanism for doors- Features: Air cushioned- Material: Plastic

Cat. No.

356.37.650

Colour

Grey

Packing: 100 pcs

For inserting into adapter housing or drill hole

3 3

Hinge and Flaps

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsFree Flap Fitting

3

FREE FLAP FITTING

- All types of opening are available: Stay flap, lift up flap, double flap lift-up and lift up front fittings - Multi-position stop: Flap locks reliably in any position - Gentle and quiet closing thanks to integrated soft closing mechanism - Quick, easy installation and disassembly thanks to the clip system for the front panel, the base plate pins of the fittings and the fronthung Euro screws - Convenient 3 dimensional front panel adjustmentpanels without handle and dampened closing.

Mechanical

- Extremely suitable for small to medium-sized flaps- Featherlight flap opening - Hinge connection not required - Push-to-open for front panels without handle

FREE FLAP 1.7

- Extremely suitable for large, heavy flaps in wall units - Featherlight flap opening- Hinge connection not required - Push-to-open for front panels without handle

FREE FLAP 3.15

- Ideal for high wall units with large front panels - Handle is always easily accessible, even with high front panels - Minimal space required inside the room - Material combination possible in the front panel design - Finger-safe thanks to patented finger protection of the connecting hinge

FREE FOLD SHORT

- Ideal for large, one-piece front panels - Swivels around cornice profiles and surface mounted lights - Cabinet contents are extremely easy to access - Cross bar can be shortened to individual cabinet widths

FREE SWING

- Ideal for larder units or wall units with front panels above- Also optimally suited for cabinets with cornices or side panels - Cross bar can be shortened to individual cabinet widths

FREE UP

- Effortless opening, even with large and heavy front panels - Extremely quiet and smooth running - Integrated soft closing and soft opening mechanisms - Safety stop and collision avoidance function - Can also be effortlessly operated during power failures thanks - to the free-swing function - Connecting facility for 24 V Loox light

FREE FLAP 1.7 E

FREE FLAP 3.15 E

FREE FOLD E

FREE SWING E

FREE UP E

Electrical

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Hinges and Flap FittingsFlap Fitting

33

FREE FLAP FITTING

- With hinge connection to the flap- Multi-position stop: Flap locks reliably in any position- Can be used on one or both sides- Quick, easy installation and disassembly thanks to clip-on system- Holding power can be adjusted individually to suit flap weight- For front panels with and without handle- Less space required inside the cabinet

Mechanical

- Ideally suited for wide and heavy flaps- Less space required inside the cabinet- Easy, power-assisted opening of the flap- Holding power adjustment- Soft closing optional via fitting

MAXI

- Ideal for small to medium sized larder unit and wall applications- Less space required inside the cabinet- Easy, power-assisted opening of the flap- Holding power adjustment- Design and colour options harmonised with the free family

FREE FLAP H1.5

- Lid stay and flap stay in one- For small wall units and bar cabinet applications- Less space required inside the cabinet- With adjustable holding power or braking effect family

DUO STANDARD/DUO FORTE

- Opening angle adjustable- No time-consuming cabinet processing required- For horizontal or vertical use (extremely little space requirement inside the cabinet)- For right/left hand use

FLAP STAY WITH PULL CABLE

Area of application Cabinet connection Model Soft close Flaps

Inte

gra

ted

No

t in

teg

rate

d

Stay flap fitting and lid stay

Type

Without hinge installation

With hinge installation

Free Flap 1.7

Free Flap 3.15

Free H1.5

Duo

Maxi

Pneumatic support

Ad

d o

n

Two

pie

ces

Alu

min

ium

fra

me

Wit

hout

han

dle

One

pie

ce

Wo

od

Wit

h ha

ndle

Mec

hani

cal

Pag

e

Double flap fitting and lid stay

With hinge installation Free fold

Lift up front fitting

Without hinge installation Free up

Swing up front fitting

Without hinge installation Free swing

Flap stays and hinges

With hinge installation Duo

Dorana

Pull cable

Flap hinge

Box lid stays and hinge

With hinge installation

Without hinge installation

Maxi up

Corner bench hinge

Chest lid hinge

FF 3.61

FF 3.62

FF 3.64

FF 3.85

FF 3.79

FF 3.90

FF 3.70

FF 3.74

FF 3.76

FF 3.85

FF 3.94

FF 3.91

FF 3.38

FF 3.96

FF 3.98

FF 3.97

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsFree Flap


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

- Material: Fitting steel, cover cap plastic- Finish/colour: Fitting nickel plated, cover cap grey, RAL 7035 or white, RAL 9006- For flap height: 350 - 650 mm- Opening angle: 90° or 107° (adjustable for fitting)- Facility: holding power- Installation: Fitting for screw fixing with pre-mounted Euro screws, Front panel without tools (cilp system) onto pre-mounted screw-on brackets

Free flap 3.15 for large, one-piece flaps made of wood with aluminium frame

Sample measurement table for max. flap weight

Cabinet

height

mm

Max. flap weight kg

Model D Model E Model F Model G

350 5.2-11.0 6.7-14.3 10.1-21.4 13.5-27.3

375 4.9-10.2 6.3-13.1 9.4-19.8 12.5-25.2

400 4.7-9.6 5.9-12.4 8.9-18.6 11.8-23.3

425 4.4-9.0 5.6-11.6 8.3-17.4 11.0-21.8

450 4.1-8.4 5.2-10.9 7.8-16.3 10.4-20.5

475 3.9-8.0 4.9-10.3 7.4-15.4 9.8-19.3

500 3.7-7.5 4.7-9.7 7.0-14.6 9.2-18.3

525 3.5-7.1 4.4-9.2 6.6-13.9 8.8-17.3

550 3.3-6.8 4.2-8.8 6.3-13.2 8.3-16.5

575 3.2-6.5 4.0-8.4 6.0-12.5 8.0-15.6

600 3.0-6.2 3.8-8.0 5.7-12.0 7.6-15.0

625 2.8-5.9 3.6-7.6 5.4-11.5 7.2-14.4

650 2.6-5.6 3.4-7.3 5.3-11.0 6.9-14.0

Supplied with:

Front panel thickness Y mm 16 19 22 26 28

Distance X mm (With top panel thickness 16 mm) 83 74 64 52 46

2 Stay flap fittings (left/right)2 Cover caps for fitting (left/right)2 Screw-on brackets for wooden flaps or flaps with aluminium frame, from frame width 45 mm1 Set of installation instructions1 Drilling jig

Cat. No.

372.91.330

372.91.331

372.91.332

372.91.333

372.91.730

372.91.731

372.91.732

372.91.733

372.91.380

372.91.381

372.91.382

372.91.383

Packing: 1 set

Model

D

E

F

G

D

E

F

G

D

E

F

G

Grey Cover Caps

White Cover Caps

Antrachite

Cover Caps

Adapter for flaps with 20 mm aluminium frame

Screws (M4 x 10 mm) supplied

Cat. No.

372.91.599

Packing: 1 set

Material

Zinc Alloy

Mounting

For left or right hand use

Free flap 1.7 for small, one-piece flaps made of wood it with aluminium frame

- Material: Fitting steel, cover cap plastic- Finish/colour: Fitting nickel plated, cover cap grey, RAL 7035 or white, RAL 9006- For flap height: 200 - 450 mm- Opening angle: 107° (can be limited to 90° by means of optional opening angle restraint)- Facility: holding power- Installation: Fitting for screw fixing with pre-mounted Euro screws, Front panel without tools (cilp system) onto pre-mounted screw- on brackets

Front panel thickness Y mm 16 19 22 26 28

Distance X mm (With top panel thickness 16 mm)

83 74 64 52 46

Model A B C

Cabinet height mm Flap weight mm

200 1.7 - 4.6 3.6 - 7.9 6.8 - 14.7

225 1.5 - 4.1 3.1 - 7.1 6.0 - 13.1

250 1.3 - 3.8 2.9 - 6.4 5.4 - 11.8

275 1.2 - 3.3 2.5 - 5.7 4.8 - 10.6

300 1.1 - 3.1 2.4 - 5.1 4.4 - 9.6

325 1.0 - 2.8 2.1 - 4.6 4.0 - 8.8

350 0.9 - 2.6 2.0 -4.2 3.7 - 8.1

375 0.9 - 2.3 1.9 - 3.8 3.5 - 7.5

400 0.8 - 2.1 1.7 - 3.6 3.2 - 7.0

425 0.7 - 1.9 1.5 - 3.4 2.9 - 6.5

450 0.6 - 1.7 1.4 - 3.2 2.7 - 6.1

Sample measurement table for max. flap weight

Supplied with:2 Stay flap fittings (left/right)2 Cover caps for fitting (left/right)2 Screw-on brackets for wooden flaps or flaps with aluminium frame, from frame width 45 mm1 Set of installation instructions1 Drilling jig

Cat. No.

372.91.320

372.91.321

372.91.322

372.91.720

372.91.721

372.91.722

372.91.370

372.91.371

372.91.372Packing: 1 set

Model

A

B

C

A

B

C

A

B

C

Grey Cover Caps

White Cover Caps

Antrachite

Cover Caps

Opening angle restraint

Cat. No.


Material

Plastic


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsFree Flap H1.5


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Adapter for all-glass front panels

- Area of application: For installation on all-glass front panels in combination with screw-on brackets for wooden flaps- Material: Stainless steel- Installation: For glue fixing (UV glass adhesive bonds)- For glass thickness: 6–10 mm- For flap width: <900 mm- M5 screws supplied

NoteWhen using the glass gluing adapter, move mounting dimensions ofthe Häfele Free swing/up further into the cabinet by the adapterheight (8 mm).

Cat. No.


Material

Brushed

Attractive diversity of appearance - Available as all-plastic version or with metal support arm; housing colour available in white or grey

Multi-functionality in the application - Variable standard product provides versatile functionality for front panels with and without handle: By changing the installation position and combining with additional components, both conventional applications with a handle and push-to-open applications without a handle can be realised - For one-sided or two-sided application (depends on the flap width and weight) - Can be used in combination with standard 110° concealed hinges (Push hinges for push-to-open applications; hinges with soft closing mechanism)

Easy handling - Installation is simple, rational and without tools - The holding power can be individually adjusted to suit the respective flap weight and the required function

For flaps made from wood, glass or with aluminium frame

Häfele Free Flap H 1.5 Stay Flap Fitting - the elegant all-purpose fitting for wall units

Product and colour versions

All-plastic version in white or greyPlastic housing in white or grey, with metal support arm

Colour-coded adjustment nut for differentiation between modelsA (grey), B (beige), C (white) and D (black)

Differentiation criteria of the model versions

Side distanceS = door overlay + 19.5 mm

Fitting is simply clipped ontothe pre-mounted ixing plates

Holding power adjustment with SW10 Allen key(Cat. No. 235.79.301)

NoteUse position 1–8 for adjusting the holding power.Use position 9–12 to re-adjust lap (if necessary).

Heightadjustment*

Sideadjustment*

Tiltadjustment*

* depending on the concealed hinges that are used

Side space requirement Holding power adjustmentQuick fixing system

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Häfele Free Flap H 1.5 – Standard mounting version for power assisted opening of Flap

- The following mounting dimensions and sample measurements tables for this kind of application must be adhered to- Use two Free flap H 1.5 fittings for flap widths from 600 mm and above- The weight specifications in the sample measurements table apply to one Free flap H 1.5 fitting; the lap weight values double when using two fittings- For use in combination with standard 110° concealed hinges with or without integrated soft closing mechanism

Opening angle 75°

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight mm

350 2.6–4.2 3.8–6.5 6.2–10.9

400 2.3–3.3 3.0–5.8 5.6–10.2

450 2.2–3.1 2.7–4.6 5.5–9.7

500 1.7–2.8 2.3–4.6 4.6–8.5

550 1.6–2.6 2.2–4.2 4.1–6.6

600 1.2–2.3 2.1–3.9 3.9–6.0

Model A Model B Model D

Opening angle 90°

Opening angle 110°

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight mm


275 2.8–3.8 3.5–6.0 5.8–10.5

300 2.2–3.4 3.3–5.7 5.2–9.0

350 2.1–2.9 2.7–4.9 4.8–8.0

400 1.6–2.3 2.3–4.6 4.3–7.9

450 1.3–2.2 2.0–3.8 3.8–6.3

500 1.2–2.0 1.7–3.4 3.4–6.0

550 1.2–1.9 1.7–3.0 3.0–5.1

600 0.9–1.6 1.6–3.0 3.0–4.7

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight mm


275 1.9–2.8 2.6–4.3 4.2–7.1

300 1.1–2.4 2.4–4.1 4.0–7.0

350 1.1–2.1 2.1–3.7 3.6–6.4

400 1.1–1.7 1.7–3.2 3.2–5.5

450 1.0–1.6 1.6–2.8 2.8–5.5

500 1.0–1.4 1.3–2.5 2.5–4.5

550 0.8–1.3 1.3–2.2 2.2–3.9

600 0.7–1.2 1.2–2.2 2.2–4.3F1 > 2 mm

Häfele Free Flap H 1.5 –Touch Opening Mounting version for opening the flap slightly, with multi-position stop

Note

Opening angle 75°

Opening angle 90°

F1 > 2 mm

- The following mounting dimensions and sample measurements tables for this kind of application must be adhered to- Use two Free lap H 1.5 fittings for flap widths from 600 mm and above- The weight specifications in the sample measurements table apply to one Free flap H 1.5 fitting; the lap weight values double when using two fittings- For use in combination with Duomatic Push hinges and magnetic door catches- Use one Push magnetic door catch 356.06.460/461 and one additional magnet 356.06.470/471 (at some distance) for holding the lap reliably in closed position

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight mm

350 4.6–5.3 – –

400 3.2–4.8 4.3–7.0* 5.5–8.0*

450 2.5–4.0 4.0–6.3* 5.0–7.6*

500 2.2–3.5 3.5–5.4* 4.7–7.3*

550 2.0–3.3 2.6–5.1 4.0–6.9

600 – 2.6–4.7 3.6–6.3


* 356.06.460/461 + 356.06.470/471

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight mm

350 2.4–4.2 3.4–5.2* 4.7–6.9*

400 1.5–3.2 3.1–4.9* 3.9–5.6*

450 1.5–2.6 2.6–4.2* 3.6–5.4*

500 1.4–2.4 2.4–3.6 3.4–5.0

550 1.3–2.1 1.9–3.2 2.6–4.6

600 1.3–1.9 1.8–3.1 –


* 356.06.460/461 + 356.06.470/471

Opening angle 110°

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight mm

350 2.4–4.2 3.4–5.2* 4.7–6.9*

400 1.5–3.2 3.1–4.9* 3.9–5.6*

450 1.5–2.6 2.6–4.2* 3.6–5.4*

500 1.4–2.4 2.4–3.6 3.4–5.0

550 1.3–2.1 1.9–3.2 2.6–4.6

600 1.3–1.9 1.8–3.1 –


* 356.06.460/461 + 356.06.470/471

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Häfele Free flap H 1.5 Complete sets – All-plastic version

- Material: Housing, support arm, mounting bracket, screw-on bracket and hex key: Plastic- Finish/colour: Grey NCS S 2005-R80B or white NCS 0505-R80B- Installation: Lid stay: Without tools, mounting bracket and screw-on bracket: For screw fixing- Adjustment facility: Holding power adjustment


Left hand L or right hand R mounting

Supplied with

1 Lid stay1 Mounting bracket for cabinet1 Screw-on bracket for flap1 Hex key, SW10, plastic1 Set of installation instruction

Individual set for one-sided application

Order referenceUse two Free flap H 1.5 fittings from cabinet width of 600 mm and above.

Cat. No.

372.39.600

372.39.601

372.39.610

372.39.611

372.39.620

372.39.621

372.39.630

372.39.631

372.39.800

372.39.801

372.39.810

372.39.811

372.39.820

372.39.821

372.39.830

372.39.831

Packing: 1 set

Finish

Grey

White

Model

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

Mounting

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Häfele Free Flap H 1.5 – Push-to-open Mounting version for automatic complete opening

- The following mounting dimensions and sample measurements tables for this kind of application must be adhered to- Use two Free Flap H 1.5 fittings for lap widths from 600 mm and above- The weight specifications in the sample measurements table apply to one Free lap H 1.5 fitting; the lap weight values double when using two fittings- For use in combination with Duomatic Push hinges and magnetic door catches- Use one Push magnetic door catch 356.06.460/461 and one additional magnet 356.06.470/471 (at some distance) for holding the lap reliably in closed position

Opening angle 75°

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight mm

350 2.6–3.6 3.1–5.3* 4.7–6.6*

400 2.3–3.1 3.1–5.1* 4.3–6.6*

450 1.8–2.6 2.6–4.0* 3.6–5.6*

500 1.6–2.3 2.3–3.6 3.3–4.9

550 1.5–2.1 2.1–3.6 3.1–4.6

600 1.4–2.0 2.0–3.2 2.7–4.2


Opening angle 90°

Opening angle 110°

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight mm


350 1.7–2.5 2.1–3.2 3.0–4.0

400 1.3–1.9 1.9–3.0 2.8–4.0

450 1.1–1.5 1.5–2.6 2.2–3.2

500 – 1.4–2.4 2.0–2.9

550 – 1.3–2.2 1.8–2.8

600 – 1.3–1.7 1.5–2.5

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight mm


300 1.5–2.1 2.1–3.0 2.7–4.1

350 1.5–2.1 1.9–2.7 2.6–3.7

400 1.1–1.5 1.5–2.5 2.2–3.5

450 1.0–1.3 1.3–2.3 2.0–2.9

500 – 1.2–1.7 1.6–2.7

550 – 1.2–1.7 1.5–2.3

600 – 1.2–1.5 1.3–2.1

F1 > 2 mm

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsFree Fold


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Twin set for two-sided application

Order referenceUse two Free flap H 1.5 fittings from cabinet width of 600 mm and above.

Supplied with

2 Lid stays2 Mounting brackets for cabinet2 Screw-on brackets for flap1 Hex key, SW10, plastic1 Set of installation instructions

Cat. No.

372.39.500

372.39.510

372.39.520

372.39.530

372.39.700

372.39.710

372.39.720

372.39.730

Packing: 1 set

Finish

Grey

White

Model

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

Mounting

On Both

sides

Sw10 hex keyFor load bearing capacity adjustment

Cat. No.

235.79.301


Material

Plastic

Colour

Grey

Packing: 1 pc

Glass gluing adapter for glass fronts

Cat. No.

373.69.780

Finish

Brushed

- Area of application: For combination with screw-on brackets for wooden or wide aluminium frames, for chipboard screws (373.66.681/384/381), on all-glass front panels- Material: Stainless steel- Installation: For glue fixing (UV glass adhesive bonds)- M4 screws supplied

NoteWhen using the glass gluing adapter, move mounting dimensions of theDuo, Maxi or Free flap H 1.5 fittings further into the cabinet by theadapter height (6 mm).


Cat. No.

372.37.044

Packing: 1 or 10 sets

Finish

Nickel plated

- Material: Zinc alloy- Fixing material supplied

Häfele Free fold Double flap lift-up fitting

- Material: Fitting: Plastic, steel, cover cap: Plastic- Finish/colour: Fitting: Nickel plated, cover cap: Grey NCS S 2005-R80B, white NCS S 0505-R80B or anthracite RAL 7043- Adjustment facility: Height/side/depth of top panel (via concealed hinge) and lower panel (via connecting hinge), holding power/centre pull (via fitting)

For 2-piece flaps with division 1:1 made from wood or with aluminium frame

Supplied with

1 double flap lift-up fitting set (1 piece each left/right, including front fixing brackets for wooden flaps or flaps with wide aluminium frame, installation instructions and paper drilling template)1 cover cap set grey, white or anthracite (1 piece each left/right)

Order referenceConcealed hinges for mounting the flap to the cabinet, connectinghinges and adapters for narrow aluminium frames (if applicable)must be ordered separately.

Häfele Free fold planning

Cabinetheight KH

mmB° T mm U mm V mm W mm

480–530

520–590

580–650

650–730

710–790

770–840

840–910

910–970

960–1010

1000–1040

~107–96

~107–93

~108–95

~107–9

~108–95

~108–95

~108–98

~107–98

~107–100

~107–102

100-37

106-23

119-40

124-38

136-46

146-43

154-70

160-78

170-99

177-120

100-55

112-184

126-197

147-224

161-223

179-223

195-248

214-246

228-251

239-256

203-186

213-190

227-207

238-215

250-219

267-200

272-231

282-225

295-240

306-256

328-370

347-401

375-430

411-470

439-500

466-527

502-559

536-588

560-605

578-616

Cabinetheight mm

FlapWeight

kgModel Grey White Anthrachite

480–

530

520-

590

580-

650

650-

730

710-

790

770-

840

840-

910

910-

970

960-

1010

1000

-10

40

2.6–5.2

5.2–10.6

7.8–15.1

2.4–4.9

4.8–9.8

7.2–14.

2.2–4.4

4.3–8.8

6.0–12.2

10.6–20.9

3.9–7.9

5.8–11.6

9.5–18.7

3.5–7.2

5.2–10.3

8.7–17.2

4.9–9.8

8.0–15.5

12.5–20.9

4.5–9.0

7.3–14.6

10.0–20.0

4.2–8.0

6.8–13.5

9.5–17.9

3.9–7.6

6.5–12.8

8.6–17.3

6.2–12.3

8.1–16.0

C1fo

C3fo

C4fo

D1fo

D3fo

D4fo

E1fo

E3fo

E4fo

E5fo

F3fo

F4fo

F5fo

G3fo

G4fo

G5fo

H4fo

H5fo

H6fo

I4fo

I5fo

I6fo

J4fo

J5fo

J6fo

K4fo

K5fo

K6fo

L5fo

L6fo

372.37.710

372.37.712

372.37.713

372.37.720

372.37.722

372.37.723

372.37.730

372.37.732

372.37.733

372.37.734

372.37.742

372.37.743

372.37.744

372.37.752

372.37.753

372.37.754

372.37.763

372.37.764

372.37.765

372.37.773

372.37.774

372.37.775

372.37.783

372.37.784

372.37.785

372.37.793

372.37.794

372.37.791

372.37.799

372.37.796

372.37.510

372.37.512

372.37.513

372.37.520

372.37.522

372.37.523

372.37.530

372.37.532

372.37.533

372.37.534

372.37.542

372.37.543

372.37.544

372.37.552

372.37.553

372.37.554

372.37.563

372.37.564

372.37.565

372.37.573

372.37.574

372.37.575

372.37.583

372.37.584

372.37.585

372.37.593

372.37.594

372.37.591

372.37.599

372.37.596

372.37.300

372.37.301

372.37.302

372.37.303

372.37.304

372.37.305

372.37.306

372.37.307

372.37.308

372.37.309

372.37.310

372.37.311

372.37.312

372.37.313

372.37.314

372.37.315

372.37.316

372.37.317

372.37.332

372.37.318

372.37.319

372.37.333

372.37.320

372.37.321

372.37.334

372.37.322

372.37.323

372.37.335

372.37.324

372.37.336

Packing: 1 setStock Item Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Free fold planning

Note Use 3 hinges for flap widths >900 mm

X = KH – Y – S – (2 x K) + A1

B = A2 – 5.5

Bmin = 7.0

Bmax = 13.5

Power adjustment of fitting

Drilling pattern for adapter for flaps with 20 mm aluminium frameFront processing

Drilling pattern for cabinet

X = KH – Y – S – (2 x K) + A1Y = (Q x KH) – R – K

Cabinetheight mm

Angle Q

mm

R

mm

S

mm

T

mm

U

mm

V

mm

W

mm

480-530 107°-96° 1.1 426 328 100-37 100-155 203-186 328-370

520-590 107°-93° 1.1 466 347 106-23 112-184 213-190 347-401

580-650 108°-95° 1.2 589 377 119-40 126-197 227-207 375-430

650-730 107°-94° 1.2 664 409 124-38 147-224 238-215 411-470

650-730 107°-94° 1.2 664 409 124-38 147-224 238-215 411-470

710-790 108°-95° 1.2 736 439 136-46 161-233 250-219 439-500

770-840 108°-95° 1.0 664 467 146-43 179-223 267-200 466-527

840-910 108°-98° 1.2 882 501 154-70 195-248 272-231 502-559

910-970 107°-98° 1.1 865 533 160-78 214-246 282-225 536-588

960-1010 107°-100° 1.1 915 557 170-99 228-251 295-240 560-605

1000-1040 107°-102° 1.1 945 567 177-120 239-256 306-256 578-616

Connecting hinge

- Area of application: For wooden flaps and flaps with aluminium frame, from frame width 20 mm- Material: Zinc alloy- Finish: Nickel plated- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional, side adjustment ±2 mm, gap adjustment –2 to +1 mm, depth adjustment ±1.5 mm- With finger protection function

Cat. No.

372.64.796

372.64.797


Installation

With chipboard screws

With Euro screws

Finger protection

Adjustment facilityDrilling pattern

The hinge comes apart when fingers get trapped unintentionallyin the gap of the flap.

Opening angle restraint

- Area of application: For restricting the opening angle of the pair of doors to under 90°- Installation: For push fitting

Cat. No.

372.37.060


Material

Plastic

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsFree Up


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Free up Parallel lift-up front fittingFor one-piece flaps made from wood, glass or with aluminium frame

- Material: Steel/plastic fitting, plastic cover cap- Finish/colour: Fitting nickel plated, cover cap grey or white- Adjustment facility: Height adjustment ±1.5 mm, side adjustment ±1.5 mm, tilting angle ±1.5°, holding power

Order referenceCross strut and adapters for glass front panels or narrow aluminium frames (if applicable) must be ordered separately.Use two Free swing sets for flap widths >1800 mm.

Supplied with

- 1 Parallel lift-up front fittings set (2 pieces, including front fixing material for wooden flaps or flaps with wide aluminium frame, installation instructions and paper drilling template)- 1 Cover caps set, grey or white (2 pieces, left/right)

Packing: 1 set

Cabinetheight mm

FlapWeight

kgModel Grey White Anthrachite

320-

360 3.0-5.7

4.8-9.3

8.7-16.5

2.4-4.8

4.1-8.0

7.4-14.0

3.0-5.7

2.0-3.8

4.1-8.0

7.4-14.0

3.0-5.7

1.6-3.3

2.6-5.5

5.0-9.7

7.4-14.6

O1us

O2us

O3us

P1us

P2us

P3us

P4us

Q1us

Q2us

Q3us

Q4us

R1us

R2us

R3us

R4us

372.33.700

372.33.701

372.33.702

372.33.710

372.33.711

372.33.712

372.33.713

372.33.720

372.33.721

372.33.722

372.33.723

372.33.730

372.33.731

372.33.732

372.33.733

372.33.500

372.33.501

372.33.502

372.33.510

372.33.511

372.33.512

372.33.513

372.33.520

372.33.521

372.33.522

372.33.523

372.33.530

372.33.531

372.33.532

372.33.533

372.33.300

372.33.301

372.33.302

372.33.303

372.33.304

372.33.305

372.33.306

372.33.307

372.33.308

372.33.309

372.33.310

372.33.311

372.33.312

372.33.313

372.33.314

345-

420

380-

500

430-

600

- Ideal for cabinets with upper-mounted cabinets or front panels- Modern design thanks to clear-cut contours- Minimum opening resistance, multi-position stop function and soft opening and soft closing mechanism for extremely pleasant operating feeling- Rational and time-saving assembly provided by plugs, pre-mounted Euro screws and clip fixing of front panel and cross strut, eccentric adjustment of front panel

Duomatic Concealed hinge 110°

- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm- Finish: Nickel plated- Adjustment facility: Side adjustment from –1.5 to +4.5 mm- With automatic closing spring


Cup Fixing

For screw fixing

Without toolsDrilling pattern

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

3 4 5 6 0

3 4 5 6 3


Duomatic SM Cruciform mounting plate

- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm- Finish: Nickel plated- Adjustment facility: Height adjustment -2 to +2 mm and depth adjustment -0.5 to +2.8 mm- With automatic closing spring


Distance D mm

0

3


Drilling pattern - Material: Zinc alloy- Fixing material supplied

Cat. No.

329.17.600

329.17.630

Cat. No.

329.71.500

329.71.503

Cat. No.

372.37.044


Finish

Nickel plated


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsFree Swing


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Hinges and Flap FittingsFree Up

33

Free up planning

Cabinet height KH mm Xmm

Dmm

LH mm

HHmm

Tmm

V1mm

V2mm

320 - 360 157 274.5 280 278 281 128 177

345 - 420 185 302.5 208 328 333 146 205

380 - 500 220 337.5 343 390 393 168 240

430 - 600 265 382.5 388 470 473 196 284

Power adjustment of fitting

Drilling pattern for adapter for flaps with 20 mm aluminium frame

Drilling pattern for front panelDrilling pattern for cabinet

Free swing Swing-up front fittingFor one-piece flaps made from wood, glass or with aluminium frame

- Material: Steel/plastic fitting, plastic cover cap- Finish/colour: Fitting nickel plated, cover cap grey or white- Adjustment facility: Height adjustment ±1.5 mm, side adjustment ±1.5 mm, tilting angle ±1.5°,holding power

Supplied with

- 1 Double flap lift-up fittings set (2 pcs., including front fixing material for wooden flaps or flaps with wide aluminium frame, installation instructions and paper drilling template)- 1 Cover caps set, grey or white (2 pcs., left/right)

Packing: 1 set

Model Grey White Anthrachite

S1sw

S2sw

S3sw

S4sw

S5sw

S6sw

S7sw

S8sw

S9sw

372.34.700

372.34.710

372.34.720

372.34.701

372.34.711

372.34.721

372.34.702

372.34.712

372.34.722

372.34.500

372.34.510

372.34.520

372.34.501

372.34.511

372.34.521

372.34.502

372.34.512

372.34.522

372.34.300

372.34.303

372.34.306

372.34.301

372.34.304

372.34.307

372.34.302

372.34.305

372.34.308

- Full access to the cabinet contents- Ideal for large front panels- Modern design thanks to clear-cut contours- Minimum opening resistance, multi-position stop function and soft opening and soft closing mechanism for extremely pleasant operating feeling- Rational and time-saving assembly provided by plugs, pre-mounted Euro screws and clip fixing of front panel and cross strut, eccentric adjustment of front panel

Sample measurements table for choosing the correct model

Model S1sw S2sw S3sw S4sw S5sw S6sw S7sw S8sw S9sw

Cabinet height mm Flap weight kg

370-500 370 1.8-4.0 - - 3.4-6.5 - - 5.2-10.3 - -

400 1.8-3.9 - - 3.3-6.3 - - 5.0-10.0 - -

450 1.8-3.7 - - 3.2-6.1 - - 4.8-9.4 - -

500 1.8-3.5 - - 3.0-5.8 - - 4.5-8.9 - -

500-670 500 - 2.5-5.9 - - 5.0-10.0 - - 8.2-15.9 -

550 - 2.5-5.6 - - 4.8-9.6 - - 7.8-15.2 -

600 - 2.5-5.3 - - 4.7-9.3 - - 7.5-14.5 -

670 - 2.5-4.8 - - 4.5-8.8 - - 7.0-13.5 -

670-800 670 - - 3.2-6.5 - - 5.7-11.3 - - 8.5-17.1

700 - - 3.1-6.3 - - 5.6-11.1 - - 8.4-16.7

670 - - 3.0-6.0 - - 5.4-10.7 - - 8.2-16.0

800 - - 2.9-5.7 - - 5.3-10.3 - - 8.5-15.3

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsFree Up and Free Swing Accessories


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Hinges and Flap FittingsFree Swing

33

Free swing planning

Drilling pattern for adapter for flaps with 20 mm aluminium frame

Mmm

Nmm

N1mm

Omm

366 40.0 - 237.4

396 28.9 - 265.3

446 10.3 - 311.7

496 - 8.3 358.1

546 - 26.9 404.6

596 - 45.4 451.0

646 - 64.0 497.4

666 - 71.4 516.0

696 - 82.6 543.8

746 - 101.2 590.2

796 - 119.7 636.7

Drilling pattern for cabinet

Drilling pattern for front panel Power adjustment of fitting

Order referenceCross strut and adapters for glass front panels or narrow aluminiumframes (if applicable) must be ordered separately.Use two Free swing sets for flap widths >1800 mm.

Cross bar- Area of application: For synchronising both fitting parts- Material: Aluminium- Finish: Anodized- Can be cut to size

Cat. No.

372.33.692

372.33.694

372.33.696

372.33.698


Cabinet height mm

600

900

1,200

1,800

Length mm

474

774

1,074

1,674

Note Cross bar is prepared for side panel thicknesses 16–19 mm

Installation

Cutting dimension = internal cabinet width – 88 mm

Glass gluing adapter for all-glass front panels

- Area of application: In combination with screw-on brackets for laps made from wood on all-glass panels- Material: Stainless steel- Installation: For glue fixing (UV glass adhesive bonds)- For glass thickness: 6–10 mm- For flap width: <900 mm- Screws M5 supplied

Cat. No.

372.91.598

Packing: 1 set

Installation

Brushed

When using the glass gluing adapter, move mounting dimensionsof the Free swing/up further into the cabinet by the adapter height(8 mm).

Note


- Area of application: For mounting Free flap/swing/up, (E-)Verso and (E-)Strato flap fittings on flaps with aluminium frame with frame width 20 mm- Mounting: For left or right hand use- Screws (M4x10 mm) supplied

Cat. No.

372.91.599


Material

Zinc Alloy

Finish

Nickel platedNote Fitting is visible with float and satin frosted glass, passe-partout or obscure glass may therefore be used.

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsMaxi


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33


Häfele Maxi Stay flap fitting – one fitting for any application

Finishes

Black, nickel coloured or white Colour-coded adjustment nut for differentiation between modelsA (grey), B (beige), C (white) and D (black)

Differentiation criteria of the model versions

Side distanceS = door overlay + 19.5 mm

Fitting is simply clipped ontothe pre-mounted ixing plates

Holding power adjustment with SW10 Allen key(Cat. No. 235.79.301)

NoteUse position 1–8 for adjusting the holding power.Use position 9–12 to re-adjust lap (if necessary).

Heightadjustment*

Sideadjustment*

Tiltadjustment*

* depending on the concealed hinges that are used

Side space requirement Holding power adjustmentQuick fixing system

- By changing the installation position and combining with the relevant accessories, all of the most popular stay lap applications and opening options can be realised with the Maxi, such as front panels with or without handle, aluminium frame and all-glass front panels, automatic opening as far as the end position, multi-position stop (lap locks in any position), extremely easy opening of heavy front panels, particularly wide and heavy front panels up to 50 kg or more- For one-sided or two-sided application (depends on the lap size and weight)- Holding power can be adjusted individually to suit lap weight- Can be used in combination with standard 110° concealed hinges (Push hinges for PTO applications)

Adjustment facility for front panel

Häfele Maxi – Mounting version for power assisted opening of lap

- The following mounting dimensions and sample measurements tables for this kind of application must be adhered to- Use two Maxi ittings for lap widths from 600 mm and above- The weight speciication applies to one Maxi itting, lap weight values double when using two Maxi ittings.- For use in combination with concealed hinges with/without automatic closing spring- Soft closing provided by additional add-on damper (rather than the standard mounting bracket)

Opening angle 75°

Opening angle 90°

Opening angle 110°

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight kg

Model A Model B Model DModel C

300 2.7–5.1 5.0–8.5 8.0–12.0 9.0–15.0

400 2.1–3.5 4.5–6.7 5.8–11.2 7.2–13.5

500 1.6–2.6 3.5–5.5 4.5–8.8 6.0–11.0

600 1.3–2.2 2.7–4.3 3.9–7.7 4.8–8.5

700 1.2–2.0 2.5–3.7 3.2–6.4 4.2–7.6

800 – 2.4–3.4 3.0–5.4 3.5–6.7

900 – – 2.7–5.2 3.0–6.0

1000 – – – 2.7–5.5

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight kg


400 2.2–4.0 4.3–8.2 7.1–14.0 –

500 1.8–3.2 3.4–7.0 6.4–11.5 6.8–13.4

600 1.6–3.0 2.9–5.5 5.1–10.0 6.4–11.2

700 1.4–2.8 2.6–5.1 4.9–9.1 5.3–10.2

800 – 2.4–4.6 4.0–7.4 4.9–9.0

900 – 2.2–4.4 3.8–7.0 4.7–8.2

1000 – 2.0–4.2 3.5–6.7 4.4–7.6

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight kg


300 1.4–3.2 3.1–5.9 5.4–10.0 –

400 1.2–2.5 3.0–5.0 4.2–8.1 4.8–9.0

500 0.9–2.0 2.2–3.8 3.2–6.3 2.8–7.5

600 0.7–1.5 1.9–3.5 2.7–6.0 3.5–6.8

700 – 1.7–2.7 2.5–4.5 3.0–5.2

800 – – 2.2–3.6 2.6–4.7

900 – – – 2.3–4.3

1000 – – – 2.0–4.0

*Dimensions for Maxi with screw–on bracket for 37 mm edge distance

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Häfele Maxi – Mounting version for extremely wide and heavy front panels

- for this kind of application must be adhered to- Use two Maxi ittings for lap widths from 600 mm and above- The weight speciication applies to one Maxi itting, lap weight values double when using two Maxi ittings.- For use in combination with concealed hinges with or without automatic closing spring- Soft closing provided by additional add-on damper (rather than the standard mounting bracket)

Note

Opening angle 75°

Opening angle 90°

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight kg


300 3.0–5.3 5.1–10.2 9.1–15.8 11.9–20.8

400 2.3–4.0 3.8–7.6 6.9–11.9 8.9–15.6

500 1.8–3.2 3.1–6.1 5.5–9.6 7.2–12.5

600 1.5–2.7 2.6–5.1 4.6–7.9 6.0–10.4

700 1.3–2.2 2.1–4.2 3.8–6.6 4.9–8.7

800 1.1–2.0 1.9–3.9 3.4–5.9 4.4–7.8

900 1.0–1.8 1.7–3.4 3.0–5.2 3.9–6.9

1000 0.6–1.6 1.5–3.0 2.7–4.7 3.6–6.2

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight kg


300 3.8–7.1 6.7–13.7 11.9–21.0 15.4–27.3

400 2.8–5.3 5.0–10.3 8.9–15.8 11.6–20.5

500 2.3–4.3 4.1–8.3 7.2–12.5 9.4–16.2

600 1.9–3.5 3.3–7.0 5.9–10.6 7.6–13.7

700 1.6–3.0 2.8–5.7 5.0–8.8 6.5–11.4

800 1.4–2.7 2.5–5.1 4.4–7.9 5.7–10.4

900 1.3–2.4 2.2–4.6 4.0–7.0 5.2–9.1

1000 1.1–2.1 2.0–4.1 3.6–6.3 4.6–8.2

Opening angle 110°

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight kg


300 2.4–4.0 3.9–7.5 6.8–11.6 9.2–15.0

400 1.8–3.0 2.9–5.6 5.1–8.7 6.9–11.2

500 1.4–2.4 2.4–4.5 4.0–7.1 5.7–9.0

600 1.2–2.0 1.9–3.8 3.3–5.9 4.5–7.6

700 1.0–1.7 1.7–3.1 2.9–4.8 3.8–6.2

800 0.9–1.4 1.4–2.8 2.6–4.3 3.4–5.6

900 0.8–1.3 1.3–2.5 2.3–3.8 3.0–5.0

1000 0.7–1.2 1.1–2.2 2.0–3.5 2.7–4.5

Häfele Maxi Touch Opening – Mounting version for opening the lap slightly, with multi-position stop

- The following mounting dimensions and sample measurements tables for this kind of application must be adhered to- Use two Maxi ittings for lap widths from 600 mm and above- The weight speciication applies to one Maxi itting, lap weight values double when using two Maxi ittings.- For use in combination with Duomatic Push hinges and magnetic door catches- Use one Push magnetic door catch 356.06.460/461 and one additional magnet 356.06.470/471 (at some distance) for holding the lap reliably in closed position

Note

Opening angle 75°

Opening angle 90°

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight kg


300 2.0–3.8 4.0–7.7 7.0–14.0 –

400 1.6–3.1 3.0–6.3 5.0–11.5 7.0–12.5

500 1.3–2.5 2.7–5.2 4.7–8.4 5.5–10.5

600 – 2.4–4.5 4.3–7.8 4.7–8.4

700 – 2.2–4.0 4.0–7.5 4.3–8.0

800 – – 3.6–6.2 3.9–7.3

900 – – 3.4–5.8 3.5–6.7

Opening angle 110°

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight kg


300 1.2–2.9 2.6–5.5 4.6–9.5 –

400 0.9–2.2 2.0–4.4 3.8–7.0 4.6–8.7

500 0.7–1.8 1.7–3.4 3.1–5.8 3.7–6.5

600 – 1.4–3.0 2.6–4.7 3.1–5.8

700 – – 2.3–4.1 2.8–4.5

800 – – 2.0–3.8 2.4–4.1

900 – – – 2.1–3.9

1000 – – – 1.8–3.7

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight kg


300 2.0–3.5 3.3–6.7 6.0–10.3 7.8–13.6

400 1.5–2.6 2.5–5.0 5.5–7.8 5.8–10.2

500 1.2–2.1 2.0–4.0 3.6–6.3 4.7–8.2

600 1.0–1.8 1.7–3.3 3.0–5.2 3.9–6.8

700 0.9–1.4 1.4–2.7 2.5–4.3 3.2–5.7

800 0.7–1.3 1.2–2.6 2.2–3.9 2.9–5.1

900 0.7–1.2 1.1–2.2 2.0–3.4 2.6–4.5

1000 0.6–1.0 1.0–2.0 1.8–3.1 2.4–4.1


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Häfele Maxi Push-to-open – Mounting version for automatic complete opening

- The following mounting dimensions and sample measurements tables for this kind of application must be adhered to- Use two Maxi ittings for lap widths from 600 mm and above- The weight speciication applies to one Maxi itting, lap weight values double when using two Maxi ittings.- For use in combination with Duomatic Push concealed hinges and magnetic door catches- Use one Push magnetic door catch 356.06.460/461 and one additional magnet 356.06.470/471 (at some distance) for holding the lap reliably in closed position

Note

Opening angle 75°

Opening angle 90°

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight kg


300 1.7–2.4 3.1–4.6 3.8–7.0 5.8–9.8

400 – 2.4–3.7 3.1–5.5 4.2–7.1

500 – 1.6–2.9 2.6–4.5 3.4–5.8

600 – 1.5–2.4 2.1–3.6 2.9–4.8

700 – 1.2–2.1 1.5–3.2 2.5–4.0

800 – – 1.3–2.9 2.2–3.8

900 – – 1.1–2.6 1.9–3.3

1000 – – – 1.6–3.0

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight kg


300 2.4–3.3 4.5–6.8 5.5–9.5 8.6–11.8

400 1.7–2.3 3.6–5.3 4.6–7.7 6.0–10.1

500 – 2.7–4.7 4.3–7.0 5.8–9.2

600 – 2.1–3.3 2.9–5.1 3.9–6.6

700 – 2.1–3.0 2.6–4.5 3.4–5.8

800 – – 2.5–4.2 3.3–5.5

900 – – 2.1–3.7 2.8–4.8

1000 – – 2.0–3.4 2.7–4.4

Opening angle 110°

Cabinet height mm

Flap weight kg


300 – 2.7–4.0 3.5–6.1 5.1–7.8

400 – 1.8–3.0 2.7–4.6 3.4–5.0

500 – 1.7–2.4 2.3–3.7 3.0–4.9

600 – 1.4–2.1 1.8–3.1 2.5–4.2

700 – – 1.6–2.7 2.2–3.5

800 – – – 1.8–3.1

900 – – – 1.4–2.9

1000 – – – 1.2–2.6


Maxi complete set

Maxi complete set or individual fitting for flaps made of wood, glass or withaluminium frame

- Material: Stay zinc alloy, mounting and screw-on ,bracket steel, cover cap for adjusting Screw plastic- Finish: Stay nickel plated, white or black, mounting and screw-on bracket nickel plated- Edge distance: 37 mm- Version: For left and right hand use- Installation: Without tools (cilp on)- Adjustment facility: Holding power adjustment

Supplied with

1 Lid stay1 Mounting bracket for cabinet1 Screw-on bracket for flap (fot Euro screws)


Model Nickel plated White Black

A

B

C

D

373.69.742

373.69.744

373.69.746

373.69.748

373.69.512

373.69.412

373.69.712

373.69.312

373.69.342

373.69.344

373.69.346

373.69.348

For wooden flaps or flaps with aluminium frame, from frame width 45 mm

A

B

C

D

373.69.732

373.69.734

373.69.736

373.69.738

373.69.502

373.69.402

373.69.702

373.69.302

373.69.332

373.69.334

373.69.336

373.69.338

For flaps with aluminium frame 20 mm

Maxi Black

Maxi Nickel plated Maxi White

NoteBracket for cabinet and flap are black colour

Order referenceUse two Maxi fitting for flap widths from 600 mm and above

Soft closing mechanism

- Area of application: For edge distances 28 and 37 mm- Adjustable dampening distance


Material Nickel plated White Black

Zinc alloy 373.69.798373.69.799 373.69.398

NoteThe mounting bracket for the cabinet is not required when using the soft

closing mechanism

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsDuo/Forte


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Duo Standard complete set

Supplied with

1 Lid stay1 Mounting bracket for cabinet1 Screw-on bracket for flap1 Set of installation instruction

Packing: 1 pc

Installation

For chipboard screws

For Euro screws

For sheet metal scr.

For flaps made of wood or with aluminium frame, from frame width 45 mm

373.66.212

373.66.214

373.66.222

373.66.262

373.66.264

373.66.272

373.66.612

373.66.614

373.66.622

Nickel plated White BlackEdge Distance mm

For flaps with aluminium frame with frame width 20 mm

37

37

37

Installation as lid stay

Opening angle 75° Opening angle 90° Opening angle 110°


Separate catch required

No separate catch required.Space requirement for fitting inside the cabinet when the falp is being closed:130 mm from front edge of cabinet

Duo/Forte Lid Stays/Flap Stays

- By changing the installation position and combining with the relevant accessories, all of the most popular stay flap applications and opening options can be realised with the maxi, such as front panels with or without handle, aluminium frame and all-glass front panles, automatic opening as far as the end position stop (flap locks in any position), extremely easy opening of heavy front panels, particularly wide and heavy front panels up to 50 kg or more- For one-sided or two sided application (depends on the flap size and weight)- Holding power can be adjusted individually to suit flap weight- Can be used in combination with standard 110 concealed hinges (push hinges for PTO applications)

- The following mounting dimensions and sample measurements tables for this kind of application must be adhered to - Use two Duo fittings for fl ap widths from 600 mm and above - For use in combination with 110° concealed hinges with automatic closing spring or integrated soft closing mechanism

As lid stay As flap stay

Application

Measurements

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Sample measurements table for max. flap weight. Always use two fittings when used as flap stay.

Flap height mm Flap weight kg

Locking function Braking function

1 stay 2 stays 1 stay 2 stays


75° 200 9.0 15.0 11.5 15.0

250 7.0 15.0 9.0 15.0

300 6.0 12.0 7.5 15.0

350 5.0 10.0 6.5 13.0

400 4.5 9.0 6.0 11.5

450 4.0 8.0 5.0 10.0

500 3.5 7.0 4.5 9.0

90° 200 - 400 see table below “Installation as flap stay”

450 3.5 6.5 4.5 8.5

500 3.0 6.0 4.0 7.5

110° 200 6.0 12.0 8.0 15.0

250 5.0 9.5 6.0 12.0

300 4.0 8.0 5.0 10.0

350 3.5 7.0 4.0 9.0

400 3.0 6.0 4.0 7.5

450 2.5 5.5 3.5 7.0

500 2.0 5.0 3.0 6.0

90° 200 7.5 15.0 9.5 15.0

250 6.0 12.0 7.5 15.0

300 5.0 10.0 6.0 13.0

350 4.0 8.5 5.5 11.0

400 3.5 7.0 5.0 10.0

Installation as flap stay

Duo Forte complete set

Supplied with

1 Lid stay1 Mounting bracket for cabinet1 Screw-on bracket for flap1 Set of installation instruction

Packing: 1 pc

Installation


For Euro screws

For sheet metal scr.

For flaps made of wood or with aluminium frame, from frame width 45 mm

373.66.312

373.66.314

373.66.322

373.66.372

373.66.374

373.66.376

373.66.632

373.66.634

373.66.642

Nickel plated White BlackEdge Distance mm

For flaps with aluminium frame with frame width 20 mm

37

37

37


Opening angle 75° Opening angle 90° Opening angle 110°


Separate catch required

197

No separate catch required.Space requirement for fitting inside the cabinet when the falp is being closed:175 mm from front edge of cabinet

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsGas-Filled Strut


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Pneumatic support for lid stay

- Soft opening function- Left and right convertible- Self closing spring

NoteThe different panel materials and/or different hinges may bringdiffering results.

- Material: Piston rod and screw-on bracket steel, cover caps plastic- Finish: Piston rod Silver grey, screw-on bracket galvanized- Installation: Screw fixing

Cat. No.

373.82.001

373.82.002

373.82.003

373.82.004

373.82.005

Packing: 1 pc

Load capacity (N)

60

80

100

120

150

Installation

For opening angle 90°

Load capacity (N) Door height (mm)/Door weight (kg)

300 400 500 600

60 1.8 1.3 1.0 0.9

80 2.4 1.8 1.4 1.2

100 3.0 2.2 1.8 1.5

120 3.6 2.7 2.1 1.8

150 4.1 3.2 2.1 2.1

For opening angle 110°

Load capacity (N) Door height (mm)/Door weight (kg)

300 400 500 600

60 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.7

80 2.1 1.6 1.2 1

100 2.6 1.9 1.6 1.3

120 3.1 2.3 1.9 1.6

150 3.5 2.6 2.2 1.9

Installation 90° Installation 110°

Sample measurements table for max. flap weight. Always use two fittings when used as flap stay.

Flap height mm Flap weight kg

Locking function Braking function

1 stay 2 stays 1 stay 2 stays

75° 200 14.0 15.0 15.0 15.0

250 11.5 15.0 15.0 15.0

300 9.0 15.0 12.0 15.0

350 8.0 15.0 11.0 15.0

400 7.0 14.0 9.0 15.0

450 6.0 12.5 8.0 15.0

500 5.5 11.0 7.0 15.0

550 5.0 10.0 6.5 13.0

600 5.0 9.5 6.0 12.0

650 4.0 8.5 5.5 11.0

700 4.0 8.0 5.0 10.5

90° 200 - 600 see table below “Installation as flap stay”

650 3.5 7.0 5.0 9.5

700 3.0 7.0 4.0 9.0

110° 200 9.5 15.0 12.5 15.0

250 7.5 15.0 10.0 15.0

300 6.5 12.5 8.0 15.0

350 5.5 11.0 7.0 14.0

400 4.5 9.5 6.0 12.5

450 4.0 8.5 5.5 11.0

500 4.0 7.5 5.0 10.0

550 3.5 7.0 4.0 9.0

600 3.0 6.0 4.0 8.0

650 3.0 5.5 4.0 7.5

700 3.0 5.0 3.5 7.0

90° 200 12.5 15.0 15.0 15.0

250 9.5 15.0 12.0 15.0

300 8.0 15.0 10.0 15.0

350 7.0 13.5 9.0 15.0

400 6.0 12.0 8.0 15.0

450 5.0 11.0 7.0 14.0

500 5.0 9.5 6.0 12.0

550 4.0 8.5 5.5 11.0

600 4.0 8.0 5.5 10.0


Installation as flap stay

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Hinges and Flap FittingsFlap Stay


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Flap stay with pull cable

- Material: Fitting and cover caps: Plastic, front fixing bracket: Zinc alloy- Finish/colour: Front fixing bracket: Nickel plated, cover caps: White, grey, brown or black- Dim.: With horizontal installation: 26 x 68 x 160 mm (W x H x L)- Internal cabinet depth: Min. 180 mm (horizontal), Min. 82 mm (vertical)- For flap height: 210–480 mm- Flap weight: Max. 9 kg- Installation: For screw fixing with Euro screws- Adjustment facility: Opening angle


Model

365.48.310

365.48.311

365.48.312

365.48.313

365.48.110

365.48.111

365.48.112

365.48.113

365.48.510

365.48.511

365.48.512

365.48.513

Grey Brown Black

For wooden flaps, with fixed braking effect and adjustable opening angle

- Opening angle adjustable- No time-consuming cabinet processing required- For horizontal or vertical use (extremely little space requirement inside the cabinet)- For right/left hand use

U = flap heightV = internal cabinet heightW = drill hole heightX = centre of front fixingY = lateral flap overlay dim.Z = bottom flap overlay dim.

- 1 Flap stay with front fixing bracket- Fixing material

Supplied with

U V W X210-270270-480

> 173> 186

135148

127+Z144+Z

U X230-480 123+Z

A, 40 N

B, 60 N

C, 100 N

D, 140 N

365.48.710

365.48.711

365.48.712

365.48.713

White

We recommend using the flap hinge Cat. No. 342.78.700 for this flap stay with pull cable.

Order reference

Ease flap weight during adjustment.Note

Adjustment facility

Opening angle adjustment

White Grey Brown Black

Planning and installation

Horizontal installation Vertical installation Front fixing

Häfele PCS 300 Flap stay with pull cable

- Material: Fitting and cover caps: Plastic, ront fixing brackets: Zinc alloy- Finish/colour: Fitting: Grey, front fixing brackets: Nickel plated, cover caps: Matt silver coloured, shiny silver coloured, black, white or anthracite- Dim.: Housing 89 x 23 x 163 (W x H x L) when installed horizontally- Internal cabinet depth: Min. 196 mm (horizontally), min. 110 mm (vertically)- For flap height: 200–480 mm- Flap weight: Max. 12 kg- Installation: For screw fixing with Euro screws- Adjustment facility: Opening and closing force, opening angle

For wooden flaps, with adjustable braking effect, soft and self closing mechanisms and adjustable opening angle

- Opening angle and braking effect can be adjusted- With soft and self closing mechanisms- No time-consuming cabinet processing required- For horizontal or vertical installation (extremely little space requirement inside the cabinet)- Lift mechanism suitable for left or right hand use

Y = lateral flap overlay dimensionZ = bottom flap overlay dimension

- 1 flap stay with front fixing bracket- 1 cover cap, matt silver coloured, shiny silver coloured, black, white or anthracite- Fixing material

Supplied with

U X230-480 161 + Z

Planning and installation

Horizontal installation Vertical installation Front fixing

U V W X200-330330-430430-480

194218228

102126136

137 + Z161 + Z171 + Z

Matt silver coloured Shiny silver coloured Black White Anthracite


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Adjustment facility

Opening angle adjustmentOpening speed adjustment

Model

365.47.340

365.47.341

365.47.342

365.47.343

365.47.344

365.47.345

365.47.731

365.47.732

365.47.733

365.47.734

365.47.735

365.47.736

365.47.331

365.47.332

365.47.333

365.47.334

365.47.335

365.47.336

Black White Anthracite

A

B

C

D

E

F

365.47.431

365.47.432

365.47.433

365.47.434

365.47.435

365.47.436

Shiny silver col.Matt silver col.

365.47.931

365.47.932

365.47.933

365.47.934

365.47.935

365.47.936

Packing: 1 sets

- Material: Steel, plastic housing- Finish: Nickel plated, housing white- Version: 1-arm, with clamping pedestal and screw-on bracket- Installation: Screw fixing

DORANA-STOP Flap stay with braking mechanism, adjustable braking effect

Braking effect

Adjusting the braking effect with the screw.- Unscrew to increase braking effect- Tighten screw to decrease braking effect

Installation

Vertical mounting

Base

Side panel

Length L mm Intern. carcase height mm Dim. A mm

160 250–350 82 190 300–400 105 220 350–450 127

Length L mm Intern. carcase height mm Dim. A mm

160 250–350 127190 300–400 151 220 350–450 175

Dimension C

Determine dimension C bytrial mounting.

Vertical mounting

Dimension C

Determine dimension C bytrial mounting.

Cat. No.

365.86.713

365.86.731

365.86.704

365.86.722

Mounting

Left

Right

Packing: 20 pcs

Length L mm

160

190

160

190


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Lid StaysFor Wooden Lids or Lids with Aluminium Frame


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


33

Häfele Maxi up

- Opening angle: Approx. 75°- Material: Stay: Zinc alloy, mounting brackets and screw-on brackets: Steel, safety cap for adjusting screw: Plastic- Finish: Nickel plated, safety cap: Grey,- Colour: Adjusting screw, model F: Blue, adjusting screw, model G: Brown, adjusting screw, model H: Black- Installation: Without tools (clip system) onto pre-mounted mounting bracket

For lids made of wood or with aluminium frame

InstallationVersion without soft closing mechanism

Version with soft closing mechanism

Sample measurements table for max. lid weight

Lid depthmm

Lid weight kg

Model F Model G Model H

400 1.6–3.1 3.0–5.3 5.2–9.4

500 1.3–2.6 2.5–4.2 4.3–7.5

600 1.1–2.5 2.3–4.2 4.0–6.7

1 lid fitting

400 3.2–6.2 6.6–10.6 10.4–18.8

500 2.6–5.2 5.0–8.4 8.6–15.0

600 2.2–5.0 4.6–8.4 8.0–13.4

2 lid fittings

373.85.700

373.85.701

373.85.702

Cat. No.

F

G

H

Packing: 1 pc.

Model

Mounting brackets and screw-on brackets are not supplied.Please order separately.Soft closing mechanism available for the lid (optional).

Order reference

Adjustment facility

Heightadjustment*

Heightadjustment*

Heightadjustment*

Heightadjustment* * depending on the hinges that are used

Mounting bracket for cabinet

- Area of application: For fixing the lid stay to the cabinet- Material: Steel- Finish: Nickel plated

373.69.906

373.69.907

Cat. No.

For edge distance (cabinet) 37 mm

For edge distance (cabinet) 28 mmPacking: 1 or 20 pcs.

Screw-on bracket for lid

- Area of application: For fixing the lid stay to the lid, for lids made of wood or with aluminium frame 45 mm- Material: Steel- Finish: Nickel plated

373.66.036

373.66.681

373.69.908

373.69.912

Cat. No.

For Euro screws


With slide-on clip, for Euro screws

With slide-on clip, for chipboard screws

Packing: 1 pc.

Flap stay

- Left and right hand included- Brass

366.33.830

Cat. No.

Polished brass

Packing: 1 pair

Finish


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Lid StaysFor wooden lids


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Lid StaysFor wooden lids

33

Chest lid hinge with soft close

- Opening angle:105°- Area of application: For chest lids- Material: Hinge and cover cap: Plastic, mounting plate: Aluminium, soft closing mechanism: Stainless steel- Colour: Hinge and mounting plate: Black, cover cap: Black or white- Installation: For recess mounting

Sample measurements for choosing the correct hinge

The calculated hinge moment values apply to lids made from 19 mm thick chipboard with density 700 kg/m3. Trial mounting required with other values and threshold values.

Note

Standard application

356.53.310

356.53.300

Black

Torque 200–340 Ncm

Torque 340–500 NcmPacking: 1 or 10 pairs

With integrated rotary soft closing mechanism for gentlelowering of chest lids

2 Hinges2 Mounting plates2 Cover caps, black or whiteInstallation instructions

Supplied with

Lid height Hmm

200

300

400

500

300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500

263

426

185

350

568

231

438

277

526

323 369 415 461

195

508

213 230 248 266

Torque Ncm

= 356.53.310 and 356.53.710 = 356.53.300 and 356.53.700

For small lids

Lid height Hmm

300

400

500

600

300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800

619

558

826

697 837

599 684 770 855

624 669 713 758 802

Torque Ncm

For medium sized lids

For small lids

Application examples

Mounting with blind corner

Cover cap height = 5.5 mm

E = internal chest width, B = lid width, D = lid thickness

Version

356.53.710

356.53.700

White

Standard application

Application examples

Mounting with blind corner

Cover cap height = 5.5 mm

E = internal chest width, B = lid width, D = lid thickness

356.53.330

Black

Torque 600–800 Ncm


Version

356.53.730

White

For medium sized lids

Corner bench hinge

- Opening angle: 95°- Area of application: Joint designed for safe lift-up of seat panel- Material: Steel- Finish: Blue galvanized- Opening angle restraint: The opening stop in the hinge joint prevents the seat panel from butting against the fitting- Large swivel range to the front (110 mm) allows lifting up seat panels even with thick padding- A gap between seat panel and backrest is not required- The springs for panel weight 8 kg or 12 kg provide optimum weight compensation and allow opening with ease

No separate hinge connection required

Installation

For wooden seat panels

Seat panelVarianta5 mm

With springFor panel weights up to 8 kg or up to 12 kg

643.01.516

643.01.525

Cat. No.

Panel weight up to 8 kg



Suitable for


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Cabinet HangersWall unit, concealed


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Kitchen Cabinet ConstructionCabinet hangers for wall unit

33

Load bearing capacity 130 kg/pair

- Material: Plastic- Adjustment facility: Height 15 mm, depth 10 mm- Mounting: Left or right

Cat. No.

290.05.740

Colour

White

Packing: 1 pc.

Installation

Cabinet topCabinet side panelRear panel

Wall plate For cabinet hanger

- Material: Steel- Finish: Galvanized- Installation: For screw fixing

Cat. No.

290.08.900

Length mm

110

Packing: 20 or 200 pcs.

Length 60 mm

Cabinet hanger for press fitting or screw fixing

- Material: Cabinet hanger: Steel- Finish: Galvanized- Adjustment facility: Adjustment screws can be accessed from the front after installation- Standard: The load bearing capacity of the cabinet hanger is 65 kg/piece in compliance with the DIN EN 68840 standard requirements.- Cabinet hanger is mounted "invisibly" behind the rear panel (space requirement min. 16 mm)

290.21.901

290.21.900

290.21.930

Cat. No.

For press fitting

For screw fixing


Installation

- The cabinet hanger must be fitted in the upper third of the cabinet for safety reasons.- With heavy loads: Mount at least 2 countersunk head screws (3.5 x 30 mm). Screw must rest on wall plug.

Installation

Only use hand screwdriver foradjustment.

Note

Quick fixing system with leverFor press fitting

Quick fixing system with screwFor press fitting For screw fixing

Left handmounting

Right hand mounting Left handmounting

Right hand mounting Right hand mounting

depth adjustment with 20 mm clearance height adjustment 18 mm

Quick fixing system with lever

Quick fixing system with screw

Left

Right

Left or Right

Mounting



We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Cabinet HangersWall unit, concealed

3

Wall plate For cabinet hanger


Cat. No.

290.21.992

Length mm

110


Length 110 mm, can be cut to size

Stock Item

4LOCKSANDCATCHES

4.1 4.2

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Locks and CatchesInformation


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


4

Master key system organisation

Locking maps are useful for organising comprehensive master key systems. They make organisation much easier. Basically, a distinction is made between two systems: Easy organisation with a master key (abbreviated to MK) and multi-level organisation with a general master key (abbreviated to GMK).

4

SYMO 3000 - A MODULAR SYSTEM

Allows the lock cases to be pre-mounted to the furniture. Cylinders with or without lock handles can then be added later

- The same cylinder core with pin tumblers or plate evers will fit most of the various types of lock handle and lock case- Each lock case comes with a protective cap on the cylinder housing which protects against damage and dirt. The protective cap is designed with a slot which can be operated using a screwdriver or coin-the lock can therefore be used or tested before a cylinder core has been installed.- Cylinder cores can be installed, repositioned or replaced quickly without tools, simply by using the removal key- *These lock cases are only suitable for use with plate lever cylinder cores

Cylinder corewith 6 pairs ofpin tumblers

Fixed andlock handles

*

*

Inlaid lock cases

Central lockinglock cases

Central rotarylock cases

Central rotarylock cases

Glass door leverlock cases

Cam lock cases

Removal key

*

*

*

Roller shutter rimlock cases

*

*

Push-buttonlock cases

Inlaid flaplock cases

Spring bolt rimlock cases

Rim lock cases

Piccolo-Nova espagnolettelock cases

Standard-Nova espagnolettelock cases

Cylinder core with6 plate levers

Rim lock cases withextended cylinder

Glass door cylinderlock with rack

Extending rodlock cases

Combinationlock

Closure travel for cam locks 90°

Closure travel for cam locks 180°

Closure direction

Left

Closure direction

Right

Organisation with master key (MK locking systems)

Organisation with master key (MK locking systems)

MK

IK

MK systems have several individual keys(IK) that are keyed to differ, i.e. they are notinterchangeable.

Then there is the master key (MK), which overridesall of the individual keys and therefore opens everylock in this system.

MK locking systems are ideal for small ofices witha boss and several employees.

GMK

MGK

GK3GK2

IK

GK1

GMK systems have both individual keys (IK) andgroup keys (GK) that are assigned to differentIK's. Several GK's can be assigned to one mastergroup key (MGK).

The general master key (GMK) then overridesevery key in the system.

GMK locking systems are used for organisation inlarge ofice buildings with several departments andsub-departments.

Closure travel and closure direction

The closure travel is speciied by numbers and theclosure direction is speciied by letters with camlocks. They refer to the installation situations shownin the tables. Locks with closure travel 180° can bealtered to all closure travels. Factory set is closuretravel 1.

Locks with closure travel 90° are either left orright locking locks. The closure direction is herespeciied by letters. The irst letter indicatesthe factory setting, the closure direction can bealtered to the letters speciied in brackets byre-positioning the locking cam (example: Closuredirection A [D, F, G]).

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Locks and CatchesSYMO Espagnolette Locks


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


4 4

Stock Item

Application Matrix

Esp

agno

lett

e lo

ck

With Symo cylinder removable core

With fixed plate cylinder

Lever lock - cipher bit

Locking system accessories

Rim

lock

Mo

rtis

e lo

ck

Cam

lock

Pus

h-b

utto

n cy

lind

er

Cen

tral

lock

ing

/ro

tary

lock

Gla

ss d

oo

r lo

ck

Catches and BoltsArea of application Pull Kg Version Slide

length mm

1.4

1.8

2 2.5

3 3.5

4 5 7 10 Aut

om

atic

Mag

neti

c

Sp

ring

Bal

l Cat

ch

50 70 Pag

e

Magnetic catches

Whatlock®

Automatic door catch

Magnetic pressure catch

Spring Catch

Catches

Standard

Recess mounting

Heat resistant

Under the veneer

Metal cabinet

Mini latch

Quick spring catch

Standard

Standard

Ball catch

Twin ball catches

Elbow catch

Furniture bolts

Straight

Cranked

FF 4.31

FF 4.32

FF 4.33

FF 4.34

FF 4.34

FF 4.35

FF 4.35

FF 4.36

FF 4.36

FF 4.38

FF 4.38

FF 4.38

FF 4.39

FF 4.42

FF 4.42

FF 4.41

FF 4.40

FF 4.41

FF 4.42

FF 4.42

FF 4.42

Locking System

SYMO Espagnolette Locks

Backset D 25 mm, short bolt travel

Please note the followingmeasurements whenconstructing the cabinet andselecting the accessories for theespagnolette lock:

Installation:

- Upper rod dimension: Centre of housing - 25 mm- Lower rod dimension: Centre of housing - 25 mm

Due to the three differentbacksets (15, 25 and 40 mm),identical gap sizes can beproduced for corner cabinetsand rows of cabinets with thesame drilling pattern.Note: Standard Nova, backset40 mm is prepared forcontinuous profile rods.

Piccolo-NovaBackset D = 15 mm

- Material: Zinc alloy- Finish: Nickel-plated- Features: For divided profile rod Ø6 mm for cylinder cores that are inserted from the front on site- Mounting: Left hand or right hand- Installation: For screw fixing

Cat. No.Installation


Handling

Cylinder housing 32 mm long

224.64.651

224.64.601

224.64.701

Screw Fixing

Nickel Plated

Left Hand

Right Hand

Right Hand

Cat. No.Material Handling

Packing: 10 pcs

Cylinder housing 22 mm long

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Locks and CatchesSYMO Locking System


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


44

Dead bolt rim lock

Backset D 25 mm, short bolt travel

- Area of application: For cylinder cores that are inserted from the front on site- Material: Zinc alloy- Finish: Nickel plated- Installation: Screw fixing

Cat. No.Locking direction


Cylinder housing length mm

232.26.611

232.26.601

232.26.651

232.26.631

232.26.621

232.26.681

Left

Right

Left

Right

Drawer Version

22

26

22

32

Cylinder housing length

Backset D 25 mm, with extended cylinder housing

Handle with extended cylinder housing

- Area of application: For cylinder cores that are inserted from the front on site- Material: Zinc alloy- Finish: Nickel plated- Installation: Screw fixing

Cat. No.Locking direction


232.26.612

232.26.602

232.26.622

Left

Right

Drawer Version

- Material: Zinc alloy- Installation: Screw fixing (to cylinder housing with SW 2 grub screw, handle end to door with M4 screw)

Cat. No.Finish


232.26.699Nickel Plated

Order informationPlease order cylinder core separately

Roller shutter rim lock

Backset D 24.5 mm

- Area of application: For cylinder cores that are inserted from the front on site- Material: Zinc alloy- Locking direction: Drawer version- Installation: Screw fixing Striking plate for roller shutter rim lock Finish Cat. No. Nickel plated 233.30.990- Material: Steel- Installation: Screw fixing

Supplied with- 1 Roller shutter rim lock- 1 Striking plate

Cat. No.Finish



Striking plate for roller shutter rim lock

- Material: Steel- Installation: Screw fixing

Cat. No.Finish




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


44

Cam lock nut attachment

- Area of applications: For cylinder cores that are inserted from the front on site- Material: Zinc Alloy- Finish: Nickel plated- Cam: Straight- Closure direction: 180º (convertible)- Installation: Screw fixing with hexagon nut

Cat. No.Max. door thickness


Closure direction

235.88.62122 mm A (D, F, G)

Supplied with- 1 cam lock- 1 locking cam (pre-mounted)- 1 Mounting nut screw (pre-mounted)- 1 Retaining washer (pre-mounted)

Accesories for cam locksSteel clip for cam locks with nut attachments

Installation

- Area of applications: For mounting cam locks in metal doors, also as additional protection against twisting- Material: Steel- For sheet thickness: 0,8 - 1,5 mm

Cat. No.Finish



Counterpiece for glass door cam lock

Application

Supplied with- 2 Clamping plates- 1 Clamping piece- 1 Threaded screw M 6 x 10 mm (for glass up to 8 mm thick)- 1 Threaded screw M 6 x 12 mm (for glass up to 8–10 mm thick)

Cat. No.Finish


Where glass double doors are used together with the counterpiece,the following closure directions of the glass door cam lock arerequired

- Area of application: Counterpiece for Symo glass cam lock for double doors- Material: Zinc alloy- For door thickness: 4–10 mm

233.40.712

233.40.610

Nickel Plated polished

Nickel plated mattDrilling dimensions

Top left:Closure direction E

Top right:Closure direction F

Bottom left:Closure direction G

Bottom left:Closure direction H

Installation

Glass door cam lock

Supplied with- 1 Glass door cam lock- 1 Locking cam- 1 Mounting nut- 1 Angled striking plate- 1 Clamping plate- 1 Clamping rosette

Cat. No.Finish


- Area of application: For cylinder cores which are inserted from the front on site- Material: Zinc alloy- For glass door thickness: 4–10 mm- Cam: Straight- Closure direction: 180º (convertible)- Insatallation: Screw fixing with hexagon nut

233.42.601

233.42.611

233.42.700

233.42.710

Nickel Plated polished

Nickel plated matt

Locking direction

A (Left)

B (Right)

A (Left)

B (Right)

Installation

Glass doorthickness

Drilling pattern

Inset mountingOverlay mounting


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


44

Push-button cylinder

- Area of application: For cylinder cores which are inserted from the front on site- Material: Zinc alloy- Finish: Nickel plated- Closure direction: 180º- Version: With internal M5 thread in locking pin for use with central locking system- Insatallation: Screw fixing

Order informationOnly use cylinder cores with restricted rotation and directionright-locking together with pin-tumbler cylinder removable cores

Cat. No.Finish



Locking sleeve for push-button cylinder

- Area of application: Accommodation of the locking pin- Material: Brass- Insatallation: Mounting in drilled hole

Cat. No.Finish

Packing: 1 pc


Central locking rotary lock

- Area of application: For cylinder cores which are inserted from the front on site- Material: Zinc alloy- Finish: Nickel plated- Closure direction: 180º- Version: With lifting pin- Insatallation: Mounting in front panel

Application

Central locking barBar guide

Arresting pin

Locked

Open

SYMO Central locking rotarycylinder

With mounting plate on one side

Cat. No.Travel mm


234.98.650

234.98.660

12

17

With mounting plate on two sides

Cat. No.Travel mm


234.98.601

234.98.611

12

17

Only use cylinder cores with restricted rotation and directionright-locking together with pin-tumbler cylinder removable cores.

Order information


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


44

Accessories for central locking system

- Material: Zinc alloy- Finish: Nickel plated matt

Cat. No.Pin Length L mm


237.22.120

237.22.086

237.22.100

6.5

9.0

13.0

Arresting pin

Extension with M4 thread

- Area of application: For arresting pins 13 mm- Material: Steel- Finish: Galvanized


M4 Threaded bolt with SW2 hexagon socket

Arresting pin

Installation

Cat. No.Length L mm

237.22.189

237.22.214

237.22.269

237.22.312

17

20

25

30

When the cylinder is locked by 180º, the lifting pin turns upwardsand pulls the central locking bar upwards by the travel into the lock.

Function

Central locking push-button cylinder

Central locking bar

Arresting pin

Bar guide

Central locking bar

- Material: Aluminium- Finish: Bright

Cat. No.Length L mm


237.10.002

237.10.004

237.10.006

237.10.009

600

800

1,000

1,500

We recommend to install the rotary cylinder on the right hand side.Information


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


44

Central locking cylinder with bar

- Area of application: For cylinder cores which are inserted from the front on site- Material: Zinc alloy cylinder, aluminium bar- Closure direction: 180º- Bar length: 600 mm- Travel: 8 mm- Insatallation: Screw fixing

Cat. No.Finish


237.48.601Lock nickel plated

Application

Arresting pin

Bar guide

SYMO Central locking cylinderOpen

Locked

Travel 8

Central locking cylinder with bar

- Material: Steel- Installation: Screw fixing

Cat. No.Finish


237.23.006Galvanized

Bar guide

1 Plate-cylinder2 Keys

Supplied accessories

Plate-cylinder removable core

- Area of application: For all locks and rotary handles within the SYMO 3000 system- Material: Zinc alloy housing, brass plate levers- Finish: Nickel plated- Locking direction: Left and right- Locking system: With 6 plate levers- Key changes: 2,600 different key changes are possible


Plate-cylinder removable core with standard key

Cat. No.Key changes

210.41.611

210.41.612

210.41.613

SH 0001–0200

SH 0201–0600

SH 0601–2600

With different key changes, unsorted

Suitable for master key

MK 1

MK 2

MK 3

Plate-cylinder removable core, with keys plastic cap black


Cat. No.Key changes

210.41.621

210.41.622

210.41.623

SH 0001–0200

SH 0201–0600

SH 0601–2600



MK 1

MK 2

MK 3

Plate-cylinder removable core, with folding key


Cat. No.Key changes

210.41.631

210.41.632

210.41.633

SH 0001–0200

SH 0201–0600

SH 0601–2600



MK 1

MK 2

MK 3


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Locks and CatchesFurniture Locks


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


44

Master key for plate cylinder removable core HS 1-HS 3

- Material: Steel- Finish: Nickel plated

Cat. No.Key change

Packing: 1 pc

210.11.001

210.11.002

210.11.003

MK 1

MK 2

MK 3

Accessories for Universal plate cylinder cores

- Area of application: For duplicate keys or additional keys- Material: Steel- Not suitable for removal keys or master keys

Cat. No.Finish

Packing: 200 pcs

210.11.080Nickel plated

Blank key

Removal key

- Area of application: For warehouse locking systems MK1, MK2 and MK3 and keyed alike and keyed different Symo Universal cylinder cores- Material: Steel

Cat. No.Finish



Key Cap

- Material: Plastic (soft)- Colour: Black or grey

Cat. No.Colour

210.90.504

210.90.308

Grey

Black


Cylinder rosette

- Area of application: For covering the edge of the drilled hole for the cylinder housing- Material: Steel- Installation: For press fitting

Cat. No.Finish



Econo Deadbolt Rim Lock

Backset 24 mm

1 Deadbolt rim lock1 Cylinder rosette1 Angled striking plate2 Folding keys

Supplied with

- Area of application: Suitable for mass produced furniture- Material: Zinc alloy- Finish: Chrome plated polished- Backset D: 24 mm- Cylinder length: 21 mm- Cylinder q: 19 mm- Locking system: With 6 plate levers- Key change: 120 different key changes possible- Installation: For screw fixing


Cat. No.Key change

232.01.200

232.01.210

232.01.220

Keyed to differ

Mounting

Left

Right

Drawer version

Decorative key with bit size 8 x 6 mm not supplied, please orderseparately

Order reference

- Area of application: For tambour doors- Material: Zinc alloy- Finish: Chrome plated polished- Backset D: 24.5 mm- Cylinder length: 22 mm- Cylinder q: 19 mm- Locking system: With 6 plate levers- Key change: 120 different key changes possible- Installation: For screw fixing


Cat. No.

225.56.654

225.56.609

Mounting

Left

Right

Häfele Piccolo-Nova Espagnolette lock

Backset 15 mm


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


44

Mortise LockBackset 15 – 40 mm - Material: Case: Steel,

forend: Brass- Finish: Case: Bright, forend: Cladded- Locking system: With lever bits for decorative key- Installation: For screw fixing

Cat. No.


Backset D mm Mounting

Please order decorative key with bit size 8 x 6 mm separatelyOrder reference

213.21.308

213.21.200

213.21.317

213.21.219

213.21.335

213.21.237

213.21.353

213.21.255

Left/drawer version

Right/drawer version

Left/drawer version


Left/drawer version


Left/drawer version


15

20

30

40

Deadbolt rim lockBackset 15 or 30 mm

- Material: Lock case: Steel- Finish: Bright nickel plated- Backset D: 15–30 mm- Locking system: With lever bits for decorative key- Installation: For screw fixing

Cat. No.


Backset D mm Mounting

Decorative keys with bit size 8 x 6 mm not supplied, please order separatelyOrder reference

211.01.735Left, right and drawer version30

Effective shank length 38 mm

- Material: Zinc Alloy

Cat. No.


Finish

200.68.188Bronzed and brushed

Bit size

Rim lock

Cat. No.Key change

232.38.920With different key change


- Area of application: For doors or drawer- Material: Zinc alloy housing and cylinder, brass rosette and key- Finish: Nickel plated- Key changes: 960 different key changes are possible- Installation: Screw fixing

1 Rim lock1 Cylinder core2 Keys with black plastic key cap1 Cylinder rosette

Supplied with

Central locking rotary cylinder for side fixing

Cat. No.Key change


Packing: 1 pc

- Area of application: For mounting in the carcase side panel- Material: Zinc alloy housing and cylinder, brass key, aluminium bar- Finish: Nickel plated- Version: With aluminium bar, 600 mm long- Closure direction: Key and lifting pin 180º- Locking system: With 3 plate levers- Installation: Screw fixing

1 Central locking rotary cylinder1 Cylinder core3 Arresting pins2 Bar guide2 Keys with black plastic key cap

Supplied with


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Locks and CatchesTraditional Furniture


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


44

Central locking rotary cylinder for front fixing

Cat. No.Key change


Packing: 1 pc

- Area of application: For mounting in the carcase side panel- Material: Zinc alloy housing and cylinder, brass key, aluminium bar- Finish: Nickel plated- Version: With aluminium bar, 600 mm long- Locking system: With 3 plate levers- Installation: Screw fixing

1 Central locking rotary cylinder1 Cylinder core3 Arresting pins2 Bar guide2 Keys with black plastic key cap

Supplied with

Master Key

Cat. No.Description

209.99.900Master key

Packing: 1 pc

- Material: Zinc alloy housing and cylinder, brass key, aluminium bar

Rim lock, left hand version

- With Ø 18 mm cylinder- Backset: 26 mm- Screw fixing- 5 plate levers = 200 possible key changes- Zinc alloy case and cylinder- Accessories: 2x keys- No master key possible

232.04.917

Cat. No.

Gold coloured

Finish

232.04.962Gold coloured

Packing: 1 pc

Random key changes

Keyed alike: Key change FH1

Rim lock, right hand version


232.04.908

Cat. No.

Gold coloured

Finish


Packing: 1 pc

Random key changes


Rim lock, drawer version


232.04.926

Cat. No.

Gold coloured

Finish


Packing: 1 pc

Random key changes



We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


44

Cylinder rosette

- For use with Ø 18 mm cylinder- Steel or brass

219.19.876

Cat. No.

Polished brassPacking: 100 pcs

Finish

Striking Plate

- For one door closing- Steel

239.41.520

Cat. No.

Antique brassPacking: 1 pc

Finish

Lever rim lock, 12.6 mm backset

- For lever bit key- Unhanded- Electro brassed steel case

211.04.500

Cat. No.

Keyed alikePacking: 1 pc

Lock type

Zinc die-cast bow key

- With 39 mm effective shank length- Zinc die cast

204.20.500

Cat. No.

Electro brassedPacking: 1 pc

Finish

Striking plate

- Steel

239.40.507

Cat. No.

Brass platedPacking: 100 pcs

Finish

- For recess mounting- Steel

239.26.510

Cat. No.

Brass platedPacking: 1 pc

Finish

Hook bolt mortice lock

238.06.108

Cat. No.

Electro brassedPacking: 1 set

Finish


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Locks and CatchesAccessories


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Locks and CatchesAccessories

44

Stop strip for screw fixingFor locks with behind bolt dimension 4.8–7.5 mm

Cat. No.Colour

239.92.755Traffic white, similar to RAL 9016

Packing: 1 pc

Length mm

2.5

Angled striking plate For screw fixing


Cat. No.Finish

239.41.013

239.41.513

239.41.311

Nickel plated

Brass plated

Black

Catch hook6 or 8 mm, for screw fixing

Packing: 1 pair

Cat. No.Finish

226.30.761

226.30.781

Nickel plated

- Area of application: For profile rods Ø 6 or 8 mm- Material: Zinc alloy- Finish: Nickel plated- Version: With plastic guide- Installation: For screw fixing

For diameter mm

6

8

Striking plateFor recess mounting and screw fixing


Cat. No.Finish

239.06.701

239.06.505

Nickel plate

Brass plated

- Material: Steel- Installation: For recess mounting and screw fixing

Profile Rod

- Material: Steel

Cat. No.

Packing: 1 pc

226.00.200

226.07.209

226.07.254

226.07.990

226.67.205

226.67.223

226.67.250

226.67.303

226.67.990

Finish

Bright

Nickel plated

Nickel plated

Diameter mm

6

8

Length mm

2000

2000

2500

Fixed length

2000

2250

2500

3000

Fixed lengthFixed lengths available on request from a minimum order quantity of100 pieces, please specify required length when ordering

Order reference

Rod guide

- Area of application: For profile rods Ø 6 or 8 mm- Material: Zinc alloy- Finish: Nickel plated- Version: With plastic guide- Installation: For screw fixing

Cat. No.For Diameter mm

239.76.761

239.76.781

6

8

For screw fixing


Locking BoltWith screw on plate

- Material: Zinc alloy- Installation: For screw fixing (use slot for adjustment)

Cat. No.For Diameter mm

226.57.708Nickel plated polished



We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Locks and CatchesCabinet Locks


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


44

Anti-Tip System

- Meets or exceeds ANSI/BFIMA requirements- Only one drawer can be opened at a time

Anti-Tip Snapper

- Mounts to side of cabinet- Material: Zinc, die-cast, unfinished

Cat. No.Color

237.43.310Black

1 required for 2 drawers.Note

Drawer Clips - Standard

- Mounts to side of drawers- Material: Plastic

Cat. No.Color

237.43.320Black

2 required per snapper.Note

Anti-Tip System

Components required:For 2 drawer applications:

- 1 anti-tip snapper- 2 drawer clips

- Simply “lock" one of the arms on anti-tip snapper to cabinet side panel using a screw through hole in arm

For 3 drawer applications:

- 2 anti-tip snappers- 4 drawer clips- 2 linkage arms- Lockbar and 2 arresting pins

For 4 drawer applications:

Recommended position:1. Left-hand side of case2. 3"–5" from front of case

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


4

Modular Removable Core Locking System – Timberline

- For use with any central locking assembly from the cylinder module system- Lockbar groove (W x D): 18 x 4 mm (11/16" x 5/32")- Material: Steel; Finish: zinc-plated

Cat. No.Length

234.87.818

234.87.827

234.87.836

234.87.845

Lockbar

457 (18")

609 (24")

915 (36")

1220 (48")

- Hexagonal section, for installation in lockbar L , using hex insertion tool, at any desired position- Material: Steel; Finish: nickel-plated Wing screw and lock washer: Steel

Cat. No.Length

237.22.714

237.22.723

237.22.732

237.22.741

237.22.769

237.22.778

Arresting Pins

9.5 (3/8")

13 (1/2")

16 (5/8")

19 (3/4")

25 (1")

32 (1 1/4")

Drawer Clips – Narrow

- Mounts to side of drawers- For use when there is less space between drawer slides- Material: Plastic

Cat. No.Color

237.43.322Black

2 required per snapper.Note

Linkage Arm

Material: Plastic

Cat. No.Color

237.43.330Black

2 pcs. required for 4 drawers.Note


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Locks and CatchesCatches and Furniture Bolts


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


44

Automatic Door Catch

Cat. No.Finish

Packing: 1 pc

- Locks double panel doors without additional stop strips or furniture bolts- Door catch mounted inside the cabinet, hook and wedge element mounted to inside of either right or left door- Use automatic door catch in conjunction with concealed cup hinges- Zinc alloy


10

3

99

32.5

11.5

31.5

63.5

1729

436

3.5

Gap

Hook element

min. door width 400Wedgeelement

The door withthe hookelement mustbe closed first

When the second door is closed,the wedge element automaticallyblocks the door catchThe door with the wedge elementcan now be locked

Magnetic pressure catch, 1.4 kg Pull

Cat. No.Pull (approx)

Packing: 1 pc

- With extra long throw- For overlay door, gives 3 mm gap between door and cabinet frame for pushing space- Catch: ABS plastic- Counterpiece: Yellow galvanized steel

245.61.730

245.61.330

White

Brown

12

23

45 13

15

2836 15

15 7

Catch Counterpiece

1.4

6

whatlock® Magnetic lock system for doors

Cat. No.Version


- Area of application: For all types of doors with thickness of 16–25 mm, particularly suitable as child protection, the whatlock® magnetic key unlocks the latchbolt so that the door can be opened- Material: Plastic- Finish/colour: White/blue- Version: With adhesive strips- Installation: For screw fixing or glue fixing

For magnetic lock system for doors1 latchbolt lock1 counterpiece6 chipboard screws Ø 3 mm

Supplied with

245.41.792

245.41.798

whatlock® magnetic lock system for doors

whatlock® magnetic key

Counterpiecewhatlock® magnetic lock system for doorswhatlock® magnet opener

The latchbolt is retracted and the door can be opened whenpresenting the whatlock® magnetic key (not supplied).The latchbolt engages automatically when the door is being closed.The door is secured.

Functionality


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


44

Magnetic pressure catch for double glass doors

Pull 2.5 kg

Cat. No.Finish


- Material: Plastic- Adjusting facility: With slot- Installation: Screw fixing


Order informationPlease order counterpiece separately

Installation

Double glass door

Counterpiece

Cabinet base

Counterpiece

Magnet pressure catch

Magnetic catch, screw fixing, 4 kg

- Catch and counterpiece must be ordered separately- Screw fixing- Catch: Fixed, Zinc alloy- Counterpiece: Floating with anti swivel rim Metal- Order qty: 1 pc (order 1 pc catch and 1 pc counterpiece- Pull (approx)

246.94.701

246.94.702

Cat. No.

Gold coloured

Packing: 1 pc/1 set

Finish

Catch

Counterpiece

Description

Order catch and counterpiece separatelyNote:

Magnetic pressure catch for glass doors,

Cat. No.Colour

245.62.311

- Material: Plastic- Installation: Mounting in drilled holes and for screw fixing

Black


Order informationPlease order counterpiece separatelyInstallation

CounterpieceCabinet base


Glass door

Counterpiece

Cabinet base


Glass door

Pull 1.4 kg

Cat. No.Colour

245.67.310

- Material: Plastic- Adjusting facility: With slot- Installation: Screw fixing

Black


Order informationPlease order counterpiece separatelyInstallation

Pull 1.8 kg


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


44

For installation under the veneer, pull 3.0 kg

- Material: Magnets: Hard ferrite with steel sleeve- Version: Rigid magnets- Installation: Magnets for glue fixing

246.97.900

Cat. No.

3.0


Pull kg

For metal cabinets, pull 7.0 or 10.0 kg

- Material: Housing and counterpiece: Steel- Version: Rigid housing and counterpiece- Installation: For screw fixing

246.95.010

246.95.020

Cat. No.

Magnet includingcounterpiece


Pull kg

7.0

10.0

Pull kg

Pull 7 kg Pull 10 kg

Counterpiece Counterpiece

Housing Housing

For recess mounting, pull 4.0 kg

- Material: Housing: Zinc alloy, counterpiece: Metal- Version: Movable housing, rigid counterpiece- Installation: Housing and counterpiece for recess mounting

246.75.613

Cat. No.

Nickel plated


Finish

Counterpiece Housing

Heat resistant up to 300 °C, pull 4.0 kg

- Material: Housing: Zinc alloy, counterpiece: Metal- Version: Movable housing, rigid counterpiece- Installation: Housing and counterpiece for screw fixing

246.75.612

Cat. No.

Nickel plated


Finish



We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


44

MINI-LATCH Spring catch

Cat. No.Finish


- Material: Steel catch, plastic counterpiece- Installation: Screw fixing- Adjusting facility: Slot

245.54.701Catch nickel plated, counterpiece white

Installation

Catch

Carcase Door

Counterpiece

Catch Counterpiece

Counterpiece

Cat. No.Finish


245.54.790

245.54.390

White

Black

Catch

Carcase

Door

Counterpiece

Counterpiece

Quick spring catch

Cat. No.Finish


- Material: Steel catch, plastic counterpiece- Installation: Screw fixing- Adjusting facility: Slot

245.55.913

245.55.502

245.55.100

Bright galvanized

Brass plated

Burnished

Installation

Counterpiece

Cat. No.Finish

Packing: 1 pc

245.55.790White

Cat. No.Colour

246.09.701

246.09.103

- Material: Plastic housing, steel counterpiece- Version: Rigid housing, movable counterpiece- Adjusting facility: Magnet insert can be adjusted by approx. +4 mm by turning- Installation: Housing for screw fixing, counterpiece for knocking in

Housing White

Housing Brown



By turning adjustment of ± 4 mm possible

Pull 3.0-4.0 kg

Cat. No.Colour

246.26.741

246.26.141

246.26.341

246.26.940

- Material: Plastic housing, steel counterpiece- Version: Rigid housing, movable counterpiece- Adjusting facility: With slot in housing- Installation: Housing and counterpiece for screw fixing

White

Brown

Black

Silver coloured



Pull 2.0 kg

Cat. No.Colour

246.00.708

246.00.100

- Material: Plastic housing, steel counterpiece- Version: Rigid housing and counterpiece- Installation: Housing for gluing, counterpiece for screw fixing

Housing White

Housing BrownPacking: 1, 60 pcs

Pull 1.8 kg, for drilling hole Ø9 mm


Cat. No.Colour

246.03.709

246.03.101

- Material: Plastic housing, steel counterpiece- Version: Rigid housing and counterpiece- Installation: Housing for press fitting, counterpiece for screw fixing

Housing White

Housing BrownPacking: 1 or 50 pcs

Pull 2.5 - 3.5 kg, for drilling hole Ø14 mm


Counterpiece Housing Cat. No.Colour

246.02.211

- Material: Brass housing, steel counterpiece- Version: Rigid housing and counterpiece- Installation: Housing for gluing, counterpiece for screw fixing

Housing Nickel plated


Pull 5.0 kg, for drilling hole Ø13.6 mm


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


44

- Material: Balls: Stainless steel, catch and counterpiece: Brass- Installation: For screw fixing- Adjustment facility: Retaining pressure with flat blade screwdriver

Twin ball catch for screw fix

Cat. No.

244.20.014

244.20.015

244.20.016

244.20.017

244.20.214

244.20.215

244.20.216

244.20.217

244.20.614

244.20.615

244.20.616

244.20.617


Catch Height mm

43

49

60

70

43

49

60

70

43

49

60

70

Finish

Brass bright

Brass polished chrome

plated

Brass matt nickel plated

Catch Counterpiece

Catch Counterpiece

Catch Counterpiece

40.5

Catch Counterpiece

Spring catch

For screw fixing

Cat. No.Dim. (W x D x H) mm


- Material: Catch: Spring steel, counterpiece: Steel- Finish: Catch: Blue tempered, counterpiece: Brass plated

245.05.502

245.06.509

245.02.501

15 x 10 x 30

20 x 12 x 40

32 x 11 x 15

Spring catch

For screw fixing

Cat. No.Finish

PackiPacking: 1,100 or 1000 pcs.

- Material: Catch and counterpiece: Steel, rollers: LDPE- Finish: Catch and counterpiece: Bright galvanized or burnished- Adjustment facility: Slot

244.01.903

244.01.113

Bright galvanized 244.01.903

Burnished

Catch(15 x 10 x 30 mm)

Counterpiece


Counterpiece


Counterpiece

Catch

Counterpiece

Installation

Installation on side panel Installation on base panel


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


44

Furniture bolt, Straight

Cat. No.Length mm

251.01.106

251.01.124

- Material: steel- Finish: Nickel Plated- Installation: Screw fixing

50

70

Furniture bolt, with cranked slide, Visible screws

Cat. No.Length mm

251.02.103

251.02.121

- Material: steel- Finish: Nickel plated

50

70



- Material: Catch and counterpiece: Steel, ball: Chrome steel- Finish: Catch and striking plate: Brass plated- Installation: Catch for press fitting, striking plate for screw fixing

Ball catch For press fitting

Cat. No.

241.80.505

241.80.514

241.80.523

241.80.532

241.80.541


Diameter mm

6.5

8.0

9.5

11.0

12.5

Depth mm

7.5

8.5

10.5

11.0

12.0

Catch (Ø6.5 mm) Striking plate

Catch (Ø8.0 mm) Striking plate Catch (Ø9.5 mm) Striking plate



Ball catch

- Material: Catch and counterpiece: Steel, ball: Chrome steel- Finish/colour: Catch and counterpiece: Nickel plated- Installation: For screw fixing

Cat. No.

241.10.718

Packing: 1 pc.

For screw fixing

For screw fixing

Elbow catch- For left or right hand use- Spring loaded- Brass

245.74.000

Cat. No.

Polished brassPacking: 1 pc

Finish

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


44

Furniture bolt with straight slide, 70 mm length

- Steel

251.01.026

251.01.124

Cat. No.

Brass plated

Nickel plated

Packing: 1 pc

Finish

Counterpiece for screw fixing

Cat. No.

246.03.790

Packing: 1 pc

Material

Steel

Finish

Galvanized

Cat. No.

246.26.793

Packing: 1 pc

Material

Steel

Finish

Galvanized

Counterpiece for knocking in

Cat. No.

246.08.910

Packing: 1 pc

Material

Steel

Finish

Galvanized

Angled striking plate

Cat. No.Finish

251.74.707

251.74.501

- Material: steel- Installation: Screw fixing

Nickel Plated

Brass Plated


5HOMEIMPROVEMENTFITTINGS

5.1 5.2

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Home Improvement FittingsStorage

5

Laundry Storage Solutions

The Hailo Laundry-Carrier offers sufficient space for two washing machine loads with its large capacity 33 litre baskets. The baskets are easy to remove and carry thanks to the ergonomic handles. Grass Nova Pro runners are included.

Two 33 litre laundry baskets included with Laundry-Carrier 45 and 50

Laundry-Carrier

- Suitable fo 450, 500 or 600 mm cabinets for door front fixing with 15/16 or 18/19 mm board thickness- Installed height: 545 mm- Built-in depth: 528 mm- White powder-coated steel holder, mounting components and runners, steel lid, white and blue plastic laundry bins- Grass Nova Pro soft closing runners included- Note: Includes 4x 25 mm spacer blocks

Cat. No.

Packing: 1 pc

502.72.702

502.72.703

502.72.704

For cabinet width

450 mm

500 mm

600 mm

Bins Included

2 x 33 litres

2 x 33 litres

2 x 33, 1 x 12, 1 x 2,5 litres

Laundry-Carrier 60 shown Fixingsincluded

SoftClosing600500450

SideMountingSideMounting

Max.70 kgper unitClean lines and open spaces continue to influence home design, making domestic

storage areas more important that ever. With this mind, Hafele have introduced a new range of space-saving utility room products, perfect for keeping functional areas streamlined.

UTILITY STORAGE

5.3

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Home Improvement FittingsFoldaway bed fittings


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


55

Bettlift Built-in foldaway bed with slatted frame and adjustable head section

- Area of application: For inset front- Material: Frame: Torsion-free tubular steel, slatted frame: Laminated wood, caps: Rubber- Load bearing capacity: 100 kg- Finish: Slatted frame: Unfinished wood- Colour: Frame: Graphite black, RAL 9011, foot linkage: White aluminium, RAL 9006- Version: With gas-filled strut for easy opening and closing, with 28 flexibly mounted resilient wooden slats, with shoulder comfort zone, 5 double slats for central zone reinforcement and centre strap, firmness degree continuously adjustable

Firmness degree regulation

Resilient wooden slat mounting

1 Built-in foldaway bed with frame, gas-filled struts, slatted frame and angular feet2 Securing brackets (anti-tilt facility)3 Bedding straps2 Mattress holders1 Set of installation instructions2 Gas-filled struts

Supplied with

Bed weight = total weight of the front panel, mattress, bedding and bedframe (if applicable).

Order reference

Material thicknessesConstruction recommendation Component

19 mm

19-22 mm

Front

Cabinet base panel, side panels, plinth

All built-in foldaway beds mustbe prevented from tipping in accordancewith EN 1129. Ensure that the surface issuitable for attaching the securing brackets.

Note:

Automatic foot mechanismAngular feet automatically come out when the bed is opened and are retracted when the bed is closed again

End mounted single, double or French bed

X = slatted frame top edge 330 mmThe specified cabinet dimensions are internal cabinet dimensions

Built-in foldaway bed for mattress size 1,600 x 2,000 mm from25 pieces available on request.Replacement gas-filled struts for foldaway beds 271.91.135/136are double lift gas-filled struts and only available for bed weight of60–80 kg.

Note:

Centre support

Packing: 1 set

271.91.115

271.91.114

271.91.136

271.91.135

900 x 2000

1400 x 2000

Mattress Size(W x L) mm

BedWeight kg

WidthB mm

With/Without Cat. No.

44-55

60-80

44-55

60-80

960

1460

960

1460

With Mattress

Without Mattress

With Mattress

Without Mattress

Order 2 single beds and 1 centre support to make a double bed.Order reference

Packing: 1 pc

271.99.355

271.99.373

271.99.426

271.99.505

900 x 2000

1400 x 2000

Mattress Size(W x L) mm

BedWeight kg

Spring Force N Cat. No.

46-50

38-43

56-65

60-80

1600

1700

2000

1400/2800

Replacement gas-filled strut

- Area of application: For connecting two single beds to make a double bed (can be opened separately)- Material: Steel

Cat. No.Finish

Packing: 1 pc

271.87.101Powder coated, graphite black, RAL 9011

Bettlift Foldaway bed fitting, for construction of foldaway beds according to customer’sown requirements

Installation

- Bed weight: Max. 100 kg

Cat. No.Description

Packing: 1 set

271.95.203Foldaway bed fitting for end mounting

End mountedThe specified cabinet dimensions are internal cabinet dimensions

- Material: Steel- Finish: Powder coated- Colour: Black, RAL 9011

End mounted Side mounted

Order referenceBed weight = total weight of the bedding box, slatted frame, mattress and bedding

NoteAll built-in foldaway beds mustbe prevented from tipping in accordancewith EN 1129. Ensure that the surface issuitable for attaching the securing brackets.

Construction recommendation

20 mm

Mattress length + 170 mmMattress width + 94 mm

Material thickness of bedding boxand cabinetInternal cabinet heightInternal cabinet width

Two bedding boxes must be mounted next to each other to make a double bed.

For end mounting

Supplied with1 Pair of foldaway bed fittings with pivot bearings and positioningbolts for gas-filled struts2 Securing brackets (anti-tilt facility)1 Set of fixing material1 Set of installation instructions

Order referenceOrder 2 gas-filled struts and 1 pair of angular feet for appropriate bed weight separately.

Gas-filled strut - Version: Pre-tensioned with elastic strap

Cat. No.

Packing: 1 pc

Bed weight kg Shear force N

271.99.220

271.99.266

271.99.300

271.99.346

271.99.382

271.99.410

50

60

70

80

90

100

900

1100

1300

1500

1700

1900Order referenceExample: 2 gas-filled struts each for 100 kg must be orderedfor a bed weight of 100 kg.


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Home Improvement FittingsSlatted frame


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


55

For side mounting

- Bed weight: Max. 80 kg

1 Pair of foldaway bed fittings with pivot bearings and positioning bolts for gas-filled struts2 Securing brackets (anti-tilt facility)1 Safety lever with stop plate1 Set of fixing material1 Set of installation instructions

Supplied with

Order 2 gas-filled struts and 1 pair of angular feet for appropriate bed weight separately.Order reference

- Version: Pre-tensioned with elastic strap

Cat. No.

Packing: 1 pc

Bed weight kg Shear force N

271.99.122

271.99.140

271.99.168

271.99.186

271.99.202

40

50

60

70

80

400

500

600

700

800

Cat. No.Description

Packing: 1 set

271.95.204Foldaway bed fitting for side mounting

Gas-filled strut

Example: 2 gas-filled struts each for 80 kg must be ordered for abed weight of 80 kg.

Order reference

Angular foot

- Area of application: For supporting the open bed- Material: Steel- Finish: Powder coated- Version: With mounting plate

The angular feet must be pulled out when the bed is opened, turnedby 90° and pushed back in again until the stop is reached.

Functionality

Screw mounting plate of angular foot to foot side of bed frame andrear side of front panel.A squared edge timber measuring at least 40 x 40 mm is needed onall four sides as slatted frame support.

Installation

Cat. No.Colour

Packing: 1 pair

271.95.361Mounting plate: Black, RAL 9011,

angular foot: White aluminium, RAL 9006

Bedding strap- Area of application: For holding bedding when closing the bed- Supplied with: 3 belts

Cat. No.Suitable For

Packing: 1 set

271.87.920

271.87.921

271.87.922

Mattress width <900 mm



Sanobasic NV Slatted frame

- Area of application: For latex, foam and pocket spring core mattresses- Material: Frame and resilient wooden slats: Laminated birch wood, caps: LDPE (polyethylene)- Slatted frame support: With 28 resilient wooden slats, 2,000 mm in length, wooden slats in caps, with pressure-distributing centre strap, continuously adjustable firmness degree regulation- Dim.: Frame height: 50 mm, installation height: 70 mm, slat: 34 x 8 mm, slat spacing: 34 mm

Cat. No.

Packing: 1 pc

271.75.004

271.75.007

Slatted frame dim.(W x L) mm

890 x 1960

1390 x 1960

For mattress size(W x L) mm

900 x 2000

1400 x 2000

Without adjustable head and foot sections


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Home Improvement FittingsLid Stays


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


55

Sanobasic KF slatted frame

- Area of application: For latex, foam and pocket spring core mattresses- Material: Frame and resilient wooden slats: Laminate birch wood, caps: Rubber- Slatted frame support: With 28 resilient wooden slats, flexible wooden slats in caps, with pressuredistributing centre strap, 5 double central zone reinforcing slats, continuously adjustable firmness degree regulation- Dim.: Frame height: 40 mm, installation height: 50 mm, slat: 36 x 8 mm, slat spacing: 26 mm- Version: With shoulder comfort zone

Cat. No.

Packing: 1 pc

271.75.014

271.75.017

Slatted frame dim.(W x L) mm

890 x 1960

1390 x 1960

For mattress size(W x L) mm

900 x 2000

1400 x 2000

With adjustable head and foot sections

Adjustable head section, shoulder comfort zone and flexible resilientwooden slat mounting

Securing bracket, prevents cabinet from tipping

- Area of application Anti-tilt facility for foldaway beds- Material Steel- Installation For screw fixing- Fixing material supplied

Cat. No.Finish

Packing: 2 pcs

271.98.100Powder coated, graphite black, RAL 9011

Accessories For Creating Bedroom Storage

Cat. No.Housing Colour

Packing: 1 pc

372.19.300

372.19.700

Black

White

Lid Stay

- Screw mounted to side panel and lid- Unhanded design- Spring holds lid in position- For heavier loads 2 lid stays should be used- Nickel-plated steel brackets with polypropylene housing- Order fixing screws separately

Mounting dimensions are dependent on lid weightand size. For full details visit www.hafele.co.uk

Cat. No.Finish

Packing: 1 pc

351.96.519

351.96.117

351.96.910

Electro brassed

Florentine bronzed

Zinc-plated

Cranked flush hinge- Non mortice, for medium duty applications- Normally for 15-16 mm door thicknesses- With fixed pin- Steel- Order fixing screws separately


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Home Improvement FittingsSlatted Frame Fittings


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Home Improvement FittingsLid Stays

55

Scissor jacks

- Area of application: For adjustable head and foot sections of slatted frames, couches and French beds- Material: Steel- Finish: Yellow chromatized- Height: Raising height <300–375 mm- Version: With screw-on plates

Adjustment facility

Engaging positions of scissorjacks for adjustable head and footsections of slatted frames,couches or French beds, as wellas in other application areas.

Lift over upper end position beforelowering.

Note

In 18 stages

Cat. No.Height mm


274.00.933Raising height: <300

In 19 stages

Cat. No.Height mm


274.01.930Raising height: <375

Fixed castor for underbed boxes

- Low installation height and easy to move on carpeted floors- With side fixing mounting plate- Without brake or swivel- Load carrying capacity approx 40 kg per castor- Steel housing, plastic wheel- Order fixing screws separately

Cat. No.Housing/Wheel finish

Packing: 1 pc

660.98.904Galvanized/White

Corner bench hinge, For wooden seat panels

- Opening angle: 95°- Area of application: Joint designed for safe lift-up of seat panel- Material: Steel- Finish: Blue galvanized- Opening angle restraint: The opening stop in the hinge joint prevents the seat panel from butting against the fitting- Large swivel range to the front (110 mm) allows lifting up seat panels even with thick padding- A gap between seat panel and backrest is not required- The springs for panel weight 8 kg or 12 kg provide optimum weight compensation and allow opening with ease

- No separate hinge connection required

Installation

Seat panelVarianta5 mm

With springFor panel weights up to 8 kg or up to 12 kg

Cat. No.Suitable for


643.01.516

643.01.525




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Home Improvement FittingsBuilt-in foldaway beds


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


55

Häfele Duoletto Built-in foldaway bed, side mounted, with slatted frame

- Area of application: Single and/or bunk bed/loft bed- For mattress size (W x L): 900 x 2,000 mm- Load bearing capacity: 100 kg- Bed weight: 55–85 kg- Material: Frame: Torsion-free tubular steel with resilient wooden slats- Finish: Powder coated white, RAL 9016- Version: With gas-filled strut for easy opening and closing, with 12 flexibly mounted resilient wooden slats- Installation: Quick fixing system, bearing plates pre-mounted

- Variable and freely selectable mounting height when used as single bed- The same fitting can be used for bunk beds

Supplied with1 Foldaway bed, with frame and slatted frame2 Securing brackets (anti-tilt facility)3 Bedding straps6 Mattress holders1 Set of installation instructions2 Gas-filled struts

Cat. No.Version

Packing: 1 set

271.89.000

271.89.005

Without mattress

With mattress

As single bed As bunk bed

Specified cabinet dimensions are external cabinet dimensions.


Component Material thickness

Front panel

Cabinet base panel, plinth

Rear panel, cabinet side panel

16 mm

19 mm

22 mm

Note

All built-in foldaway beds mustbe prevented from tipping in accordancewith EN1129. Ensure that the surface issuitable for attaching the securing brackets.

Cat. No.

Packing: 1 pc

271.89.920

Replacementgas-filled strut

Bed weight kg

55 - 85

Spring Force N

400

Please order accessories for use as bunk bed/loft bed (hook-in ladder and bed guard) separately.Order reference

Accessories for bunk bed/loft bed

- Material: Ladder, bed guard: Laminated wood, can be lacquered, brackets: Tubular steel- Dim.: Ladder: 1,475 x 397 x 60 mm- Finish: Brackets: Powder coated, white RAL 9016

Cat. No.Description

Packing: 1 set

271.89.010Hook-in ladder and bed guard

Häfele Teleletto Foldaway sofa bed fitting With frame and slatted frame

- Area of application: Hotel, guest house, guest room- For mattress size (W x L): 1,200 x 2,000 mm- Bed weight: 74–110 kg- Load bearing capacity: 100 kg- Material: Frame: Torsion-free tubular steel with resilient wooden slats- Finish: Powder coated white, RAL 9016- Version: With gas-filled strut for easy opening and closing, with 12 flexibly mounted resilient wooden slats- Installation: Quick fixing system- Internal cabinet width: 2,060 mm- Internal cabinet height: 1,442 mm- Internal cabinet depth: 400 mm

- The bed easily becomes a sofa- Fitting can also be used without sofa- Extra large lying area

Supplied with1 Built-in foldaway bed, with frame and slatted frame2 Securing brackets (anti-tilt facility)6 Mattress holders3 Bedding straps1 Set of installation instructions2 Gas-filled struts

Cat. No.Version

Packing: 1 set

271.89.001

271.89.006

Without mattress

With mattressSpecified cabinet dimensions are external cabinet dimensions.


Component Material thickness

Front panel

Cabinet base panel, plinth

Rear panel, cabinet side panel

16 mm

19 mm

22 mm

Note

All built-in foldaway beds mustbe prevented from tipping in accordancewith EN 1129. Ensure that the surface issuitable for attaching the securing brackets.

Cat. No.

Packing: 1 set

271.89.921

Replacementgas-filled strut

Bed weight kg

74 - 110

Spring Force N

700

Bed weight = total weight of the front panel, mattress, bedding and bed frame (if applicable)Order reference

Mounting height can be selected variably depending on the required seat height


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Home Improvement FittingsVertical Recessed Folding Bed And Bed Transformable


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Home Improvement FittingsBuilt-in foldaway beds

55

Häfele Tavoletto Bed/desk combi fitting

- Space saving, ideal for use as guest bed, in students' hostels and hospitals

For mattresses with width of 900/1,400 mm

Fitting formattress 900 x 2,000 mm

Fitting formattress 1,400 x 2,000 mm

Desk positionBed position

Mattress size mm900 x 2000 1400 x 2000

Construction dim. mm


ABCDEF

Max.mattress height

Withslatted frame

Withresilient slats

1388 111510869442160766214

263

530

17801598118810402140769229

278

551Space above desk in bed position

The construction dimensions apply to side panel thickness of19 mm.

CAD data and installation instructions for construction are available for downloading.The specifications of the CAD data must be adhered to. Only then full functionality of the fitting is given.

Note:

All foldaway beds must be preventedfrom tipping in accordance with EN 1129. Please order securing brackets separately. Ensure that the surface is suitable for attaching the securing brackets.

Order reference

- Material: Steel- Colour: Black- Safety tested by the LGA in compliance with DIN EN 1129

Cat. No.For mattress size (W x L) mm

Packing: 1 set

271.97.300900 x 2000 mm (W x L)

Supplied with

1 Fitting set complete for1 piece of furniture,without fixing material

Bed/desk combi fitting Häfele Tavoletto

271.97.3011400 x 2000 mm (W x L) 1 Fitting set complete for1 piece of furniture,without fixing material

271.97.395900 x 2000 mm (W x L) Fixing material for 1 set

Set of screws

271.97.3961400 x 2000 mm (W x L) Fixing material for 1 set

Vertical Recessed Folding Bed And Bed Transformable

- Application: with lift-up mechanism and gas springs, incorporated ladder and safety lock with removable key, electro-welded bedsrping, high resistant steel structure.- Finish/Color: Epoxy powder coating in aluminium grey.- Overall sizes: closed 900 x 2120 x 670 mm, open 900 x 2120 x 1525 mm, Lower bed height 295 mm, upper bed height 1150 mm, necessary mattress size 800 x 18=900 x h. 150 mm- No upholstery, fabric or mattersses included.

Cat. No.Description

Packing: 1 set

271.95.450Structure for Sofa - 2 level bed transformation

Sofa - Bed Transformable


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Home Improvement FittingsFittings for TV and Hifi Cabinets


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Home Improvement FittingsCable outlets

55

Electric lift system

- Area of application: For installation in furniture, for raising and lowering of flat screens and small cabinets- Material: Steel- Colour: Silver coloured- Lift: 460 mm- Load bearing capacity: 50 kg- Travel speed: 25 mm/seconds- VESA standard: 50 x 50 mm, 75 x 75 mm, 100 x 100 mm, 200 x 100 mm and 200 x 200 mm- Input voltage: 110–240 V, 50–60 Hz

Cat. No.Description

Packing: 1 pc or 1 set

421.68.425

421.68.431

Lift system

VESA mounting plate

Load bearing capacity 50 kg

Packing

1 pc.

1 set

1 Lift system1 Radio remote control

Supplied with

Lift system VESA mounting plate

Electronic TV lift up to 42”

- Area of application: Used in cabinets for raising and lowering flat screen television- Material: Steel- Finish: Black- Mounting method: Suitable for below VESA standard 400 x 100, 400 x 400, 600 x 200, 600 x 400- Height of mechanism: 715 mm (closed) to 1,465 mm (open)- Stroke: 750 mm- Weight capacity: 100 kg- Speed: 28 mm/sec

Cat. No.Load bearing capacity kg

Packing: 1 set

421.68.420100

Drill hole Ø 60 or 80 mm

- Material: Plastic- Colour: In 8 colours- Cable cut-out: 20 x 30 mm with drill hole Ø 60 mm or 20 x 45 mm with drill hole Ø 80 mm- Version: 2-piece, round- Installation: For push fitting

Cat. No.Drill hole Ø mm


428.96.702

428.96.102

60 mm

With swivelling section in cover

Colour

White

Sepia brown

Drill hole Ø 60 or 80 mm

- Material: Plastic- Colour: In 8 colours- Cable cut-out: 15 x 30 mm with drill hole Ø 60 mm or 20 x 45 mm with drill hole Ø 80 mm- Version: 2-piece, round- Installation: For push fitting



429.99.52060 mm

With spring loaded, swivelling section in cover

Colour

Light Grey

Cable outlet, round, Ø 67 or 88 mmLid with locking mechanism, height 21 mm - Material: Zinc alloy

- Version: 2-piece, round- Installation: For push fitting



631.31.212

631.31.412

631.31.012

631.31.712

631.31.312

60 mm

Colour


Matt chrome plated

Stainless steel effect

White

Black

Cable outlet, round, Ø 67 or 88 mm

- Material: Zinc alloy- Version: 2-piece, round- Installation: For push fitting

Lid with locking mechanism, height 12 mm



631.31.202

631.31.402

631.31.002

631.31.702

631.31.302

60 mm

Colour


Matt chrome plated

Stainless steel effect

White

Black


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Home Improvement FittingsWall Mounted TV Support Bracket


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Home Improvement FittingsFittings for TV and Hifi Cabinets

55

- Area of application: Used in cabinets for raising and lowering flat screen television- Material: Steel- Finish: Black- Mounting method: Suitable for below VESA standard 600 x 400, 600 x 200, 600 x 100, 400 x 400, 400 x 200, 400 x 100, 300 x 300, 200 x 200, 200 x 100- Min./Max. height (lid lifter excluded) 750/1,750 mm- Installation depth: 70 mm- Stroke: 1,000 mm

Cat. No.

421.68.423

Electronic TV lift up to 55”

Load bearing capacity kg

Packing: 1 set

100

- Adjustment facility: Angle of incline: +5° to –15°, swivelling: ±90°, the screen can be moved to the left or right after installation- Version: Concealed cable guidance in bracket arm and joint- VESA standard: 100 x 100 mm, 200 x 200 mm, 300 x 200 mm, 300 x 300 mm, 400 x 200 mm, 400 x 300 mm, 400 x 400 mm, 500 x 400 mm, 600 x 400 mm- Material: Steel- Colour: Black- Load bearing capacity: 68 kg

Cat. No.

817.01.380

Wall mounted TV support bracket, extending, swivelling and inclinable

Area of application

Packing: 1 pc

For flat screen monitors, with diagonal screen size 46"-90"

46" - 90"

- Adjustment facility: Tilting: ±12°- VESA standard: 600 x 400 mm- Material: Steel- Finish/colour: Powder coated, black- Load bearing capacity: 79 kg- Installation: For screw fixing

Wall mounted TV support bracket, tilting

32"–55"

Cat. No.

817.35.322

Area of application

Packing: 1 pc

For flat screen monitors with diagonal screen size of 32” to 55”


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Home Improvement FittingsLift System


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Home Improvement FittingsWall Mounted TV Support Bracket

55

Load bearing capacity 8 kgFor screw fixing to side panels

- Material: Rails: Aluminium, glide: Plastic- Version: The extension is firmly held in position when it is pushed in- Swivelling range: 180° vertical and horizontal- Installation depth: 403 mm- VESA standard: 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm

Cat. No.

421.99.951

Area of application

Packing: 1 pc.

For flat screen monitors, diagonal screen size <19"lift: 502 mm

421.99.955For flat screen monitors, diagonal screen size <22"lift: 437 mm

For flat screen monitors with diagonal screen size <19"

For flat screen monitors with diagonal screen size <22"

Electric Lift

- Brackets can be turned by 180° and can be mounted at the top and at the bottom.- Running characteristics can be improved by using runners.

Top external profile (internal cabinet moves up)

Top external profile

Bottom external profile (lifting column visible)

Bottom external profile (outer cabinet moves up)

Lift height restriction with memory function programmable using operating unit(Cat. No. 633.03.298), please order separately.For a reset, the columns must be lowered collision-free up to a min. height of 546 mm.

Order reference

- Area of application: For lifting and lowering- Version: Linking several elements allows the height of the complete worktop (also L-shaped or U-shaped) to be adjusted, control with push button switch- Load bearing capacity: 60 kg per lift column with even load distribution, Max. bending moment 150 Nm- Height adjustment: 551–1,211 mm, electric, continuous- Installation: For side panel installation, the lift must be completely moved back into its initial position when set to lowermost position- Travel speed: 43 mm/s

Worktop lifting end column

With bracket 250 mm and bracket 500 mm With 2 brackets 250 mm

- Material: Steel- Finish: Powder coated- Colour: White aluminium, RAL 9006- Lift: 660 mm

Column must no be subjected to tensile loadNote

Cat. No.

633.13.201

633.13.212

Version

Packing: 1 pc

With bracket 250 mm and 500 mm

With 2 brackets 250 mm

Please order control and operating unit separatelyOrder reference


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Home Improvement FittingsLift systems


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Home Improvement FittingsLift systems

55

Operating device

- Area of application: Operating device for control unit- Material: Plastic- Version: LED display with height indication, with 3 memory push buttons, 1 store push button, up/down push buttons- Installation: Housing for clamp fixing for flush recess mounting

Cat. No.

633.52.330

633.52.730

Dim. (L x W x H) mm

Graphite black, RAL 9011

Traffic white, RAL 9016Packing: 1 pc

For flush recess mounting

Extension cable

- Material: Plastic- Length: 2,000 mm

Cat. No.

633.03.299

633.03.300

Area of application

Between control unit and

drive in end frame

Between control unit and

operating device or manual switch

Packing: 1 pc

Colour

Black

Cream White

Shut-off strip

- Area of application: Automatic vertical stop (personal safety not provided)- Version: Can be shortened, for plug fitting between control unit and motor cable into additional socket of the connecting component

1 Shut-off strip1 Coupling plug

Supplied with

Cat. No.

633.17.301

Length mm

2500

Packing: 1 pc

Safety stop required when gap >5 mm and <25 mmNote

Operating device

- Area of application: Operating device for control unit- Material: Plastic- Dim. (L x W x H): 56 x 54 x 8 mm- Version: Functions: Up/down, folding- Installation: For screw fixing

Cat. No.

633.52.230

Colour

Anthracite grey, RAL 7016Packing: 1 pc

Standard

Operating device

- Area of application: Operating device for control unit- Material: Plastic- Colour: Black Version: LED display with height indication, with memory for 3 positions, programmable lift height restriction- Installation: For screw fixing with mounting bracket

Cat. No.

633.03.298

Dim. (L x W x H) mm

160 x 40 x 25Packing: 1 pc

With programmable lift height restriction

Cable 1.7 m, with modular jack plugSupplied with

Control unit

- Area of application: For controlling electrically adjustable end frames- Travel speed: 43 mm/s- Version: With overload protection and soft start/stop function- Installation: Fixing with Velcro tape

Cat. No.

633.52.022

633.52.023

633.52.024

Suitable for

Packing: 1 pc

2 end frames

3 end frames

4 end frames

1 Control unit1 Mains lead2–4 Motor cables

Supplied with

Liftingpower kg

WattageW

Nominalvoltage V

120

180

240

200

300

300

AC 230

AC 100-240

AC 100-240


6DRAWER RUNNER AND DRAWER ORGANIZATION SYSTEM

6.1 6.2

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization SystemInformation


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


66

Installation options

To shelf

To cabinet

Base mounted I Base mounted Il

Groove mounted Side mounted

Concealed

Base mounted

Side mounted Base mounted

AL= extension lengthAV= extension lossL= installation length

To Drawer

Runner type

Concealed runners

Plastic rollers in running gears or steel balls in ball cages are therunning elements, depening on the version. Installing the runner tothe underside of the drawer allows almost concealed installation.

Roller runners

The running elements are friction bearing mounted or ball bearingmounted rollers, polyamide-coated steel rollers or soft rollers for silentmovement.

Ball Bearing runners

Steel or plastic balls in ball cages are the running elements

Load bearing capacity

The specified load bearing capacity indicates the maximum load perrunner pair at 80.000 cycles as defined by DIN 15338. The valuescorrespond to dynamic stress and apply if all mounting holes arescrew-connected using suitable fastening and base material. Thespecified values are sample measurements and apply to rail lengthand drawer width of 450 mm each.With ball bearing runners that are designed for side mounting incabinet, the load bearing capacity is reduced to approx. 25 % if basemounted.

Installation options

Self closing mechanism, soft and controlled closingmechanism

Functions

As well as moving drawers and shelves, individual runners alsohave special functionality and equipment:

Self closing and stay-closed feature/ hold-in device in closedposition

- The self closing and the stay-closed feature of roller runners use a slope in the runner profile that runs toward the last part of the push-in distance of the drawers and gently holds them in the closed position.- With ball bearing runners a plastic buffer acts as a hold-in device. The guide profile is slid over it and therefore clamped; the hold-out device works using the same method.- With other runners, deformation of the guide profile gently holds the rollers or the ball cages.- Many ball bearing runners have an active locking mechanism in the extended and pushed-in position that is operated using a lever.

- The self closing mechanism of ball bearing and concealed runners is an active spring element that pulls the drawer shut when it reaches the latter part of the closing distance.- Pneumatic or oil pressure dampers provide gentle closing by preventing the drawer front from slamming against the cabinet.- Soft and controlled closing mechanisms for supplementing roller, concealed and pull-out cabinet runners are also separately available.

Tip-on opening

Extension mechanism as supplement to concealed runners: Gentlepressure against the front causes the drawer to open automatically.

Two-way drawer runners

Drawer runners that are extendable from both sides are used oncounters or partition walls – wherever two-sided access to thecontents is required. They are available as roller runners for overlayfronts and as ball bearing runners for continuous fronts.

Progressive effect

Some ball bearing runners are supplied with an integratedprogressive effect. Simultaneous runner movement evenlydistributes the load and prevents possible jamming with widedrawers.

AL = Extension length L = Installation lengthSL = Drawer length

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


66

Height and tilting angle adjustments

Some concealed runners and ball bearing runners have heightand tilting angle adjusting facilities that allow the front panel to bealigned after installation. Concealed runners also have a sideadjusting facility (depending on the model).

Stainless steel and aluminium drawer runners

- Several drawer runners are also available in stainless steel. These are ideal for use in wet areas and areas in which food or chemicals are being processed.- Aluminium ball bearing runners are ideal for significantly reducing the weight of the drawers.

Sliding and pull-out cabinet runners

- Sliding and pull-out cabinet runners are particularly suitable for narrow (max. 600 mm per runner) and high (max. 2,500 mm) cabinets – depending on the runners that are used.- These runners are bottom running and are additionally guided at the top. This makes them therefore extremely suitable for narrow, angled installation situations, e.g. beneath sloping ceilings or stairs.- Cabinets must be secured to prevent tipping.

Cabinet and drawer rail separation

- With some drawer runners the runner profiles can be separated – either by means of the structural design of the runners or using a release lever. Separating the cabinet rail from the drawer rail makes installation considerably easier and allows the drawers to be removed for all kinds of purposes.- With some runners the drawers are suspended from (with ball bearing runners) or placed onto (with concealed runners) the runners at special receptacles. The concealed runners are equipped with pins for this purpose.- Other concealed runners are equipped with mounting clips that secure the drawer to the runner. The drawer can be removed by releasing the mounting clips.

Disengage by operating therelease lever in the drawer rail.

Area of application Installation Application Runner length

Sid

e m

oun

ted

Bas

e m

oun

ted

PIN

CLI

P

Sin

gle

ext

ensi

on

Ful

l ext

ensi

on

Sel

f cl

ose

So

ft c

lose

Pus

h to

op

en

She

lf

Hei

ght

mm

Load

cap

acit

y K

g

200

mm

250

mm

300

mm

350

mm

Pag

e

Roller Runners

400

mm

600

mm

450

mm

650

mm

500

mm

700

mm

550

mm

Ball Bearing Runners

Undermount Runners

Box

45

45

80

170

20

25

45

30

25

25

30

30

25

25

30

30

30

6.7

6.9

6.13

6.18

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization SystemRoller Runners


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization SystemRoller Runners

66

Single extensionload bearing capacity up to 25 kg

- Material: Steel- Guided by: 4 friction bearing mounted nylon rollers with washer and ridge- Thickness: 1.2 mm- Type of closing: Self closing- Installation: For screw fixing to side panel, at drawer base mounted

423.36.250

423.36.300

423.36.350

423.36.400

423.36.450

423.36.500

423.36.550

423.36.600

423.37.425

423.37.430

423.37.435

423.37.440

423.37.445

423.37.450

423.37.455

423.37.460

423.37.725

423.37.730

423.37.735

423.37.740

423.37.745

423.37.750

423.37.755

423.37.760

Installation length L mm

Extension length AL mm Cat. No.

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

168

213

263

313

363

413

433

483

168

213

263

313

363

413

433

483

168

213

263

313

363

413

433

483

87

97

117

87

97

117

87

97

117


Extension loss AV mm

Finish

Black,RAL 9017

Cream,RAL 9001

White,RAL 9010

Installation

Cabinet front edge

Drilling pattern


- Material: Steel- Guided by: 4 friction bearing mounted nylon rollers with washer and ridge- Thickness: 1.0 mm- Type of closing: Self closing- Installation: For screw fixing to side panel, at drawer base mounted

423.79.725

423.79.730

423.79.735

423.79.740

423.79.745

423.79.750

423.79.755

423.79.760


Cat. No.

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

Packing: 1 pair

87

97

117

Extension length AL mm

168

213

263

313

363

413

433

483

Full extention, with clip

Extensionloss AV mm

Installation

Drilling pattern

Cabinet front edge


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization SystemBall Bearing Runners


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


66

Full extension ball bearing slideload bearing capacity up to 30kg

- Material: Steel- Finish: Galvanized, Black colour (New)- Guided by: 2 ball cages- Version: Can be disengaged by using release lever, with stay closed feature for holding in closed position- Installation: For screw fixing to side panel, at drawer side mounted.- Soft close distance : 45mm.

432.24.801

432.24.802

432.24.803

432.24.804

432.24.805



300

350

400

450

500

300

350

400

450

500

Packing: 1 pair

Finish

Galvanized

Sofl Close function

432.24.401

432.24.402

432.24.403

432.24.404

432.24.405

432.24.406

432.24.407



Cat. No.

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

Packing: 1 pair

Finish

Black300

350

400

450

500

550

600

Drilling pattern

DisengagingInstallation

Full extensionload bearing capacity up to 45 kg

- Material: Steel- Finish: Galvanized, black galvanized or special galvanized plated- Guided by: 2 ball cages- Version: Can be disengaged using release lever, with stay closed feature for holding in closed position- Temperature range: -20 to +80 °C- Installation: For screw fixing to side panel, at drawer side mounted

Availble in special galvanized plating for higher corrosion resistance

Load bearing capacity refer to rail length 450 mm and extension width 450 mm.Note

422.25.258

422.25.301

422.25.356

422.25.409

422.25.454

422.25.507

422.25.552

422.25.605

422.25.650

422.25.703

422.25.267

422.25.310

422.25.365

422.25.418

422.25.463

422.25.516

422.25.561

422.25.614

422.25.669

422.25.712


Cat. No.

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

650

700

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

650

700

Packing: 1 pair

Finish

Galvanized


Black Galvanized

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

650

700

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

650

700

Disengaging

Disengage by operating the releaselever in the drawer rail.

Installation

Drilling pattern

Cabinet front edge


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


66


- Area of application: For shelves and keyboards- Material: Steel- Finish: Galvanized- Guided by: 2 Ball cages- Version: With stay closed feature and locking at both sides- Installation: For screw fixing at table top and beneath the shelf- Mounting bracket: Height adjustment by 7 drillings (54–99 mm) Can be mounted inwards or outwards

420.34.935



350 270


Extensionloss AV mm

88

- Area of application: For shelves and keyboards- Material: Steel- Finish: Galvanized- Version: With stay closed feature for holding in closed position- Installation: For screw fixing at table top and beneath the shelf- Mounting bracket: Fixed

420.34.941



Cat. No.

410 295


Extensionloss AV mm

115

Installation

Installation

Full extensionload bearing capacity up to 45 kg

- For interlock both sides order: 2x Interlock runners 422.45.02X- For Interlock one side order: 1x Interlock Runner 422. 45.02X 1x Companion slide 422.45.03X- Locking kit 237.54.300 must be ordered separately- Interlock slide (anti-tilt) with locking option- Load carrying capacity up to 100 kg (see below for individual runner capacity)- Hold-in feature holds the drawer in- Suitable for drawers up to 1000 mm wide (for drawers 800-1000 mm wide the use of 2x interlock runners is recommended)- Zinc plate steel- Kit consists of: 1x Interlock slide 1x fl 6 x 300 mm rod. Cut to suit required pitch- Order fixing screws separately

For optimum performanceallow between +0.2 mmand +0.5 mm over thenominal runner thickness,for the runner space.

422.45.021

422.45.022

422.45.023

422.45.024

422.45.025

422.45.026

422.45.027

422.45.028

Installation length

Cat. No.

350 mm

400 mm

450 mm

500 mm

550 mm

600 mm

650 mm

700 mm

Packing: 1 kit

Travel length

Load capacity(up to 800 mm wide drawers)

355 mm

430 mm

480 mm

530 mm

580 mm

630 mm

680 mm

730 mm

Load capacity(up to 800 mm wide drawers)

85 kg

90 kg

95 kg

100 kg

95 kg

85 kg

80 kg

70 kg

75 kg

80 kg

85 kg

90 kg

85 kg

75 kg

70 kg

60 kg


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization SystemUndermount Runners


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


66

Full extensionload bearing capacity up to 30 kg, Push To Open

- Material: Steel- Finish: Galvanized- Version: Push to open mechanism for opening by side pressure on to front panel- Installation: At drawer, concealed mounted- Assembly and removal with snap-in coupling- Adjusting facilities: Height + 2.5 mm of snap-in coupling

Push To Open function

421.26.031

421.26.032

421.26.033

421.26.034

421.26.035



290

340

390

440

490

300

350

400

450

500


ExtensionLength AL mm

211

261

311

361

381

Installation

Drilling pattern

Cabinet front edge

Single and Full Extensionload bearing capacity up to 30 kg new clip #8

- Material: Steel- Finish: Galvanized- Version: Soft closing / single extension and full extension- Installation: Under mounted, side panel thickness: 13-16 mm- Assembly and removal with locking device clip #8

-New generation with new clip #8-Replacement “dual moving plate”

Drilling Pattern

L300350400450500550

L1270270270279314340

L2----3232

Single Extention

L300350400450500550

L1277277277296320372

L29696969612896

Full Extention

L3-----96

433.06.462

433.06.463

433.06.464

433.06.465

433.06.466

433.06.467

Length (mm) Cat. No.

300

350

400

450

500

550

Packing: 1 pair

Cabinet depth (mm)

318

368

418

468

518

568

Single Extention, load bearing capacity 25 kg

Full Extention, load bearing capacity 30 kg

300

350

400

450

500

550

318

368

418

468

518

568

433.10.462

433.10.463

433.10.464

433.10.465

433.10.466

433.10.467


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


66

Single Extensionload bearing capacity up to 25 kg

- Material: Steel- Finish: Pre-galvanized- Dim: max drawer width = internal cabinet width - 42mm+ 2x drawer side thickness of T=16mm- Soft closing with oil dampers

With clip

-New generation with competitive price-Pass DIN EN 15338, 50,000 cycles

623

623

≤16

33

21

24

≤16

33

≤16 Internal cabinet width B-42

B

≤16

Drilling pattern

250-270

350

400

450

500

550

Cabinet front

12837

4

0 12832 224 288

Ø7/10

11

11

7

Ø7

19

NL

433.03.600

433.03.602

433.03.603

433.03.604

433.03.605

433.03.606

433.03.607

Length mm Cabinet Length mm Cat. No.

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

268

318

368

418

468

518

568

Packing: 10 pairs

ExtensionLength mm

170

219

247

297

316

346

496

Single extension PIN versionload bearing capacity 25 kg, self and soft closing

- Material: Steel- Finish: Galvanized- Version: Integrated soft closing mechanism- Installation: At drawer, concealed mounting

Integrated soft closing mechanism

433.06.236

433.06.241

433.06.246

433.06.251

Length mm Drawer lengthL mm

Cat. No.

350

400

450

500

340

390

440

490

Packing: 1 pair

Inside cabinet length L1 mm

350

403

453

503

Installation


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization SystemBox


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


66 6

Stock Item

ALTO-S Drawer System

- Load capacity : 30 kg- Material : Steel- Durability : 60,000 cycles- Finish : Galvanized runners, drawer sides available In white matt and dark grey powder coated- Type of pull-out : Full extension, self-closing and soft closing- Heights : Drawer sides available in 80 mm (inside 63 mm) and 170 mm (inside 148 mm)- Adjustability : Up/down: ±2 mm (clip-on), left/right: ±1.5mm (side panel), front/back: ±1.5 mm (side panel)- Installation : For screw fixing to cabinet side panel

1 pr. Concealed runners1 pr. Drawer sides2 pcs. Cover caps2 pcs. Front fixing brackets1 pr. Clip-on fixing

Supplied with :

The ALTO-S drawer system offers an affordable solution coupled with quietness, smoothness and slim side panel design with 13 mm thickness for maximal storage space and minimalistic design.The synchronized integrated self and soft closing opening action of the ALTO-S provides smooth operation even with wide drawers.

Smooth, effortless and slim

The ALTO-S drawer system has been tested and passed the exacting European DIN EN 15338 Level 3 standards. This was achieved with 30 kg weight capacity over 60,000 functional cycles test.

Tried and tested

Components

A: Concealed runner B: Drawer side C: Cover capsD: Front fixing bracketsE: Clip on fixing

Installation

Full Extensionload bearing capacity up to 30 kg

- Material: Steel- Finish: Pre-galvanized- Dim: max drawer width = internal cabinet width - 42mm+ 2x drawer side thickness of T=16mm- Soft closing with oil dampers

With clip

-New generation with competitive price-Pass DIN EN 15338, 50,000 cycles

Drilling pattern

433.03.700

433.03.702

433.03.703

433.03.704

433.03.705

433.03.706

433.03.707

Length mm Cabinet Length mm Cat. No.

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

272

322

372

422

472

522

572

Packing: 10 pairs

ExtensionLength mm

233

291

333

383

433

483

533

6

46 26

23

41

≤16

250-270

300

350

400

450

500

550

Cabinet front

128374

0 12832 224 288

Ø7/10

11

11

7

Ø7

31

≤16 Internal cabinet width B-42

B

≤16

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


66


ALTO-S H80

Drilling Pattern

1 pr. Concealed runners1 pr. Drawer sides2 pcs. Cover caps2 pcs. Front fixing brackets1 pr. Clip-on fixing

Supplied with :

552.49.316

552.49.716

Length mm Finish Cat. No.

500 mm Dark Grey

White matt

Packing: 1set

Installation

Bottom panel

Back panel

Front panel

ALTO-S H170

1 Pair of concealed runners 1 Pair of drawer sides 2 Cover caps 2 Front fixing brackets 1 Pair of clip-on fixing

Supplied with :

552.49.345

552.49.745

Length mm Finish Cat. No.

500 mm Dark Grey

White matt

Packing: 1set

Drilling Pattern

Installation

Bottom panel

Back panel

>6

1.5+

a

Front panel

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization SystemPull out cabinet runners


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


66


Pull out cabinet runners, full extension

- Version: With guidance at top for absolute side stability, extremely quiet, with integrated progressive drive- Bearing: Top runner: Roller/ball bearings, bottom runner: Friction bearing mounted plastic rollers- Material: Runners: Steel, stops: Plastic- Finish/colour: Runners: Powder coated, white- Dim.: Recommended cabinet height max. 1.5 m, cabinet width max. 400 mm (with appropriately stable structure)- Installation: Quick and easy with slide-on system

Note

Top and bottom runners

Load bearing capacity up to 75 kg,with integrated soft and self closing mechanism

> Do not lubricate the tracks of this runner> Secure cabinet with securing brackets to prevent toppling

Installation

Supplied with1 ball bearing runner with rollers1 top runner with end stop for side stability1 bottom runner1 set of installation instructions

Packing: 1 pc

421.51.741

421.51.746

421.51.751

421.51.756

421.51.761

421.51.766

421.51.771

421.51.776

Installation length L mm Extension length AL mm Cat. No.

400

450

500

550

600

650

700

750

385

435

485

535

585

635

685

735

Internal drawer

The ALTO-S drawer system is also can be aplicated as internal drawer with additional components below.

Internal front plastic bracket Left/Right

552.53.390

552.53.790

Height mm Finish Cat. No.

80 mm Dark Grey

White mattPacking: 1set

Inner front cover Left/Right

Aluminium front panel

552.53.395

552.53.795

Height mm Finish Cat. No.

80 mm Dark Grey


552.53.389

552.53.789

L x H mm Finish Cat. No.

1200 X 80 Dark Grey


Components

A : Internal front plastic bracket Left/RightB : Inner front cover Left/RightC : H=80mm, aluminium front panel


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization SystemChipboard screws - Hospa

6

Stock Item


Thread Ø d mm Head Ø dk mm Head height k mm Drive

2.53.03.54.0

5.05.07.08.0

1.61.82.12.4

PZ1PZ1PZ2PZ2

Thread Ø d mm Length L mm

3.5 15

17

20

015.35.637

015.35.646

015.35.655

Nickel PlatedPacking pcs

1000 pcs

Orga-Box

Length L mm

10.5

13.5

16

013.14.810

013.14.820

013.14.830

Cat. No.Packing pcs

100 or 1000 pcs

Orga-Box

Hafele Varianta Special ScrewsCountersunk head - for roller guided Drawer Runners

For screwing into woodFor Ø 3 mm drill holes - Material: Steel

- Finish: Galvanized- Drive: PZ2 cross slot- Thread: Fully threaded, pitch 2.0 mm, thread Ø 4.2 mm, body Ø 2.8 mm

7SLIDINGDOORFITTINGS

7.1 7.2

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Sliding Door FittingsInformation


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Sliding Door FittingsInformation

77

Sliding door system

InformationHäfele has many intelligent sliding door systems for furniture construction and interior design. You can choose between timber-,glass - or aluminium frame doors. Possible applications for following installations: Infront, Mixfront, Vorfront or Flatfront.

Fixing method

Fixing track to carcase

Infront Mixfront Vorfront

Infront (IF) Mixfront (MF) Vorfront (VF)

Double running track

Groove

Hanging under top panel

Fixing track to carcase

Hanging on top panel (AB) Hanging on top panel (BB) Mounting on the edge

Model PageNumber of Leaf Max. Door height mm Door Thickness mm

Slido Flat 60 Fb 2 or 3 leafup to 3 doors

3000 16-43 including handle Page 7.5

HAWA Concepta 25/30/40/50 1 door25: 1250-1850, 30: 1851-2300, 40: 1851-2500, 50: 2301-2850 19-30, rebated >30-50 Page 7.10

HAWA Folding Concepta 25 2 doors 1250-1850 or 1851-2600 19 - 26 Page 7.15

Hafele Finetta Spinfront 30/50 1D Page 7.18

Hafele Finetta Spinfront 60 2D

Eclipse Ex. Pivot

Eclipse 16 IF/VF

Classic 30 IF AA

Classic 40 IF AA

EKU Clipo 16 IF

Classic 50 VF AB

Classic 50 VF BB

Classic 80 VF AA

Silent Fold 40

Page 7.21

Page 7.25

Page 7.26

Page 7.30

Page 7.33

Page 7.36

Page 7.39

Page 7.43

Page 7.45

Page 7.47

Page 7.50

1 door

2 doors

1 door

1 door

up to 2 doors

up to 3 doors

2 doors

1 door

up to 3 doors

up to 3 doors

up to 3 doors

up to 6 doors

1990-2200 and 2200-2700

1200-1400/1990-2200/2200-2700

711

1500

2100

1400

2000

2500

Max. Door width mm

2 doors:890-1800, 3 doors: 1300-1800

300-900

300-700

1200 (2x600), 1400 (2x700)

1300

1000

1200

500

18-30

18-30

16-32 IF, 19-22 VF

Min. 16

Max. 18

16-19

16-50

22 & 28

22 & 28

19-28

19-25

EKU Regal B 25 H VF

Door weight Kg

60 for 2 leaf, 3 door: outer door 45, centre door 100

25, 30, 40, 50

25

30 and 50

60

16

15 or 30

40

16

25

50

50

80

10 per door

Mixfront Vorfront

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Wooden Sliding DoorFlush


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

SLIDO FLAT 60 FB2-LEAF OR 3-LEAF

Slido Flat 60 Fb 2-leaf or 3-leaf

- Load bearing capacity: With 2 doors: 60 kg, with 3 doors: Outer door: 45 kg, centre door: 100 kg- Door height: <3,000 mm- Door width: 2 doors: 890–1,800 mm, 3 doors: 1,300–1,800 mm- Door thickness: Including handle: 16–43 mm- Version: With soft closing mechanism

- One fitting for all door widths- Easy implementation of 2-leaf and 3-leaf cabinets- No door offset, therefore full access to the cabinet interior is provided

For wood weights up to 60 kg

- Please order one set for each door separately.- With 3-leaf cabinets, the centre door can be opened to the left or right – please order one additional set for the required opening direction.- Please note different door weights when ordering set for 3-leaf cabinet.- Please order track set separately.

Order reference

400.50.602

400.50.702

400.50.603

400.50.703

400.50.606

Cat. No.

2000

2400

3000

3850

6000

Packing: 1 set

Track Set

1 running track1 guide track1 set of fixing clips

Supplied with

Length mm

400.50.441

Cat. No.

Bright

Packing: 1 pc

Finish

Cover for running gears- Material: Aluminium- Version: Can be lacquered as required

Application example

400.50.101

400.50.102

400.50.103

400.50.104

Cat. No.

For 2 doors, right

For 2 doors, left

For 3 doors, right

For 3 doors, left

Packing: 1 set

Opening direction left

Opening direction right

Opening direction left

Opening direction right

Version

Set

400.50.460

400.50.462

Cat. No.

Bright

Packing: 1 pc

Finish

Cover for running track- Material: Aluminium- Version: Can be lacquered as required can be shortened

2450

3850

Length mm

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Aluminium Frame Sliding DoorsFlush


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

2-leaf versionF=(W - X + 2G)/2Total width C = W - 2M

3-leaf versionF=(W - 2X + 2G)/3Total width C = W - 2M

- Total width ©- Door width (F)- Door overlap at cabinet side (G)- Side panel thickness (M)- Centre panel thickness (O)- Internal width (= track length) (W)- Gap between doors (X)

Drilling pattern for top Panel

Drilling pattern for base Panel

Set Aluminium Frame Doors

400.50.479

Cat. No.

Set aluminium frame

Packing: 1 set

1 aluminium frame with handle profile, 1 bar profile, mounting material

Supplied with

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Wooden Pivot Sliding DoorsInfront or Vorfront


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Aluminium Frame Sliding DoorsFlush

77

Drilling pattern

For 2 doors, left

For 3 doors, centre door, left

For 3 doors, left

Door height = internal cabinet height + cabinet top panel thickness + cabinet base panel thickness + 60 mm + 35 mm

2-leaf version

3-leaf version

A Cabinet widthB Door widthF Gap between doorsG Door overlap on cabinet side panelJ Centre panel thicknessK Side panel thicknessIA Internal cabinet width (equals track length here)

HAWA CONCEPTA25/30/40/50

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

Application

Gap width F

29.5

28.5

27.5

26.5

G

2

3

4

5

Dim. mm

F

Rebate dimension

If the doors of adjoining cabinets coincide when one door is openeddue to the design, then the door handle height must be taken intoconsideration accordingly. We recommend mounting inset handlesor flush pull handles on site.

The rebate allows the use ofwooden doors with thicknessof >30–50 mm.

Note

Max. door handle height with adjoining cabinets

B

Dim. mm

A DC E

55

58

63

67

70

75

79

83

19-30

33

36

39

42

45

48

50

0

3

6

9

12

15

18

21

0

0

2

3

3

5

6

7

0

3

5

8

11

14

17

19


Door thickness mm Door handle height F mm

<19

<22

<25

<50

13.5

10

5

2

Connector connecting profileConnecting profile for quick and easy installation of pivot slidingdoors that overlay the base panel and cabinet top panel (Vorfront):- Join cabinet side panels/cabinets laterally- Slide connecting profile into the running and guide tracks from the front and secure with screws from above- Height deviations of the external side or cabinets are compensated by the Connector by up to ±1.5 mm

For deeper furniture cabinets: Install fitting at dim. T measured from the inner side of closed door

T = TB – M + 73 mmE = T – 73 mmTB = door widthTH = door heightM = door handle widthE = max. push-in depth measuredfrom the inner side of closed doorT = max. permitted distance formounting the fitting measured fromthe inner side of closed door to rear edge of fitting.

Calculation for wooden doors

THFor door weight kg

1250–1,850

1851–2,300

1851–2,500

2301–2,850

25

30

40

50

Dim. mm

TH

<650

<900

<900

<900

E

<577

<827

<827

<827

Connector width 55 mm:Recess for 1 pivot sliding door,door thickness 19–30 mm

Connector width 110 mm:Recess for 2 pivot sliding doors,door thickness 19–28 mm

Kitchen constructions with and without fixed plinthThe same connecting profile can be used at top and at bottom forconstructions with adjusting feet. A short connecting profile (26 mm)is available for version with fixed plinth.

Construction with adjustingfeetProfile at top and bottom:Connector width 110 mm,length 650 or 900 mm

Construction with fixed plinthProfile at top:Connector width 110 mm,length 650 or 900 mm,profile at bottom:Connector width 110 mm,length 26 mm

Hawa Concepta 25/30/40/50

- Door height: 1,250–1,850 mm (25 kg), 1,851–2,300 mm (30 kg), 1,851–2,500 mm (40 kg), 2,301–2,850 mm (50 kg)- Door width: 300–900 mm- Door thickness: Wood: 19–30 mm, rebated >30–50 mm- Door weight: 25 kg, 30 kg, 40 kg or 50 kg- Side panel thickness: In wall recesses >30 mm- Running gear: 40/50 kg: 2 rollers- Running gear guided by: 40/50 kg: Ball bearing mounted, plastic coated rollers- Mounting: For left and right hand use- Soft-Closing

- The door is pulled into the pocket automatically- The unique scissor technology allows large and heavy doors to be implemented- Suitable for room partitioning solutions as there is no need for a base panel and top panel in wall recesses- Sets are suitable for left and right hand use- Wall recesses are concealed without the need for a cabinet- All adjustments are carried out from the front- Soft closing action takes place in direction of the parking position, i.e. the door is dampened when moved into the cabinet

Door overlay on base panel and cabinet top panel (Vorfront)

Application

EH = installation heightConcepta 25/30 withConnector width 55 mm

TH = door heightConcepta 40/50 withConnector width 55 mm

Door closed (Infront and Vorfront)

Door in wall recess

Concepta 25/30EH = installation height

Concepta 40/50TH = door height

Door closed

Inset door (Infront)

EH = installation heightConcepta 25/30

TH = door heightConcepta 40/50

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

Set

Door height mm

408.30.045

408.30.046

Cat. No.

For 1 door 1250 - 1850

1851 - 2300

Door weight kg

25

30

Supplied with

1 upright with 2 runners1 scissor assembly complete with two scissor assembly guides3 concealed hinges1 spacer profile2 guide tracks1 door stopper with clip-in door stopper3 alternative profiles and 3 alternative brushes1 pair of cover caps1 end position cushioning1 self closing mechanism for door1 soft and self closing mechanism Mounting accessories

1851 - 2500 40 1 upright with guide1 scissor assembly complete with 2 scissor assembly guides4 concealed hinges1 spacer profile1 guide track1 running track1 door stopper with clip-in door stopper1 running gear3 alternative profiles and 3 alternative brushes1 pair of cover caps1 end position cushioning1 self closing mechanism for door1 soft and self closing mechanism Mounting accessories

408.30.047

2301 - 2850 50 1 upright with guide1 scissor assembly complete with 2 scissor assembly guides5 concealed hinges1 spacer profile1 guide track1 running track1 door stopper with clip-in door stopper1 running gear3 alternative profiles and 3 alternative brushes1 pair of cover caps1 end position cushioning1 self closing mechanism for door1 soft and self closing mechanism Mounting accessories

408.30.048

Packing: 1 set

Order referencePlease order Connector cabinet/side panel connecting profile for overlay doors and door handle separately.

408.30.243

408.30.092

408.30.093

408.30.094

408.30.095

Cat. No.

Connector connecting profile,

available in packs with 2 pieces


for 1 pivot sliding door


for 2 pivot sliding doors, for

construction with adjusting feet


for 2 pivot sliding doors,

for construction with fixed plinth

Accessories

Width mm

55

110

110

Material

Aluminium

Aluminium

Aluminium

Finish

Silver coloured

anodized

Silver coloured

anodized

Silver coloured

anodized

Length mm

650

900

650

900

26

Packing

1 set

1 pc

1 pc

1 pc

Order referencePocket for 1 pivot sliding doorPlease order one set for connecting cabinets with a length of 650 mm and 2 sets for 900 mm.

Pocket for 2 pivot sliding doorsPlease order 2 x Cat. No. 408.30.093 or 408.30.094 for connecting cabinets with adjusting feet at the top and bottom.Please order 1 x Cat. No. 408.30.093 or 408.30.094 for connecting cabinets with fixed plinth at the top and 1 x Cat. No. 408.30.095 at the bottom.

Concepta 25 – door weight in kg

Doorheightmm

300 - 450

Door width mm

500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900

1850

1800

1750

1700

1650

1600

1550

1500

1450

1400

1350

1300

1250

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

24

23

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

24

23

22

21

25

25

25

25

25

25

24

24

23

22

21

20

19

25

25

25

25

24

23

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

25

25

24

23

23

22

21

20

19

19

18

17

16

24

23

23

22

21

20

20

19

18

17

17

16

15

23

22

21

20

20

19

18

18

17

16

16

15

14

21

21

20

19

19

18

17

17

16

15

15

14

13

20

19

19

18

19

17

116

16

15

14

14

13

13



Door heightmm 300 - 600

Door width mm

650 700 750 800 850 900

2300

2250

2200

2150

2100

2050

2000

1950

1900

1850

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

29

29

28

30

30

30

30

30

29

29

27

27

26

30

30

29

29

28

27

26

26

25

24

29

28

27

27

26

25

25

24

23

23

27

27

26

25

25

24

23

23

22

21

26

25

24

24

23

23

22

21

21

20


Doorheightmm

300 - 550

Door width mm

600 650 700 750 800 850 900

2500

2450

2400

2350

2300

2250

2200

2150

2100

2050

2000

1950

1900

1850

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

39

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

39

38

37

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

39

38

37

36

35

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

39

38

37

36

35

34

33

40

40

40

40

40

39

38

37

36

35

34

33

32

31

40

40

40

39

38

37

36

35

34

33

32

31

30

31

40

39

38

37

36

35

34

33

32

31

30

29

28

27


Door heightmm 300 - 850

Door width mm

900

2400 - 2850

2350

2300

50

50

50

50

49

48


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

HAWA FOLDINGCONCEPTA 25

Hawa Folding Concepta 25

- Door height: 1,250–1,850 mm or 1,851–2,600 mm- Door width: 300–700 mm- Door thickness: 19–26 mm- Door weight: <25 kg- Running gear: 50 kg: 2 rollers- Running gear guided by: Ball bearing mounted, plastic coated rollers- Mounting: For left and right hand use- Soft-closing

Door from worktop to cabinet top panel (Vorfront)

Application

We recommend using the strengthening profile for double systemsup to max. 2,800 mm without centre panel.

EH = installation height TH = door height

Door from base panel to cabinet top panel (Vorfront)

EH = installation height TH = door height

Door from base panel to cabinet top panel (Vorfront)

Plinth removableEH = installation height TH = door height

Note

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77


T = TB – Q1 + 73 mmE = T – 73 mmQ1 = S + 75 mmTB = door widthTH = door heightE = max. door panel retraction distance measuredfrom the inner side of closed doorT = max. permitted distance for mounting the fittingmeasured from the inner side of closed door to rearedge of fittingS = door thickness

Set

Door height mm

408.31.004

408.31.005

For 1 pair of doors

1250 - 1850

Mounting

Left

Right

Supplied with

1 upright, length 1800 mm1 complete scissor assembly, length 900 mm, with 2 scissor assembly guides1 concealed hinge, with closing spring3 concealed centre hinges2 running gears (1 each with 1 roller and 2 rollers)1 guide track2 running tracks with adapter1 guide brush with profile, length 1850 mm1 fascia for door gap, length 1870 mm2 connecting profiles for Connector (1 each left and right)4 connectors (2 each inner side/outer side)1 accessory set and mounting accessories

1851 - 2600 1 upright, length 2500 mm1 complete scissor assembly, length 1500 mm, with 2 scissor assembly guides1 concealed hinge, with closing spring3 concealed centre hinges2 running gears (1 each with 1 roller and 2 rollers)1 guide track2 running tracks with adapter1 guide brush with profile, length 2620 mm1 fascia for door gap, length 2620 mm2 connecting profiles for Connector (1 each left and right)4 connectors (2 each inner side/outer side)1 accessory set and mounting accessories

408.31.006

408.31.007

Packing: 1 set

408.31.000

408.31.001

Colourlessanodized

408.31.002

408.31.003

Blackanodized

Left

Right

Order referenceStrengthening profile cut to required length available on request. Please order connecting plate for customised strengthening profile separately.

408.30.961

408.30.432

408.30.430

408.30.431

408.30.229

408.30.970

408.30.400

Cat. No.

Bottom profile,for flush position of doors from base panel to cabinet top panel with cover caps, contact slope and drilling jig

Material

Aluminium

Aluminium

Aluminium

Aluminium

Finish

Colourlessanodized

Black anodized

Length mm

1300

2000

1300

2000

-

2600

-

Door centring mechanism, magnetic,for flush position of doors with ceiling connection or fromworktop, with drilling jig

Colourlessanodized

Strengthening profile for running track,for double systems up to max. 2800 mm without centre panel, with connecting plate, max. sagging of furniturecabinet top panel: <2 mm (with closed cabinet front)

Colourlessanodized

Connecting plate for running track Colourlessanodized

Packing: 1 pc

HÄFELE FINETTA SPINFRONT 30/50 1D

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

Häfele Finetta Spinfront 30/50 1D

- Door height: 1,990-2,200/2,200-2,700 mm- Door thickness: 18-30 mm- Door weight: 30 kg (3 hinges)/50 kg (5 hinges)- Running gear: 3 rollers- Running gear guided by: Ball bearing mounted roller: Plastic- Mounting: For left and right hand use- Cabinet depth: 560/665 mm + door thickness

- Secured end position when the door is being closed- Extremely easy installation- Soft closing action takes place in direction of the parking position, i.e. the door is dampened when moved into the cabinet

Installation dim.Internal installation depth 560 mm

Installation dim.Internal installation depth 665 mm

Section top view closed

Section top view open

CalculationCabinet width = LbDoor width = Lp = Lb + 50Door overlay = Hm = Lp - 560 (665) + 126

Drilling pattern

Application

Door height 1,990-2,200 mm Door height 2,200–2,700 mm

Cabinet depth 560 [665] mmA = door thicknessH = 1,990–2,200 (2,200–2,700) mm

Vorfront withcover for side panel

Infrontinner do

Infrontdoor in pocket

Max. doorheight mm

For 1 door

Packing: 1 set

408.45.020

408.45.022

408.45.022

408.45.023

Cat. No.Door height mm

1990 - 2200

2200 - 2700

Internal installation depthmm

560

665

560

665

Set


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

Häfele Finetta Spinfront 60 2D

- Door height: 1,200–1,400/1,990–2,200/2,200–2,700 mm- Door width: <2 x 600/2 x 700 mm- Door thickness: 18–30 mm- Door weight: 60 kg- Running gear: 3 rollers- Running gear guided by: Ball bearing mounted roller: Plastic- Mounting: For left and right hand use- For internal cabinet depth: 805/905 mm

- Secured end position when the door is being closed- Extremely easy installation


Door width per leaf = B = 600/700 mmInternal cabinet width = C = 1,205/1,405 mmInternal cabinet depth = D = 805/905 mm

Drilling pattern

Application

Hinges and connectors 1,200–1,400 and 1,990–2,200(2,200–2,700) mm door height

HÄFELE FINETTASPINFRONT60 2D

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

A = door thicknessH = 1,200-1,400, 1,990–2,200 or 2,200–2,700 mm

Max. doorheight mm

For 1 door

Packing: 1 set

408.45.008

408.45.010

408.45.012

408.45.013

Cat. No.Door height mm

1200-1400

1990-2200

2200-2700

2200-2700

For internal cabinet depthmm

805

905

Set

AccessoriesApplication

Magnet, 20 mm,thickness 3 mm

Sleeve,drill hole 12 mm,drilling depth 16 mm Pin and sleeve,drill hole 8 mm,drilling depth 14 mm

Magnet for fixing the door leaves,

20 x 3 mm

Pin and sleeve with adjustment

facility

Packing: 1 set

408.45.102

408.45.121

Cat. No.

Connecting profile

Fixing plate

Cover

Connecting profile

Suitable for

For insertion of

1 door

For insertion of

1 door

For insertion of

2 doors, door

thickness max.

25 mm

For insertion of

2 doors

Packing: 1 pc

408.43.901

408.43.903

408.44.000

408.45.108

408.45.109

Cat. No.Supplied with

1 track 1160 mm

1 track 3500 mm

8 fixing plates

2 covers

2 spacers

Fixing material

2 tracks 675 mm

8 fixing plates

2 covers, 2 spacers

Fixing material

1 track 1830 mm

8 fixing plates

2 covers

Fixing material

Finish

Silver coloured

anodized

Silver coloured

anodized

Silver coloured

anodized

Silver coloured

anodized

Silver coloured

anodized

Material

Aluminium

Aluminium

Aluminium

Aluminium

Aluminium

Connecting profile

for connection and cover

at top and bottom

Fixing plate

for connecting profile

Connecting profile set


at top and bottom

Connecting profile set


at top and bottom

Finetta Spinfront 30/50 1D

Finetta Spinfront 60 2D


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Wooden Pivot Sliding DoorsInfront

77

Eclipse Ex Pivot sliding door fitting

- Material: Steel- Finish: Galvanized- Version: 2-side ball bearing slide with hinge and mounting plate, suitable for cabinet of TV or sound system or bar, for light weight sliding door- Maximun height: 711 mm

1 Pocket door slide set2 Inset hinges2 Mounting plates4 Screws for hinge4 Screws for mounting plate

Supplied with

408.31.331

408.31.336

408.31.341

408.31.346

408.31.351

408.31.356

408.31.361

Length mm Cat. No.

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

Packing: 1 set

Eclipse Ex

408.31.330

408.31.335

408.31.340

408.31.345

408.31.350

408.31.355

408.31.360

Length mm Cat. No.

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

Packing: 1 set

SLIDO ECLIPSE 16 IF/VF

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

Cable tension adjustment

Runner installationSlido Eclipse 16 IF/VF, for door weights up to 16 kg

- Door height: Max. 1,500 mm- Door thickness: 16–32 mm with Infront, 19–22 mm with Vorfront- Retraction distance: Max. 230–550 mm- Material: Steel runner and cord, plastic runner roller- Finish/colour: Runner black galvanized, cord plastic coated black, runner roller white- Installation: For screw fixing into 32 mm series drilled holes

Suitable for e.g. TV and HiFi cabinets and home bars

408.25.335

408.25.340

408.25.345

408.25.350

408.25.355

408.25.360

408.25.365

Runner length mm Cat. No.

340

408

440

504

436

600

664

Packing: 1 set

Max. retraction distance mm

230

294

326

390

422

486

550

1 pair

2 pcs

1 pc

Set components For 1 door

Runner

Cord with adjusting screw

Installation instructions

Order referencePlease order door fixing set separately

Runner installation

Mount runners directly to base or top panel

Application

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Wooden Sliding DoorsInfront


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

Door fixing set

- Installation: For screw fixing- Mounting door to cabinet without tools (clip system)

408.24.020

Cat. No.

For 1 door

Packing: 1 set

For inset mounting (Infront), door thicknesses 16-19 mm

Supplied with2 Concealed hinges, opening angle 95¡, crank 8 mm4 Fixing screws for concealed hinges, 5 x 15 mm2 Cruciform mounting plates4 Fixing screws for cruciform mounting plates, M4 x 5 mm2 Door stoppers2 Fixing screws for door stoppers, 3.5 x 25 mm10 Fixing screws for runners, 4.0 x 12 mm

Drilling pattern for cup fixing


408.24.002

Cat. No.

For 1 door

Packing: 1 set

For inset mounting (Infront), door thicknesses 19-32 mm

Supplied with2 Concealed hinges, opening angle 95Á, crank 16 mm4 Fixing screws for concealed hinges, 3.5 x 15 mm2 Cruciform mounting plates4 Fixing screws for cruciform mounting plates, M4 x 5 mm2 Door stoppers2 Fixing screws for door stoppers, 3.5 x 25 mm10 Fixing screws for runners, 4.0 x 12 mm



408.24.011

Cat. No.

For 1 door

Packing: 1 set

For half overlay mounting (infront), door thicknesses 19-22 mm

Supplied with2 Concealed hinges, opening angle 95Á, crank 8 mm4 Fixing screws for concealed hinges, ø 3.5 x 15 mm2 Cruciform mounting plates4 Fixing screws for cruciform mounting plates, M4 x 5 mm2 Door stoppers2 Fixing screws for door stoppers, ø 3.5 x 25 mm10 Fixing screws for guide, ø 4.0 x 12 mm


Stock Item

CLASSIC30 IFAA

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Wooden Sliding DoorsInfront

77

Classic 30 IF AA, for door weights up to 15/30 kg

- Area of application: For 2-leaf silding doors- Material: Plastic- Colour: Brown, bolt black, rollers white- Door thickness: Min. 16 mm- Door weight: Max. 15 or 30 kg- Version: Bottom roller with height adjustment- Installation: Press fitting and screw fixing

Note

Please order Smuso Soft close mechanism (405.11.219, 405.11.218) separately.

Installation dimensions Drilling pattern

Bottom roller Bottom roller with height adjustment

404.22.107

404.22.152

404.22.108

404.22.153

Description Cat. No.

Guide with spring loaded bolt and Bottom roller

Guide with spring loaded bolt and Bottom roller with

height adjustment

Guide with lockable bolt and Bottom roller

Guide with lockable bolt and Bottom roller with

height adjustment

Packing: 1 set

Guide with spring loaded bolt

404.21.154


Guide with spring loaded boltPacking: 1 or 500 pcs.

Guide with lockable bolt

Bottom roller

Bottom roller with height adjustment

Running and guide track

404.21.109


Guide with lockable boltPacking: 1 or 500 pcs.

404.22.106


Bottom rollerPacking: 1 or 500 pcs.

404.22.151

Height adjustment mm Cat. No.

±1Packing: 1 or 500 pcs.

404.14.133

404.14.713

404.14.313

404.16.903

Length mm Cat. No.

3,000

Packing: 1 pc

Material Weight kg Colour

Plastic

Aluminium

15

30

Brown

White

Black

AnodizedPlastic Aluminium


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

Classic 40 IF AA, for door weights up to 40 kg

- Area of application: For 2- or 3-leaf sliding doors- Door thickness: Min. 18 mm- Door weight: Max. 40 kg- Door height: Max. 2,100 mm- Door width: Max. 1,300 mm- Running gear with ball bearing, white nylon- Installation: Guide and running gear for screw fixing

NotePlease order Smuso Soft close mechanism (405.11.217, 405.11.216) separately.

Installation dimensions Assembly

CLASSIC40 IFAA

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

404.24.101


Complete fitting set for 2 doors without running track

Packing: 1 set

404.24.100

Set consisting of: Cat. No.

Running part with ball bearing

Packing: 1 set

Material Finish For 2-leaf

Nylon Galvanized 4 pcs.

404.24.320


End stop

Packing: 1 set


Plastic Grey 2 pcs.

404.24.330


Guiding part with long hole Ø6, 3x48 mm

Packing: 1 set


Steel Galvanized 4 pcs.

404.16.913

Running track Cat. No.

Running and guide track 3,000 mm.

Packing: 1 pc

Material Finish Length

Aluminium Anodized 3,000

Order referencePlease order running track and additional components separately.

404.24.310

Additional components Cat. No.

Distance piece

Packing: 1 pc

Material Finish

Steel Galvanized

404.24.300

Additional components Cat. No.

Center stopper for 3 doors

Packing: 1 pc

Material Finish

Plastic Grey

EKUCLIPO16 IF

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

EKU Clipo 16 IF

- Door height: <1,400 mm- Door width: <1,000 mm- Door thickness: 16–19 mm- Door stopper: Top clip-in door stopper, for sliding into running track- Material: Housing, running gear and guide: Plastic- Running gear: Top running, 4 rollers- Running gear guided by: Friction bearing mounted roller: Plastic, axle: Steel- Adjustment facility: Height +2/-1 mm on running gear using adjusting wheel- Installation: Housing for screw fixing, running gear without tools (quick fixing system), guide for press fitting into drill hole

Drilling pattern Installation dimensions

Door overlap

Door thickness 16 mm Door thickness 19 mm

The single top running track can be installed by> screw fixing or glue fixing into groove or> clamping into groove with swivel lugs

SetSupplied with Cat. No.

Packing: 1 set

Version

405.82.2164 running gears1 door follower2 door stoppers with clip-in door stopper2 floor guides

With clip-in door stopperFor 2 doors

405.82.2184 running gears1 door follower2 door stoppers with clip-in door stopper2 floor guides2 soft and self closing mechanisms with follower

With soft and self closing mechanismon one side,16 kg

Order referencePlease order running and guide tracks separately.Soft closing mechanism on one side is possible from pitch length of min. 260 mm, both sides from 460 mm. Please order soft closingmechanism set for soft closing on both sides separately.

Tracks and accessoriesPacking Cat. No.Length

mmFinish/colour

MaterialCabinet toppanel thickness mm

Single running track,for glue fixing

Min. 19 Aluminium Bright 2.53.56.0

1 pc. 405.87.042405.87.043405.87.046

Single running track,for screw fixing


1 pc. 405.87.082405.87.083405.87.086

Single running track,with swivel lugs(not suitable for hardwood/MDF)


1 pc. 405.87.092405.87.093405.87.096

Double running track,for screw fixing


1 pc. 405.90.032405.90.033405.90.036

Double running track,for screw fixing

Min. 19 Aluminium Anodized 2.53.56.0

1 pc. 405.90.942405.90.943405.90.946

Track end piece,with swivel lugs(not suitable for hardwood/MDF)

- Plastic Grey - 2 pcs. 405.83.180

Track end piece,for screw fixing

- Plastic Grey - 2 pcs. 405.83.181

Single bottom guide track,with harpoon rib,for press fitting and glue fixinginto 7 mm groove

- Plastic Anthracite 2.53.56.0

1 pc. 405.98.517405.98.527405.98.561

Soft closing mechanism forretrofitting or for soft closing on both sides,with installation instructions

- Plastic - 1 pair - 405.10.075

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Wooden Pivot Sliding DoorsVorfront


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

EKUREGALB 25 H VF

EKU Regal B 25 H VF

- Door height: <2,000 mm- Door width: <1,200 mm- Door thickness: 16–50 mm- Door stopper: Top and bottom clip-in door stopper or soft and self closing mechanism, for sliding into running track- Material: Running gear and guide: Steel- Running gear: Top or bottom running, 1 roller- Running gear guided by: Friction bearing mounted roller: Plastic- Adjustment facility: Height ±2 mm on running gear using eccentric screw- Installation: Connecting spacer plate, running gear and guide for screw fixing

Drilling patternInstallation dimensions

Running gear, bottom running Running gear, top running

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Wooden Sliding DoorsVorfront


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

SetSupplied with Cat. No.

Packing: 1 set

Version

405.55.2142 Running gears4 Door stoppers (2 with clip-in door stopper, 2 stoppers) 2 Guides22 Fixing clips4 Safety clips4 Cover caps1 Mounting jig

With clip-in door stopperFor 1 door

405.55.224

405.55.225

2 Running gears with soft and self closing mechanism6 Door stoppers (2 with clip-in door stopper/ 2 for soft and self closing mechanism/2 stoppers)2 Guides22 Fixing clips4 Safety clips4 Cover caps1 Mounting jig

With soft and self closing mechanism for door weightup to 15 kg, both sides

With soft and self closing mechanism for door weightup to 25 kg, both sides

Order referencePlease order running and guide tracks separately.

NoteSoft closing mechanism on one side is possible from pitch length of min. 300 mm, both sides from 540 mm.

Tracks and individual componentsPacking Cat. No.Length

mmFinish/colour

Material

Single running track,for clip fixing,22 x 20 mm (W x H)

Aluminium Silvercolouredanodized

2.53.56.0

1 pc. 405.69.912405.69.913405.69.916

Single guide track,for clip fixing,22 x 20 mm (W x H)


2.53.56.0

1 pc. 405.61.912405.61.913405.61.916

Vertical profile,for clip fixing to the side,19 x 20 mm (W x H)


2.53.56.0

1 pc. 400.88.902400.88.903400.88.906

Spacer,for 2 doors on one level

Plastic Grey -1 pair 405.67.113

Safety clip Zinc alloy Grey -1 or 4 pcs.

405.67.095

Order referenceThe single running and guide tracks are also available in fixed lengths with appropriate purchase quantities.

Stock Item

CLASSIC50 VFAB/BB

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77


Classic 50 VF AB for door weights up to 50 kg

- Door Thickness : 22 - 28 mm- Door weight: 50 kg- Material: Steel running gear and guide, aluminium double top- Running track and guide track- Running gear: Plastic roller with ball bearing- Installation: Running gear, tracks and guide for screw fixing- With anti-derailment device (detachable)

For smooth sliding door, easy and quick to install with clip for guide.

Please order Smuso Soft close mechanism (405.11.161, 405.11.160)separately.

Application

Drilling dimensions for running gear and track stopper for rear and front door

Note


400.51.120

400.51.121

400.51.122

400.51.123

Set Cat. No.



Packing: 1 set

Max. door thickness

22 mm

28 mm

22 mm

28 mm

Drilling dimensions for guide andguide stopper for front door

Drilling dimensions for guide andguide stopper for rear door


Running part with ball bearing and Hafele stamp,for distance 48 mm, for door thickness up to 22mm

Material Finish For 2-leaf For 3-leaf

Steel Galvanized 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 400.56.115

Running part with ball bearing and Hafele stamp, fordistance 55 mm, for door thickness up to 28mm


Running part for inner door Steel Galvanized 1 pc. 2 pcs. 400.56.129

Running part with pins with Hafele stamp Steel Galvanized 1 pc. 2 pcs. 400.56.128

End stop with installation material Plastic Grey 1 pc. 1 pc. 400.58.002

Guiding part for inner door Aluminium Anthracite 2 pcs. 4 pcs. 400.57.121

Guiding part adjustable with Hafele stamp Steel Galvanized 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 400.57.122

Clip for guide Plastic Grey 4 pcs. 6 pcs. 400.58.060

End stop Plastic Grey 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 400.58.011

Support block Plastic Grey 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 400.96.060

Central stop Plastic Grey D 1 pc. 400.96.053

Order referencePlease order guide and running track separately.

Tracks and individual components Cat. No.Material Finish Length mm

Running track Aluminium

Aluminium

Anodized

Anodized

2,500

3,500

Packing: 1 set

400.52.026

400.52.036

400.52.952Guide track

400.52.953

2,500

3,500

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77


Classic 50 VF BB for door weights up to 50 kg

- Door Thickness : 22 - 28 mm- Door weight: 50 kg- Material: Steel running gear and guide, aluminium double top running- track and double guide track- Running gear: Plastic roller with ball bearing- Installation: Running gear, tracks and guide for screw fixing- With anti-derailment device (detachable)

For smooth sliding door, easy and quick to install with clip for guide.

400.51.126

400.51.127

400.51.130

400.51.131

Set Cat. No.



Packing: 1 set

Max. door thickness

22 mm

28 mm

22 mm

28 mm

Application

Braker, front door Braker, rear door

Running front door with 2 stop pins Running rear door with 2 stop pins

Please order Smuso Soft close mechanism (405.11.211, 405.11.210)separately.

Note


Tracks and individual components Cat. No.Material Finish Length mm

Running track Aluminium

Aluminium

Anodized

Anodized

2,500

3,500

Packing: 1 set

400.52.052

400.52.053

400.52.952Guide track

400.52.953

2,500

3,500


Running part with ball bearing and Hafele stamp,for distance 48 mm, for door thickness up to 22 mm

Material Finish For 2-leaf For 3-leaf


Running part with ball bearing and Hafele stamp, fordistance 55 mm, for door thickness up to 28 mm


Running parts for inner door with slide bearingfor upper profile

Steel Galvanized 1 pc. 2 pcs. 400.56.130

Running parts for inner door with slide bearingfor upper profile with pins

Steel Galvanized 1 pc. 2 pcs. 400.56.131

Brake and safety catch package Galvanized 1 set 1 set 400.59.020

Screw package Steel andplastic

1 set 1 set 400.58.001

Guiding part for inner door Steel 2 pcs. 4 pcs. 400.57.121

Guiding part adjustable with Hafele stamp Grey 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 400.57.122

Clip for guider Plastic Grey 4 pcs. 6 pcs. 400.58.060

End stop Plastic Grey 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 400.58.011

Central stop Plastic Grey D 1 pc. 400.96.053

Order referencePlease order guide and running track separately.

Steel

Steel

Grey

Grey

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

CLASSIC80 VFAA

Classic 80 VF AA, for door weights up to 80 kg

Easy height adjustment using adjusting screw

Drilling pattern top running gear


Bottom guide

Height adjustment

- Door thickness: 19-28 mm- Height adjustment: +1.5 mm- Material: Running gears and guides: steel- Running gear: Top running, 1 roller, with ball bearing mounted, plastic coated roller- Door stop: Top and bottom stopper, with top retainer- Installation: Running gear and guide for screw fixing

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Wooden Folding Sliding DoorsMixfront or Vorfront


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

Order referencePlease order running and guide tracks separately.For cabinets with more than 3 doors, please order the following sets:- For cabinets with 4 doors: 2sets for 2 doors- For cabinets with 5 doors: 2 sets for 2 doors and 1 set for 3 doors

406.80.002

406.80.003

Set Cat. No.

For 2 Doors

For 3 Doors

Packing: 1 set

Tracks and individual components Cat. No.Material Finish Length

Double top running track,

for screw fixing

Double bottom guide track,

for screw fixing

Aluminium

Aluminium

Silver coloured

anodized

Bright

2,500 mm

3,500 mm

2,500 mm

3,500 mm

Packing: 1 pc.

Min. cabinet top thickness

19 mm

D

406.82.902

406.82.903

407.47.002

407.47.004

Stock Item

SILENTFOLD40

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

- Area of application: For folding sliding doors that are free sliding or mounted to the cabinet on one side with concealed hinges- Door height: max. 2,500 mm- Door width: max. 500 mm- Door thickness: 19 – 25 mm- Vertical door gap width: 1 – 4 mm- Height adjustment: ±2 mm at running gear using screw- Running gear: 3 rollers, with plastic coated, ball bearing mounted rollers

Easy height adjustment using adjusting screw


Silent Fold 40, for door weights up to 10 kg (40 kg per 2 pairs of doors) Set Components

Packing: 1 pc

Descriptions Cat. No.Material Finish

Top running gear, end door

Top running gear, Centre door

Bottom guide, end door

Bottom guide, centre door

Panel to panel hinge

Hinge connection, centre

Steel

Steel

Steel

Steel

Zinc alloy

Steel

Nickel plated

Nickel plated

Nickel plated

Nickel plated

Nickel plated

Nickel plated

409.61.750

409.61.930

409.62.700

409.62.900

409.63.710

409.62.940

Supplied with

Mounted to one side of cabinet Free sliding

2-leaf

1 pc

-

1 pc-

3 pcs-

3-leaf

-

1 pc

-

1 pc3 pcs1 pc

4-leaf

1 pc

1 pc

1 pc1 pc

6 pcs1 pc

5-leaf

-

2 pcs

-2 pcs

6 pcs2 pcs

6-leaf

1 pc

2 pcs

1 pc2 pcs

9 pcs2 pcs

1 pair ofdoors2 pcs

-

2 pcs-

3 pcs-

2 pairs ofdoors2 pcs

1 pc

2 pcs1 pc

6 pcs1 pc

3 pairs ofdoors2 pcs

2 pcs

2 pcs2 pcs

9 pcs2 pcs

Top running gear,end doorTop running gear,centre doorBottom guide, end doorBottom guide,centre doorPanel to panel hingeHinge connection, centre

Order referenceOrder required door configuration individually according to "Supplied with" table. Please order running and guide tracks separately

Tracks and individual components Cat. No.Material Finish Length

Single top running track, for screw

fixing 31 x 31 mm (W x H)

Bottom guide track,

for screw fixing

Aluminium

Aluminium

Bright

Bright

2,000 mm

3,000 mm

2,000 mm

3,000 mm

Packing: 1 pc.

940.42.920

940.42.930

409.60.902

409.60.903

Stock Item

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Accessories for Sliding DoorSoft Closing Mechanism


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

Follow bracket for Classic 30 IF AA

- Area of application: For front and rear sliding doors on cabinets

405.11.219

405.11.218

Area of application Cat. No.

For rear door

For front door

Packing: 1 pc.

Installation

Follower bracket, pre-mounted1 Soft closing mechanism2 Follower bracket3 Sliding door4 Sliding door fitting5 Cabinet side

Follower bracket installation

NoteThe left door must be always the front door.

Follow bracket for Classic 40 IF AA

- Area of application: For front and rear sliding doors on cabinets

405.11.217

405.11.216


For Left door

For Right door

Packing: 1 pc.

Installation



NoteThe left door must be always the front door.

Bracket for right door

Bracket for left door


Smuso SD 15/SD 25 Soft closing mechanism

- Area of application: For light-weight and medium-weight sliding doors, 0-15 kg or 16D25 kg- Material: Plastic- Colour: Light grey- Installation: For recess mounting or screw fixing to cabinet base

405.12.015

405.12.025

Smuso Soft closing mechanism Cat. No.

SD 15

SD 25


2D15

16D25

Door weight

Cover for Smuso SD 15/SD 25 soft closing mechanism

- Installation: For clipping onto soft closing mechanism- Suitable for: Left and right

405.12.250

405.12.290

Material Cat. No.

Plastic


Grey

Silver coloured

Colour

Smuso CD Soft closing mechanism

Spacer

- Area of application: For sliding door weights from 15 up to 80 kg- Material: Plastic- Colour: Light grey- Installation: For screw fixing beneath or to the cabinet top- Mounting: For DIN left hand and DIN right hand use

405.11.107

For door weights up to kg Cat. No.

50


- Installation: For screw fixing beneath cabinet top- Mounting: For DIN left hand and DIN right hand use

405.11.401

Material Cat. No.

Plastic


Grey

Finish

Order referenceFollower brackets for other sliding door fittings available on request.

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


77

Follower bracket for Classic 50 VF AB, for door distance 29 mm

Follower bracket, pre-mounted1 Soft closing mechanism2 Follower bracket3 Sliding door4 Sliding door fitting5 Cabinet side6 Soft closing mechanism must be installed directly against the cabinet side panel7 First drill hole for follower bracket from door edge = 31 mm (rear door) or 47 mm (front door) + door overlap

Installation

A spacer must be installed on site between top panel and softclosing mechanism. The left door must always be the front door.

Note

405.11.161

405.11.160


For rear door

For front door

Packing: 1 pc.


Bracket for rear doorBracket for front door

Follower bracket for Classic 50 VF BB, for door distance 29 mm

Installation



Bracket for rear door Bracket for front door

405.11.211

405.11.210


For rear door

For front door

Packing: 1 pc.


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Accessories for Sliding DoorStraightening fitting


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Accessories for Sliding DoorStraightening fitting

77

Planofit Door fitting

Installation

- Area of application: Prevents doors warping in either direction or straightens doors which have become warped- Door height: max. 2,400 mm or 2,650 mm- Min. door thickness: 16 mm- Material: Steel threaded rod, zinc alloy tensioner, plastic trim strip, cover caps and retaining plate- Finish/colour: Threaded rod and tensioner bright- Installation: Can also be retrofitted for doors which have become warped, 2 straightening fittings recommended per door

- For vertical and/or horizontal use- Door thickness from 16 mm and above

Drilling pattern

NoteNot suitable for hardwood!Please note when using this product in combination with lacqueredpanels, a pattern of the routed recesses may emerge on the front

Planofit Straightening fitting (1 set)1 Threaded rod1 Trim strip2 Tensioners1 Hexagon nut1 Square nut2 Cover caps4 Plastic retaining plates2 Lock washersInstallation instructions

Supplied with

Max. doorheight mm

2,400

2,650

2,400

2,650

Packing: 2 sets

407.90.200

407.90.201

407.90.700

407.90.701

Cat. No.Threaded rodlength mm

1,920

2,195

1,920

2,195

Trim striplength mm

1,863

2,138

1,863

2,138

Colour

Black

White

Cover cap

407.90.241

407.90.741

Material Cat. No.

Plastic


Colour

Black

White

Area of application: For covering the tensioners

Retaining plate

407.90.250

407.90.750

Material Cat. No.

Plastic


Colour

Black

White

- Area of application: For fixing the threaded rod with cover profile- Installation: For screw fixing


8TABLE AND FURNITUREBASE FITTINGS

8.1 8.2

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Table and furniture base fittingswheel.me


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Table and furniture base fittingsInformation

88

- Area of application: For furniture in living and office areas that can become mobile when required- Version: The furniture foot is turned into a furniture castor by lifting the furniture- Material: Plastic- Colour: Housing: Black, castor: White- Lift: 7 mm- Installation: For press fitting into wooden or metal feet

wheel.me Basic Furniture foot and castor

661.43.301

661.43.302

Cat. No.

25

50

Diametermm

23

46

For drill hole Ømm

12.5

30

Load bearingcapacity kg

Packing: 1 pc.

Stock Item

> Wheel.me quickly and conveniently creates space in living and ofice areas whenever it is needed> For furniture with a secure standing and the appearance of furniture feet that can become mobile when required> The furniture foot is turned into a furniture castor by simply lifting the furniture

wheel.me

Functionality

General rule when using 4 castors:> 1/3 of the furniture weight = load bearing capacity per castorThe load is therefore distributed on balls, meaning that the load bearing capacity of the loor covering must be taken into consideration onsite.The structurally deined 7 mm castor protrusion means that use on carpets with a deep pile is not possible.

Notes

Furniture foot,fixed

Raising/lowering Castor, mobile Raising/lowering Furniture foot,fixed

Height of furniturefoot

Height of castor Drilling dimensionfor wooden foot orinternal diameter ofmetal feet

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Table and furniture base fittingsFurniture Castors


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Plinth Adjusting FittingsFurniture Castors

Double furniture castors with plate, curve shape

- Material/Colour: Plastic castor black- Load bearing capacity: 25 kg/30 kg- Wheel Ø: 40/50 mm

660.94.330

660.93.330

660.94.320

660.93.320

Cat. No.

With brake

Without brake

With brake

Without brake


Version

55

70

Height H mm

40

50

Wheel Ø RD mm

Swivel castor, special use, Ø 75 mm wheel, plate fixing

- With screw on 60 x 60 mm mounting plate- Galvanized steel housing with black polyamide wheel with grey solid rubber tyre

663.06.920

663.16.920

Cat. No.

Ø 25 mm

Packing: 1 pc

Wheel Ø

20 kg

Load capacity

Without brake

With brake

Brake

Fixed castor for underbed boxes

- Low installation height and easy to move on carpeted floors- With side fixing mounting plate- Without brake or swivel- Load carrying capacity approx 40 kg per castor- Steel housing, plastic wheel- Order fixing screws separately

660.98.904

Cat. No.

Galvanized/White

Packing: 1 pc

Housing/Wheel finish

Fixed castor, special use, Ø 30 mm wheel, plate fixing

- Fixed castor; without swivel- If mounted wheel uppermost, can be used as conveyor system- Chromatized galvanized steel housing, plastic wheel- Without brake

661.23.313

Cat. No.

Ø 30 mm

Packing: 1 pc

Wheel Ø

25 kg

Load capacity

Fixed castor, special use, Ø 25 mm wheel, plate fixing

- Fixed castor; without swivel- If mounted wheel uppermost, can be used as conveyor system- Chromatized galvanized steel housing, plastic wheel- Without brake

661.23.304

Cat. No.

Ø 25 mm

Packing: 1 pc

Wheel Ø

20 kg

Load capacity


88

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Table and furniture base fittingsFurniture Castors


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Plinth Adjusting FittingsFurniture Castors


Swivel castor, Ø 125 mm wheel, plate fixing- With screw on 100 x 85 mm mounting plate- Two enclosed ball races are fitted in the ring mount- Maintenance free roller bearings in the hollow steel hubs secured with hub nuts- Galvanized steel bracket and wheel, solid rubber profiled tyre- With brake

670.03.543

Cat. No.

Ø 125 mm

Packing: 1 pc

Wheel Ø

100 kg

Load capacity

With brake

Brake

Swivel castor, Ø 125 mm wheel, plate fixing

- With screw on 100 x 85 mm mounting plate- Two enclosed ball races are fitted in the ring mount- Maintenance free roller bearings in the hollow steel hubs secured with hub nuts- Galvanized steel bracket and wheel, solid rubber profiled tyre- Without brake

670.01.543

Cat. No.

Ø 125 mm

Packing: 1 pc

Wheel Ø

100 kg

Load capacity

Without brake

Brake

Twin wheel swivel castor, hooded, Ø 75 mm wheels, with Ø 11 mm pin hole

- For use with Ø 11 mm pin- Silver coloured RAL 9006 plastic housing, mid grey non-marking rubber wheel and black plastic brake- Order qty: 1 pc

660.91.245

660.90.245

Cat. No.

Ø 75 mm

Packing: 1 pc

Wheel Ø

100 kg

Load capacity

Without brake

With Brake

Brake

Pin and mounting plate, Ø 11 mm- For mounting castors with Ø 11 mm pin hole- Galvanized steel- Order qty: 1 pc

660.92.910

Cat. No.

Ø 11 mmPacking: 1 pc

Pin Ø

For press fitting

- Material: Plastic- Colour: Housing: Black, hard roller: White, soft roller: Grey- Load bearing capacity: 50 kg/castor- Version: For small, free standing furniture items

661.04.309

661.04.350

661.04.340

661.04.360

Cat. No.

Without brake

With brake

Drill. distance B mm

55

70

Wheel Ø mm

40

50

Mountingheight mm

Hard

Soft

Running surface

- Hard running surface: For soft floors, e.g. carpets- Soft running surface: For hard floors, e.g. parquet flooring

Without brake

With brake

Packing: 1, 20 or 100 pcs.

55

70

40

50

Guidable

Rigid


661.05.320

661.05.330

Cat. No.

Hard

Soft

Running surface

Special applications

Ball castor

- Material: Steel housing and ball- Finish: Housing yellow chromatized, ball chrome plated- Version: Guidable- Recess depth. mm: 12.0- Screw hole mm: 3- Mounting height mm: 20- Load bearing capacity kg: 17

661.02.250

Cat. No.


25

Wheel Ø mm

45

Mounting plate Ø mm

33.0

Recess part Ø mm

88

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Table and furniture base fittingsPlinth Adjusting fitting system


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Plinth Adjusting FittingsPlinth Adjusting fitting system

Adjustable plinth tool

- Material: Plastic- Colour: Black- Adjusting range: -5 to +10 mm- Installation: With M10 fixing screw or 3 chipboard screws with countersunk head Ø3.5 mm- Load bearing capacity : approximately 100 kg

637.45.308

637.45.326

637.45.344

637.45.371

Cat. No.

80

100

120

150


For plinth height mm

Accessories for adjustable plinth foot

- Material: Plastic- Colour: Black

637.45.906

637.45.915

Cat. No.

Screw fixing

Groove mounting


Installation

Screw Fixing Groove mounting

M10 x 33 mm fixing screw

- Material: Steel- Finish: Galvanized

637.45.997

Cat. No.

33 mm


Length mm

Cover cap

- Material: plastic- Colour: white

637.45.791

Cat. No.

24 mm


Diameter mm

Clip for aluminium

Installation: Slide-in to front panel

637.15.009

Cat. No.

Plastic black (polypropylene)

Packing: 1 pc

Material

Furniture leg for wooden panel

- Material: plastic black (polypropylene)- Load capacity: Max. 150 kg/4 pcs-Adjustable height: 30 mm

637.15.012

637.15.014

Cat. No.

100-130

140-170

Packing: Leg 4 pcs, clip 2 pcs

Adjustable mm


88

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Table and furniture base fittingsPlinth Adjusting fitting system


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Häfele AXILO™ Plinth adjusting fitting system

Installation with Häfele AXILO™

- Serves as arm “extension”- Can be used for any angle- Very robust- Convenient operation by hand or with electric tool

Product features With conventional plinth adjusting fitting systems

- Ergonomic installation without awkward postures for protection of the back- Flexible, time-saving installation- Height adjustment and simultaneous observation of the spirit level- Adjustment by hand or with adjusting tool possible- Adjusting tool can be used in combination with cordless screwdriver- Easy corner cabinet adjustment- Large area of application from plinth height 53 to 220 mm- Exact adjustment provided by the fi ne thread

Product advantages

Please see installation video for more information at www.hafele.com

Häfele AXILO™ 78 Plinth adjusting fitting systemMounting plate

Rectangular for screw fixing Rectangular for press fitting Triangular for knocking in Triangular for screw fixing

Order referencePlease order tube with screw-in glide separately. - Material: Plastic

- Colour: Black

637.76.333

637.76.334

637.38.340

637.38.341

Cat. No.

Rectangular

Triangular

Version

For screw fixing

For press fitting

For knocking in

For screw fixing

Installation


Tube with screw-in glide- Material: Plastic- Colour: Black- Installation: For plug fitting into mounting plate- Height adjustment: Adjustable at the side and from above –10 to +20 mm using AXILO™ 78 adjusting tool- Height adjustment facility:- 80 kg cabinet weight- Load bearing capacity: 150 kg/foot

637.76.351

637.76.352

637.76.353

637.76.354

637.76.355

637.76.356

637.76.357

Cat. No.

60

80

100

125

150

180

200

Installation height H mm

53-80

70-100

90-120

115-145

140-170

170-200

190-220

Adjustment facility mm


Order referencePlease order mounting plate separately

Stock Item

88

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Plinth holder

- Area of application: For fixing the plinth panel- Material: Plastic- Installation: For plug fitting into mounting plates

637.47.491

637.47.490

Cat. No.

16 mm panel

19 mm panel

Suitable for


Plinth height = H - 5 to 10 mm

Spacer ring

NoteThe use of several spacer rings is possible if secure stability is provided.

- Area of application: For increasing the height of the screwin glides- Material: Plastic- Colour: Black- Installation: For plug fitting into the screw-in glide from below

637.76.422

Cat. No.

100

Height H mm

10

Height mm


Plinth panel clips

- Material: Plastic

637.38.054

637.38.063

Cat. No.

For screw fixing

For press fitting

Installation


For screw fixing For press fitting

For use from installation height H = 80 mm.Note

Screw-in glide with mounting plate

- Area of application: For low plinth height- Material: Plastic- Colour: Black- Installation: For press fitting- Height adjustment: With AXILO™ 78 adjusting tool,–10 mm- Height adjustment facility: <80 kg- Load bearing capacity: 150 kg/foot

637.76.460

Cat. No.

Plinth height 35–48 mm

Suitable for


Supplied withScrew-in glide with mounting plate Ø 35 mm

Adjusting tool

- Area of application: For ergonomic and timesaving height adjustment of AXILO™ 78 plinth adjusting fitting system in the entire plinth area, also for corner cabinets, for example- Material: Plastic, mechanism: Steel- Adjustment facility: Adjustment angle height 0–10°- Version: Chuck 1/4" (bit supplied)

Adjusting tool

Height adjustment by rotating by hand or with electric tool to safe time.

637.76.360

637.76.361

Cat. No.

Häfele AXILO™ 78 adjusting tool

Extension

Packing: 1 pc.

Grey/red

Grey/red

Colour

Adjusting tool handle end and extension with 1/4"chuck

Extension


88

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Table and furniture base fittingsAdjusting Screws


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Plinth Adjusting FittingsGlide

Rotating, length 60 - 120 mm

- Material: Steel- Finish: Galvanized- Load bearing capacity: Approx. 300 kg (static)- Drive: Hexagon socket Sw4 or slot recess

637.02.009

637.02.018

637.02.027

637.02.036

637.02.045

637.02.054

637.03.009

637.03.018

637.03.027

-

637.03.045

637.03.054

Cat. No.

60

70

80

90

100

120


length L mm

1 or 200

1 or 200

1 or 100

1 or 100

1 or 200

1 or 150

Packing pieces

Drive slot recess

Description

60

70

80

90

100

120

1 or 200

1 or 200

1 or 100

1 or 100

1 or 200

1 or 150

Drive slot recess

T-nut

031.00.301

Cat. No.

T-nut


length L mm

Protective cap

- Material: Plastic- Finish: Transparent

637.02.090

Cat. No.

For push-fitting onto foot plate


Installation

Syntetic-felt

- Material: plastic- Thickness: Approx. 3 mm- Installation: Self-adhesive

650.06.102

Cat. No.

M10


Diameter mm

2 sheets of 50 pcs.

Packing

100

Packing piece

Round

Self-adhesive

650.06.149

Cat. No.

M10

Packing: 10 pcs.

Dim. (L x W) mm

Brown

Colour

Rectangular

Height 10 mm

- Area of application: For plain floors, e.g. for stone floors, floors made pf PVC- Material: Felt glide cotted with plastic base element- Colour: Base element natural coloured, glide grey

650.20.206

Cat. No.

20


Diameter mm

Plastic furniture glide

Height 5 mm - Colour: White- Installation: Knocking in

650.02.137

650.02.165

650.02.226

650.02.250

Cat. No.

13

15

22

25


Diameter mm

Glide - Knocking in


88

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Table and furniture base fittingsTable legs


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Table and furniture base fittingsAdjusting Screws

Thread M8 and M10

- Material: Steel plate and screw, plastic glide- Finish/colour: Plate nickel plated, screw galvanized, glide black- Version: With plastic glide- Drive: At bottom with SW12 square socket key

651.02.909

Cat. No.

M10


Thread

Rigid, with steel foot plate

19

Thread length mm

Sw12 square nut

Rigid, with T-nut

- Area of application: For drill hole Ø 10 mm- Material: Steel screw, plastic protective cap- Finish/colour: Screw galvanized, protective cap black- Load bearing capacity: Approx. 300 kg (static)- Drive: PZ2 cross slot at top, SW8 square socket key at bottom

637.05.001

637.05.010

Cat. No.

51.7

76.7

Packing: 100 pcs

Dim. A mm

45

70

Dim. B mm

Cylindrical folding table leg, Ø 50 mm

- +15 mm height adjustment- With zinc alloy folding mechanism- Steel with black plastic foot

635.64.906

Cat. No.

Silver coloured RAL 9006

Packing: 1 pc

Finish

705 mm height

Cylindrical

- Material: Glide: Plastic,- screw-on plate: Zinc alloy- Installation: For screw fixing with screw-on plate- Colour: Glide: Black, screw-on plate: Dark grey

635.24.274

Cat. No.

710 mm

Packing: 1 or 4 pcs

Installation Height

60 mm

Diameter


Finish/colour

Height adjustment

Supplied withTable legFixing material

Order referenceInstallation height = height of table leg including screw on plate


88

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Table and furniture base fittingsPull out table fittings, for table with frame


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Table and furniture base fittingsTable legs

Colour and shape combinations of table legs and screw-on platespossible Different positions of table leg on screw-on plate possible

Table legs - Square

- Material: Glide: Plastic,- screw-on plate: Zinc alloy- Installation: For screw fixing with screw on plate- Colour: Glide: Black, screw-on plate: Dark grey

635.67.204

Cat. No.

100 x 100

Cross section mm


Finish/colour

Supplied with1 Table leg1 Fixing material for mounting plate

Square,matt white aluminium, RAL 9006

Accessories

- Area of application: For screw fixing table legs using different mounting variants- Material: Steel- Installation height: 5 mm- Cross section: 162 x 162 mm, one corner rounded, radius 54 mm

635.67.290

Cat. No.


Packing: 1 pc

Finish

Mounting plate

Supplied withInstallation instructions

Ball bearing runners

For 1 extension leaf

Synchronous, asynchronous or synchronous withcontinuous, lateral locking mechanism

Installation


For 2 people more at the table

Technical data

Installation length


Opening for extension leaf

Width of extension leaf

Total extension length

Mounting bracket length

Recommended table length

mm

kg

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

850

60

640

1 x 600

1,250

290

900-1,200

Installation length of pull out table fitting = approx. length of frame/base or approx. 2/3 of table diameter or table length withoutextension leaves

Note on choice of pull out table fitting

Cat. No.

850

1200

Packing: 1 set

Installation length mm

Load bearing capacity kg

The set does not include 8 table top connecting fittings and4 locking hooks or 4 swivel lugs. Please order separately.

Order reference

90

640

1 x 600

1,410

320

1,200

60

890

2 x 400

1,830

338

1,250-1,800

90

640

2 x 400

1,780

370

60

90

60

90

Version

642.59.902

642.56.802

642.59.922

642.57.008

642.59.903

642.57.009

Synchronous

Asynchronous

Synchronous With lateral

locking mechanism

Asynchronous

Synchronous

Asynchronous

Load bearing capacity 60 kg Load bearing capacity 90 kg


88

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Ball bearing runners

For 2 extention leaves

Synchronous with continuous, lateral locking mechanism

Installation

- Material: Steel- Finish: Galvanized- Installation: For screw fixing- Area of application: Also suitable for glass tables

For 2-4 people more at the table

Technical data

Loading bearing capacity

Opening for extention leaves

Width of extention leaves

Total extention length

Mounting bracket length

Recommended table length

kg

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

90

840

1-2 x 400

1,750

370

1,250 - 1,800

Installation length of pull out table fitting = approx. length of frame/base or approx. 2/3 of table diameter or table length withoutextention leaves

Note on choice of pull out table fitting

642.57.112

Cat. No.

1200

Packing: 1 set

Installation length mm Load bearing capacity kg

90

The set does not include 12 table top connecting fittings and2 locking hooks or 2 swivels lugs. Please order separately.

Order reference

- Area of application: For folding and lowering an extension leaf up to max. 500 mm- Functionality: Semi-automatic lowering, smooth operation

NoteThese items are only suitable for extending table runners for tableswith frame

Folding centre leaf table fitting, for central extension leaf

With central extension leaf, for open table frame With central extension leaf, for closed table frame

A Leaf handleTable top connecting fittingB

K LFolding leaf hinge

J Supporting bracket

J Pivot bearing

C Locking hook 50 mm

B Table top connecting fitting

A Leaf handle

K LFolding leaf hinge


88

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Table and furniture base fittingsTable Fittings


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Table and furniture base fittingsPull out table fittings, For table with frame

Detail of folding fitting

642.51.300

Cat. No.

Leaf handle

Description

Nickel plated

Finish/colour

Steel

Material

A

No.

642.51.241

642.51.226

642.51.230

642.48.921

642.48.530

380.52.925

380.51.904

642.48.505

642.48.514

341.30.509

341.30.546

341.30.561

341.32.708

341.32.806

Table top conecting fitting

Lock hook 50 mm

Lock hook 53 mm

Table top swivel bolt

Table top swivel bolt

Spring clip

Spring clip with catch

Pivot bearing

Supporting bracket

Folding leaf hinge

Folding leaf hinge

Yellow chromatized

Yellow chromatized

Galvanized

Brass plated

Galvanized

Yellow chromatized

Yellow chromatized

Yellow chromatized

Yellow chromatized

Steel

Zinc alloy

Zinc alloy

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

Steel

Steel

Steel

Steel

Steel

Steel

Steel

Steel

Nickel plated

Galvanized

Folding table hinge

- Flush mounted- For 18, 21 and 25 mm wood thickness- Brass-plated steel- Order fixing screws separately

341.30.509

341.30.546

Cat. No.

18 mm

25 mm

Packing: 1 pc

For wood thickness

25 mm

21 mm

Dim. A

47 mm

43 mm

Dim. B

Folding table hinge

- Flush mounted- For wood thickness as required- Brass- Order fixing screws separately

341.32.708

341.32.502

Cat. No.

Polished nickel-plated

Polished brass

Packing: 1 pc

Finish


88

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Table and furniture base fittingsTable Top Swivel Fitting


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Table and furniture base fittingsTable Fittings

Folding Bracket for tables and benches

Folding bracket

- For 38 x 38 mm legs- Locks in position, open and closed

642.90.919

Cat. No.

Galvanized steel

Packing: 1 pair

Finish

Table top swivel fitting

An ideal solution for small rooms where space is at a premium. This fitting set allows one piece of furniture to have two functions; sideboard and table, without losing any access to the storage space inside the cabinet.

- Ideal solution for small rooms such as work rooms, surgical waiting rooms, meeting rooms, children’s rooms or dining rooms- One piece of furniture with two functions: Sideboard and table- The entire storage space inside the cabinet can be used- Width: Max. 1.300 mm- Depth T: Max. 500 mm- For panel thickness min. 25 mm- Set consists of: 1x Lever arm, long (fig. 1) 1x Lever arm, short (fig. 2) 1x Stop plate (fig. 3) 1x Magnet (fig. 4) 4x Sliding bushings (fig. 5) 1x Roller (fig. 6) 4x Felt glides for glue fixing beneath swivel table (fig. 7) 1x Set of installation instructions

Roller glides or ball castors (fig. 8) must be ordered separately (661.05.320, 661.05.330)

646.31.000

Cat. No.

Table top swivel fitting set

Packing: 1 set


88

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Table and furniture base fittingsTurntables


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Table and furniture base fittingsTurntables

Revolving fitting - loading capacity 180 kg

- Material: Steel- Finish: Bright- Turntable: Ball bearing mounted

646.15.014

Cat. No.

170 x 170 x 27


Dim. (L x W x H) mm

Revolving fitting - loading capacity 150 kg

- Material: Steel- Finish: Galvanized- Turntable: Ball bearing mounted

646.18.908

Cat. No.

155 x 155 x 11.5

Packing: 1 pc

Dim. (L x W x H) mm

Turntable 360°

- Ball cage assembly ball bearing mounted, with non-slip rubbber layers- For setting up or screw fixing- Rubber layer can be removed and screw holes used instead, for fixing to the surface- Black plastic

646.19.318

Cat. No.

Ø 230 mm

Packing: 1 pc

Overall Ø

150 kg

Load capacity

- Ball cage assembly roller bearing mounted- Black plastic

646.19.381

Cat. No.

Ø 292 mm

Packing: 1 pc

Overall Ø

100 kg

Load capacity

Rotates through 360°Load bearing capacity 50 kg, with rollers with load bearing capacity 25 kg each

- Material: Turntable: Steel, rollers: Plastic- Finish: Turntable: Galvanized- Colour: Rollers: Black- Version: Ring mount: Ball bearing mounted

646.12.103

Cat. No.

57 x 57 x 10.5

Dim. (L x W x H) mm

-

Diameter mm

10.5

Heightmm

1 or 30

Packing Pieces

Turntable

646.11.016- 26 13 1 or 100

Roller

A = ring mountB = hole pitch = roller


88

9DIALOCK DFT FURNITURELOCKING SYSTEM

9.1 9.2

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

FURNITURE FITTING 2019 9.4

Dialock DFT furniture locking systemInformation

FURNITURE FITTING 20199.3

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


A wide range of locking systems is available for locking furniture.The purpose of use is decisive for making the right choice.You will ind locking systems for almost any application onthe following pages.

Locking furniture

Häf

ele

Dia

lock

ele

ctro

nic

acce

ss c

ont

rol s

yste

m

Locking convenience with Häfele Dialock

Dialock is a touchless operating identification and lockingsystem. It completely replaces the combination of mechanicalkeys and locks. Furniture with electronic access controlsolutions can be combined with interior and external doorsto create comprehensive master key systems. Dialock fromHäfele is easy to install and convenient to use.

Choose the lock type in accordance with your individual requirements:Security, economic efficiency, design or complexity.

This is why clients choose the Häfele Dialock identiication and access control system

The advantages of Dialock

The Häfele Dialock identiication and access control system has some decisive advantages compared to conventional mechanicallocking systems:- As a system, Dialock is more lexible.- Dialock has more potential applications and new organisation solutions.- Dialock provides a wider choice of design variants.- Dialock provides more beneits and comfort.

- Dialock means lower maintenance costs.- Dialock is the guarantee of optimum functionality in buildings and institutions.- Dialock means that your investment is protected.

The advantages of transponder technology

Dialock is a touchless, wear and tear free identiication and access control system based on passive transponder technology:- Passive transponders operate without a power supply of their own.- Passive transponders are cheap, reliable and do not require maintenance.

- The transponders are contactless and therefore wear-free.- Dialock transponders are unique.

The identiication data can be transmitted between the transponder key and furniture terminal or the door terminal or wall terminalwith a secure process. A furniture terminal transmits electromagnetic pulses at regular intervals. A transponder that is approachingthe furniture terminal or the antenna, absorbs the electromagnetic energy and transmits a radio pulse containing the access data tothe furniture terminal. The validity of the data is checked in the furniture terminal and access is granted. The same principle appliesto the data exchange between a door or wall terminal or a programming station and a transponder key. The reader units are mainsoperated or battery-operated.

A wide range of organizational tasks such as access control, time and attendance and billing for services can be performed usingthe Dialock system. Dialock introduces functionality to retail businesses, industrial buildings, administration buildings, banks, ofices,laboratories, warehouses, institutions, ofice furniture, etc.:- Dialock is suitable for any kind of furniture.- Dialock is suitable for any kind of door or gate.- All functions can be operated with a Dialock key, from property and building protection to furniture access.

- Access authorisations or rights for employees, guests and suppliers can be managed centrally.- Made-to-measure macro programs can be implemented/set up to provide individual enhancements to the system.

The advantages of transponder technology

99

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


3 steps to the product

The following three steps guide you through the most important phases for your product decision. In this way you can conigure and varyyour product yourself.

Step 1

At the beginning of the product decision it must be clariied, whether mains or battery operation is required. The advantages and areas of application of the relevant operation mode can found in the diagram below. Once you have deined the operation mode, please select the model in step 1:Here you can deine the different speciications (e. g. wooden or glass door), areas of application, design requirements. This automatically takes you to the model that is suitable for your requirements. Go to step 2 via the relevant page. This can be found in the coloured bar next to the text “Continue to step 2 on page”.

Step 2

Here reference is made to the individual products that need to be ordered to produce the required furniture locking system.This list replaces all standard applications. If additional questions arise, the Häfele employee who is responsible for you will provide assistance.

Step 3

In the third step you can choose the form in which you wish to program the furniture locking system.The following systems are available:- Stand-alone with keycard system for approx. 20 furniture locks- Software for larger projects for managing on a PC- A detailed overview and all of the relevant information that will make your choice easier can be found on page 6.48.

Mains-operated

Area of application:

- Hinged doors made from wood or glass- Changing lockers and safe deposit box locks- Flaps- Sliding doors made from wood or glass- Tambour doors- Drawers- HV system drawer- Alulex 80 aluminium frame sliding doors- Woodlex 80 wooden sliding doors

Mains-operated

Area of application:

- Changing lockers and safe deposit box locks

Advantages of mains operation:

- No service interval for battery replacement- Optional extensions and online connection

Advantages of battery operation:

- No cabling to socket required for operation- Low-cost variant- Easy installation

The Dialock electronic access control system is characterised by having a multitude of extension options – such as connectionsto online, external and time and attendance systems.The Häfele employee who is responsible for you and our specialists from the project area would be pleased to advise you andwill help you to work out a suitable special solution.

Many solutions - One electric access control system: Dialock

Dialock, the electronic access control and identification system from Häfele, makes it possible to set up segment-specific solutions for a wide variety of usage areas – for you too:

Security and convenience from theunderground car park to your deskdrawer, from the main entrance tothe patient's room, from the hoteldoor to the ski lift: Flexible and ef -ficient access control systems arerequired wherever large numbersof people congregate, work andspend time.

- In hotels & resorts- In hospitals & retirement homes- In offices & industrial buildings- In stores & retail businesses

Please contact our productspecialist at [email protected]

99

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Installation examples

Hinged door, overlay Hinged door, Inset Drawer, furniture lock Drawer, furniture lock Infront sliding door

Ordering product components

Required number offurniture locksEFL 3/EFL 3C

Connection cable, length 3 m

V2

Multi-lock adapter

MLA 6 MLA 8

Antenna, cable length 3 m FAN 100

237.56.304/305FF 9.9

237.56.343 910.51.088 910.51.084 237.58.141 237.58.111

Keyed alike hinged doors, flaps, sliding doors, drawers and tambour doors

Keyed alike hinged doors, flaps, sliding doors, drawers and tambour doors

Combination of keyed alike and keyed different hinged doors, flaps, sliding doors, drawers and tambour doors

Continue to step 3 FF 9.21

Programming and user keys

Furniture terminalFT 120

Power supply unit

PS 2

237.58.129FF 9.10 FF 9.16 FF 9.18 FF 9.14 FF 9.13 FF 9.14

1

2 - 6

7 - 11

12 - 16

17 - 24

25 - 32

33 - 40

41 - 48

49 - 56

57 - 64

65 - 72

73 - 80

81 - 88

89 - 96

97 - 104

105 - 112

113 - 120

121 - 128

1

2 - 6

7 - 11

12 - 16

17 - 24

25 - 32

33 - 40

41 - 48

49 - 56

57 - 64

65 - 72

73 - 80

81 - 88

89 - 96

97 - 104

105 - 112

113 - 120

121 - 128

-

1

2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

-

-

-

-

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

2-8 2-8 - 11 1 1

2–6 (keyed alike) and

2–8 (keyed to differ)

7–12 (keyed alike) and

2–8 (keyed to differ)

2-6

2-8

7-12

2-8

1

-

2

-

1

1

-

1

-

1

1

1

1

1

Häfele Dialock EFL 3 and EFL 3C furniture locks, mains-operated Step 2Häfele Dialock Furniture locks, mains-operated Step 1

Dialock Electronic Access Control SystemSelect product model

- Furniture locks with mains or battery operation- Type of door/area of application- Security requirements- Function/features

Continue to step 2 on page

Hinged door (wood)

Hinged door (glass)

Changing lockers (wooden door up to 19 mm thick)

Safe deposit boxes (wooden door up to 19 mm thick)

Flap (wooden door)

Sliding doors (wooden door)

Sliding doors (glass door)

Tambour doors (wooden profiles)

Drawer (wooden drawer sides)

HV System drawer

PO box system, locker system, distribution system

wallpaper door in stores

Standard requirements (see label below)

Increased security requirements (see table below)

Drawer with push-to-open function/soft closing mechanism/

self closing mechanism

External product connection via relay

Alarm system with feedback contact.

A macro is required in order to use the feedback contact.

Macros for individual configuration

Type of door/area of application

Security requirements

Function/features

Mains-operated

EFL 3

FF 9.9

EFL 3C

Area of application

What are the security requirements for the furniture lock?

Standard requirementsFor use in areas that are not accessible to the public and where acoustic or optical alarm as feedback is not required.

99

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Dialock DFT furniture locking systemAccessories


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


EFL 3 and EFL 3C furniture locks

- Area of application: Mains-operated electric lock for indoor use: For hinged doors, flaps, sliding doors, drawers and tambour doors in furniture, office and store equipment- Version: Electromotive locking, magnetic interactions cannot take place, locking component without magnet, strike crossways, with mini plug and RJ10 plug, tolerance compensation in 3 directions, flat design 12 mm (installation next to drawer possible with a distance of >12 mm to cabinet side panel),- Functionality: The EFL 3 furniture lock remains unlocked for 3 seconds when presenting an authorized key in combination with the FT 120, FT 130 furniture terminals (standard latchbolt function). The EFL 3 locks automatically after 3 seconds. The optional deadbolt function (permanent locked/unlocked) can be set via the FT 120 furniture terminal. The door status (locked/unlocked) can be determined with feedback contact and additional macro. The connected FT 120 furniture terminal will generate an alarm accordingly.- Material: Lock case and locking bolt: Zinc alloy- Finish: Lock case and locking bolt: Nickel plated

- Optional, integrated contact for door status signal (EFL 3C)- Electromotive locking, magnetic interactions cannot take place- Flat design

Voltage supply

Continuous current consumption

Current consumption unlocking/locking

Tensile load

Door width

Operating temperature

12 V DC

<10 mA

100 mA/40 ms

1000 N

<200 mm,

trial mounting required

0–50 °C

Technical data

1 EFL 3 or EFL 3C furniture lock1 Locking component

Supplied with

237.56.304

237.56.305

917.42.137

917.42.131

Cat. No.

EFL 3 furniture lock with feedback contact

EFL 3C furniture lock with additional feedback contact

"Magnetic contact (Reed contact) in lock“

Key card, for door open alarm for EFL 3 and EFL 3C

Macro key card for alarm off; for EFL 3C and EFL 1C

Description

Please order V2 connecting cable, marking gauge for EFL 3/EFL 3C andmacro key card for EFL 3C separately. A macro is required for "permanentunlocked" function with key remaining on FAN 100 antanna. This macro isavailable on request.

Order reference

Several EFL 3 furniture locks can be switched parallel(keyed alike) in combination with the MLA 6 multi lockadapter. One V2 connecting cable is required in additionfor each furniture lock.

Keyed alike furniture locks:

Several EFL 3 furniture locks can be switched parallel(keyed alike) or individually (keyed different) in combinationwith the MLA 8 multi-lock adapter. One V2 connecting cableis required in addition to each furniture lock.The following is also possible in combination with the MLA 8:- Parallel operation of keyed alike and keyed different- Combination with other EFL furniture locks with AMP plug (e.g. EFL 41)

Keyed alike/keyed different furniture locks:

Use marking gauge for installation.Note max. cable lengths, for more information seeMLA 6 and MLA 8 multi-lock adapters.Connection to old DFT furniture terminals requires specialconnecting cables. Planning by Dialock specialist may berequired.A furniture handle (hole centres 32 mm) can be screwed tothe backside of the fixing plate.Particularly suitable for furniture constructions withsoft closing and self closing mechanisms. Not suitable fordrawers and hinged doors with Push function.

Note

No additional panels/material (e.g. slotted sheet metalplate) may be installed between EFL 3 / EFL 3 C andlocking component.

V2 Connection cable

- Area of application For connecting an EFL 3 and EFL 3C furniture lock with the MLA 6P/MLA 8 multi-lock adapter or the FT 120 or FT 130 furniture terminal- Version With mini plug and RJ10 plug- Colour Black

One V2 connection cable is required for each EFL furniture lock.Order reference

237.56.340

237.56.341

237.56.343

237.56.345

237.56.349

Cat. No.

0.5

1.0

3.0

5.0

10.0

Cable length m

Locking component for glue fixing

- Area of application: For EFL 3- Material: Zinc alloy

237.56.315

Cat. No.

Locking component without monitoring contact

“Locking component in lock”

Description

Test device

- Functionality: For testing the functionality of the EFL 3 and and EFL 3C furniture lock and the V2 connecting cable. The lock function, feedback contact and connecting cable are tested. Independent of FT 120, FT 130 furniture terminal, MLA 6, MLA 8 multi-lock adapter and power supply.- Material: Plastic housing- Colour: Anthracite/light grey housing

237.56.993

Cat. No.

Test device

Description

1 Test device1 Block battery 9 V

Supplied with


99

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Dialock DFT furniture locking systemInformation - Wiring diagrams


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Dialock DFT furniture locking systemAccessories

Block Battery 9 V

Area of application: Replacement battery for test device

910.54.981

Cat. No.

Block battery 9 V

Description

ACC Y-adapter

- Functionality: For emergency opening of EFL 3 and EFL 3C furniture locks. The Y-adapter is connected to the FT 120 furniture terminal. In the event of a power failure, power can be supplied separately via the Y-adapter for an emergency opening. Power is supplied via a test device. The Y-adapter can be connected directly to the EFL 3, EFL 3C or MLA 6, MLA 8.- Version: With 1 RJ10 plug and 2 RJ10 sockets- Material: Plastic- Colour: Cream- Length: 100 mm

The emergency opening cable (Cat. No. 910.51.094) must beaccessible for an emergency opening.The system can be opened without transponder using the testdevice (Cat. No. 237.56.993).

Safety note

237.56.370

Cat. No.

ACC Y-adapter

Description

Please order emergency opening cable (Cat. No. 910.51.094) separately.Order reference

FF 9.13Stock Item

99

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Dialock DFT furniture locking systemFurniture terminals and antennas


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


FT 120 Furniture terminal, For controlling EFL furniture locks

1 FT 120 furniture terminal1 mains lead

Supplied with

- Area of application: Intelligent furniture terminal, for controlling EFL furniture locks- Version: Housing with 4 screw straps for fixing- Material: Housing: Plastic- Colour: Housing: Anthracite/light grey

Voltage supply

Connections for power

supply for lock

Connections for data

signals

Connection for antenna

Voltage supply

Mains lead length

Current consumption

Output voltage

Output current

Signal input ports

Relay output port

Number of possible

Dialock keys


12–17 V DC, 11–14 V AC

RJ 10 socket for EFL 3, EFL 3C

AMP socket for EFL 1, EFL 1C, EFL 6,

EFL 41 and EFL 8

RJ10 socket for MLA 6P,

RJ11 socket for MLA 8,

AMP socket for CC 140

Coaxial socket for 1 antenna

Mains lead with AMP plug

100 mm

100 mA

10.6 V DC

<750 mA

e.g. for EFL 1 with feedback contact or

Reed contact for door monitoring

1 x change-over

199 user keys

0–50 °C

Technical data

237.58.111

237.58.113

Cat. No.

1 FT 120 furniture terminal

Standard

With CAP energy storage capacity (for

integrated real time clock, stored for 6 days)

Version

Please order additionally:- EFL furniture lock- V2 connection cable (connection cable between EFL and MLA)- PS power supply unit (depending on the size of the system)- A macro is required when installing an acoustic signal generator. This macro is available on request. Individual extension of functions by means of macros on request.- Before the user keys can be programmed, the MLA 8 multi-lock adapter (when being used) must be connected to the FT 120 furniture terminal and assigned with the configuration card #89. Please order configuration card #89 (Cat. No. 917.42.122) separately.

Order reference

Rj11 socket for MLA 8RJ10 socket for EFL 3, EFL 3C, MLA 6PAMP socket for EFL 1, EFL 1C, EFL 6, EFL 41 and EFL 7Coaxial socket for FAN 100 antenna

> Control by holding an authorised user key in front of the antenna which unlocks the furniture lock by means of a pulse> Latchbolt lock function: Automatic locking after 3 seconds after the lock has been released (variable time setting, can be changed with the Open Time #74 configuration card)> Deadbolt lock function: The lock is locked and unlocked alternately by holding the user key in front of the lock> Acoustic feedback for confirming the locking action

Standard functions

> Indication of the locking status, e.g. for unlocked door, via acoustic or optical signal generators (external LED)> Extension of functions by means of macro programmes (e.g. controlling alarm systems in combination with the FT 120 furniture terminal)

FT 120 film on CD (Cat. No. 732.29.491). This film shows FT 120 furniture terminal installation, start-up and reset in combination with EFL 1 furniture lock.

The opening time can be changed to up to 120 seconds with the latchbolt lock function using the Open Time 74 configuration key card.

Optional functions

The FAN 100 antenna is not suitable for installation in metal or metal coated furniture.

If 2 antennas are installed (when using two or more FT 120), the distance between the antennas must be at least 25 cm. Only one antenna can be connected to the FT 120 furniture terminal.

Information about installation and operation can be found in ouronline shop. Please contact your responsible Häfele employee forother options or any questions.

Häfele Dialock FAN 100 Antenna

- Area of application: For indoor use: For installation in furniture- Functionality: Offset reader unit for user keys with integrated red/ green LEDs for indication of the activation status, for FT 120 and FT 130 furniture terminals- Version: With connecting cable and coaxial plug

237.58.130

237.58.129

237.58.128

Cat. No.

FAN 100 antenna

Description

Degree of protection IP 67

Technical data

Reader range: Approx. 25 mm with FT 120 and FAN 100 antenna (key fob).The range may be smaller due to environmental reasons, for example if metal materials or magnetic fields (power supply line) are in the near proximity.The FAN 100 antenna must not be installed behind or on metal surfacesor behind mirrors.Minimum distance between 2 antennas: 250 mm

Note

The antenna can be connected directly to the output port of theFT 120 furniture terminal.The supplied ferrite bead must be installed on the antenna lead ata distance of max. 10 cm from the FT 120.

1

3

5

Cable length m

Other cable lengths available on request.Order reference

Packing: 1 pc

Installation example(A = antenna)

For recess mounting in 35/40 mm cupdrilling, mount antenna as close as possibleto the front (antenna range).

PS 2 Power supply unit

- Functionality: Voltage supply for furniture terminals, distributors and multi-lock adapters- Version: Plug-in connection to output cable via AMP plug (3-way AMP plug on output port)

237.58.141

Cat. No.

PS 2 powersupply unit

Description

1 PS 2 power supply unit1 mains lead with Schuko safety plug1 supplementary sheet "Safety notes"

Supplied with

5

Output current AInput voltage

Output voltage

Relative humidity

Mains lead length

Output cable length

Approvals


100–240 V AC, 50–60 Hz

12 V DC, regulated

0–95 % (not condensed)

1800 mm

1350 mm

ACMA, CE, FCC, LPS,

TÜV/GS, UL

0–50 °C

Technical data

For countries where a cable with DIN Schuko safety plug cannot beused, a cable in accordance with the national standard is availableon request.

Order reference

115 x 52 x 30

Dim. (L x W x H) mm


99

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Dialock DFT furniture locking systemMulti-lock adapters


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Signal generator

For use in combination with FT 120 or FT 130 furniture terminal, amacro key card for EFL 1C and EFL 3C furniture locks is required. Othercombinations on request.

*Technical data and more information can be found in our online shopunder TecService.

Order reference

- Functionality: For acoustic indication of the locking status, for FT 120 and FT 130 furniture terminals, also suitable for customised message alerts such as alarms- Version: Piezo sound generator, plug connector type: Wire termination with connection lead- Material: Housing: Plastic- Colour: Housing: Black

Voltage supply

Nominal current

Signal

Sound level

Mounting distance

Connections


3–20 V DC

8 mA

Continuous tone (frequency 3.1 kHz)

88/105 dB with 300 mm

29 mm

Wire termination with 100 mm

–30 to +80 °C

Technical data

Acoustic

Version with 88 dB Version with 88 dB

Version with 105 dB237.56.140

237.56.143

Cat. No.

Acoustic signal generator, 88 dB

Acoustic signal generator, 105 dB*

No macro is required for use of the optical signal generator incombination with the FT 120 or FT 130 furniture terminal.

Order reference

- Functionality: For optical indication of the locking status red/ green (LED), for FT 120 and FT 130 furniture terminals, not suitable for customised message alerts such as alarms- Version: Without series resistor- Colour: Housing: Chrome coloured

Voltage supply

Continuous current

1.7 V AC/DC

20 mA

Technical data

Optical

237.56.141

Cat. No.

Signal generator, optical (LED)

Packing: 1 pc

Häfele Dialock MLA 6P Multi-lock adapter

- Area of application: Electronic multi-lock adapter for indoor use: For keyed alike EFL 3 and EFL 3C furniture locks- Version: With RJ10 socket for EFL 3 and EFL 3C furniture lock, with Molex-87833-042 socket for FT 120 furniture terminal, with mains lead and data cable- Material: Housing: Plastic- Colour: Housing: Anthracite/light grey

1 MLA 6 multi-lock adapter1 mains lead1 data cable for FT 120

Supplied with

Voltage supply

Output current

Feedback contact

Mains lead lengt

Data cable length


9.6–14.4 V DC

12 V, 1100 mA (total)

12 V, 50 mA

0.5 m (with AMP plug)

0.5 m (with 2 RJ11 plugs)

0–50 °C

Technical data

910.51.088

Cat. No.

MLA 6P multi-lock adapter

Description

Packing: 1 set

The MLA 6P multi-lock adapter is the link between theFT 120 furniture terminal and the EFL furniture lock in cases where more than one furniture lock has to be controlled.The MLA 6P multi-lock adapter uses the incoming data signal from the FT 120 furniture terminal and forwards it to the EFL furniture locks in the form of a pulse for unlocking/locking.

> For 6 EFL 3 and EFL 3C furniture locksMulti-lock adapter with keyed alike operation:

> Transfer of feedback contacts (plug + play wiring of feedback contacts between furniture locks and furniture terminal).> An additional potential free contact for external systems is available at the NC output port.

> Note max. cable lengths, see V2 connection cable.> Please ensure that a sufficient voltage supply (see output current) is provided.> The system can be easily extended with an additional MLA 8 at a later date.

Other functions and special features:

Notes concerning operation

An MLA 6P with external voltage supply that is not being used has the same features than the older MLA 6 version without external voltage supply. Both are compatible or exchangeable, respectively. Unsuitable DFT furnitureterminals without an RJ10 socket may be installed in old systems. If this is the case please contact your responsible Häfele employee.

Note

For EFL 3 and EFL 3C furniture lock

- Up to 3 MLA 6P possible, only in keyed alike operation- Separate power supply- Quick and cost-effective installation

Vin (voltage supply)Vout (output current)For EFL 3 or EFL 3C(furniture lock)

NC contact (normally closed)(for external systems)Data in (from FT 120)


99

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.




We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


V2 Connection cable

- Area of application: For connecting an EFL 3 furniture lock with the MLA 6P/MLA 8 multi-lock adapter or the FT 120 or FT 130 furniture terminal- Version: With mini plug and RJ 10 plug- Colour: Black

237.56.340

237.56.341

237.56.343

237.56.345

237.56.349

Cat. No.

0.5

1.0

3.0

5.0

10.0

Cable length m

Cable length between FT 120 and EFL max. 25 m.Note

Max. possible cable lengths between electronic components and furniture locks.

One V2 connection cable is required for each EFL furniture lock.Order reference

Packing: 1 pc

Häfele Dialock MLA 8 Multi-lock adapter

- Area of application: Electronic multi-lock adapter for indoor use: For keyed alike and/or keyed to differ EFL furniture locks- Version: With RJ 10 socket for EFL 3 and/or EFL 3C furniture locks, with AMP socket for EFL 1, EFL 1C, EFL 6, EFL 41 and/or EFL 7 furniture locks, with RJ11 socket for FT 120, FT 130 furniture terminal, with mains lead and data cable, programming is carried out outside the furniture, LEDs for function control and error detection next to each of the 8 output ports- Material: Housing: Plastic- Colour: Housing: Light grey

1 MLA 8 multi-lock adapter1 mains lead1 data cable for FT 120 or FT 130

Supplied with

910.51.084

Cat. No.

MLA 8 multi-lock adapter

Description

Packing: 1 pc.

The MLA 8 multi-lock adapter is the link between the FT 120 or FT 130 furniture terminal and furniture lock in cases where more than one furniture lock has to be controlled.The MLA 8 multi-lock adapter uses the incoming data signal from the FT 120 or FT 130 furniture terminal and forwards it to the EFL furniture locks in the form of a pulse for unlocking/locking.

> For 8 EFL 3, EFL 3C, EFL 1, EFL 41 and/or EFL 7 furniture locks> For 5 EFL 6 furniture locks> For max. 16 MLA 8 connected in series (128 furniture locks)

Multi-lock adapter with keyed alike operation:

> For 8 EFL 3, EFL 3C, EFL 1, EFL 41 and/or EFL 7 furniture locks> For 5 EFL 6 furniture locks> Max. 1 MLA 8 (8 furniture locks)

> Combination of keyed alike and keyed to differ via FT 120 furniture terminal> Transfer of feedback contacts (plug + play wiring of feedback contacts between furniture locks and furniture terminal). Macro required and available on request.> An additional potential free contact for external systems is available at the NC output port.

Multi-lock adapter with keyed to differ operation:

Other functions and special features:

> Note max. cable lengths, see V2 connection cable.> Please ensure that a sufficient voltage supply (see output current) is provided.> The system can be easily extended with an additional MLA 8 at a later date. The configuration card #89 is required in order to keep existing programming.

Notes concerning operation

For all EFL furniture locks

- Keyed alike operation possible with max. 16 MLA 8- Keyed to differ operation possible with max. 1 MLA 8- LEDs for function control- Separate power supply- Quick and cost-effective installation

Not suitable DFT furniture terminals may be installed in old systems. In this case please contact your responsible Häfele employee.

Note

Voltage supply

Output current

Feedback contact

Mains lead lengt

Data cable length


9.6–14.4 V DC

<500 mA per output port

(<1000 mA MLA 8)

12 V, 50 mA

0.5 m (with AMP plug)

0.5 m (with 2 RJ11 plugs)

0–50 °C

Technical data

Please order fixing material(Hospa countersunk head screws 4 x 35/4 x 55) separately.Please order the configuration card #89 (Cat. No. 917.42.122)separately.

Order reference

Vin (voltage supply)Vout (output current)Data out (to other MLA 8)

Data in (from FT 120/130)

Contact NC (for external systems)to EFL 3 and EFL 3C (furniture lock)to EFL 1/1C/6/41 and 7(furniture lock)LED 1–8 (control light)


99

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Dialock DFT furniture locking systemDistributors


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


MLA 8 Multi-lock adapter, for all EFL furniture locks

- Area of application: Electric distributor for indoor use: For keyed alike EFL furniture locks with AMP plug- Version: With 1 AMP plug, with 6 AMP sockets- Material: Housing: Plastic- Colour: Housing: White

823.28.780

Cat. No.

CC 140 distributor

Description

Packing: 1 pc

The CC 140 distributor is the link between the FT 120 furniture terminal and EFL furniture locks with AMP plug in cases where more than one furniture lock has to be actuated. Or for distributing voltages of up to 12 V/6 A.The incoming data signal from the FT 120 furniture terminal is forwarded to the EFL furniture locks for unlocking/locking.

For 6 EFL furniture locks with AMP plugDistributor with keyed alike operation:

Please ensure that a sufficient voltage supply is providedNotes concerning operation

Total length

Cable length

155 mm

90 mm

Technical data

An ACC relay unit is required for FT 120 furniture terminals with apower consumption of more than 750 mA or for controlling devicesthat require potential free contact. Please order ACC relay unit(Cat. No. 237.56.132) separately.

Order reference

V2 Connection cable- Area of application: For connecting an EFL 3 furniture lock with the MLA 6P/MLA 8 multi-lock adapter or the FT 120/FT 130 furniture terminal- Version: With mini plug and RJ10 plug- Colour: Black

One V2 connection cable is required for each EFL furniture lock.

Order reference

237.56.340

237.56.341

237.56.343

237.56.345

237.56.349

Cat. No.

0.5

1.0

3.0

5.0

10.0

Cable length m

Packing: 1 pc

Installation

Extension lead for secondary side- Area of application: For extending cables with AMP plug, from PS power supply unit to FT 120/FT 130 furniture terminal or to MLA 6P/MLA 8 multi-lock adapter, from FT 120/FT 130 furniture terminal to EFL 1, EFL 1C, EFL 6, EFL 7 and EFL 41 furniture locks, from MLA 8 multi-lock adapter/CC 140 distributor to EFL 1, EFL 1C, EFL 6, EFL 7 and EFL 41 furniture locks- Version: With AMP plug and AMP socket- Colour: Black

823.28.327

823.28.351

823.28.360

Cat. No.

2.0

5.0

10.0

Cable length m

Packing: 1 pc

Data cable MLA 8- Area of application: For connecting the MLA 8 multi-lock adapter with the FT 120 and FT 130 furniture terminal- Version: With 2 RJ11 plugs, cable lengths optional if the data cable that is supplied with the MLA 8 multi-lock adapter is not suitable- Colour: Black

237.56.360

237.56.361

237.56.362

237.56.365

Cat. No.

0.5

1.0

2.0

5.0

Cable length m

Packing: 1 pc

Adapter cable AMP/bare ended- Area of application: For connecting the WT wall terminal or other devices with AMP socket with the PS power supply units- Version: With AMP plug and wire end sleeves, with plastic sheathing HO3VVH2-F- Colour: Black

823.28.310

Cat. No.

Adapter cable AMP/bare ended

Cable length m

Packing: 1 pc

Cable length

Power

Plastic sheathing

250 mm

12 V, 6 A

2 x 0.75 mm2

Technical data


99

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Dialock DFT furniture locking systemProgramming


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Programming

You have decided to install a furniture lock.Now you can deine the procedure that is used to program the electronics, and decide which key (user key) will be given authorisationto open the lock.

You have the choice between two programming methods:- Key card programming for small projects (stand-alone SA)- Programming using Dialock software on request.

Overview of advantages and usage areas:Stand-alone mode SA

Key card programming is ideal for furniture containing up toabout 20 locks and 20 keys. The advantages thereof are lowadministrative cost and ease of use.

The authorisation for the locks is assigned to an electronic key(user key) using a programming key card.

If the authorisation is to be withdrawn, it is erased using a clearingkey card and the relevant electronic key (user key) that is to becleared.

If the authorisation is to be withdrawn, it is deletedusing a clearing key card and the relevant electronickey (user key).

User keys

User keys are the electronic version of keys. They must first have access authorisation assigned to them(programming: Stand Alone SA or software SW) so that they can then be used during everyday operations.The user keys are maintenance free (no battery) and wear free (touch free data transfer).

Step 3

- Functionality: For changing the opening time at FT 120 furniture terminals to up to 120 seconds (standard setting 3 seconds)- Area of application: For use in combination with FT 120 furniture terminals with Tag-it™ ISO processor- Material: Plastic

Open Time 74 Configuration key card

PK Programming key card

For allocating access authorisations without software andprogramming station

Functionality

- Area of application: Small projects with few Dialock keys- Material: Plastic- Dimensions: 54 x 85 mm (credit card size)

PK Clearing key card

917.42.001

Cat. No.

Tag-it™ ISO

Technology

Packing: 1 pc

917.42.002Tag-it™ ISO

PK Programming key card

Programming

PK Clearing key card

917.42.021

Cat. No.

Tag-it™ ISO

Technology

Packing: 1 pc

917.42.027Tag-it™ ISO

Open Time 74 Configuration key card

Programming

Reset key card (7C)Reset key card (7C)

Stock Item

99

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


Dialock DFT furniture locking systemUser keys


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


KC Key card

- Version: Wear and tear free (contactless data transfer), maintenance-free (without batteries), insensitive to external influences such as wetness, moisture, magnetic fields, mechanical vibrations, dust, can be reprogrammed at least 100,000 times, forgery-proof unique number- Material: Plastic- Colour: White

The transponders depicted in our catalogues are of high quality and have been tested by us on all Dialockcomponents. The transponders are provided with a security key or a Dialock segmentation for increasing the security of the Dialock access control system. Please contact our Dialock specialists if you have further questions.

Blank card

Data retention


Dimensions

Tag-itTM ISO-cards

>10 years

–35 °C to +50 °C

54 x 86 x 0.86 mm

Technical data

917.44.011

Cat. No.

Tag-it™ ISO

Technology

Packing: 1 pc

KC Integra Key card

- Functionality: Electronic key for Dialock as key tag, 4 independent locking authorisations per key tag possible- Version: Waterproof- Material: Plastic

Data retention


>10 years

–35 °C to +50 °C

Technical data

917.44.093

917.44.098

917.44.099

Cat. No.

Tag-it™ ISO

Technology

Packing: 1 pc

Black

Blue

Red

Colour

A dark day can adversely influence the turn-on characteristics witholder door terminal versions (visual process). In this case use adifferent colour. The terminals in this catalogue are not affectedthereof.

Note

KT Key tag

- Functionality Electronic keys for Dialock as key tag 4 independent locking authorisations per key tag possible- Version: Solid, ultrasound welded and made waterproof- Material: Combination of stainless steel frame and impact resistant polycarbonate- Finish: Matt

Text imprint or photo/graphic (template withmin. 300 dpi required) on request.Legic SuperTag transonders cannot be used incombination with the LockerLock LL 100 set.The transponders 917.24.098/099 can be usedinstead.

Order reference

Data retention

Dimensions


>10 years

36 mm, height: 5.3 mm

–35 °C up to +50 °C

Technical data 917.44.147

917.44.143

917.44.145

917.44.149

917.44.148

917.44.141

Cat. No.

Packing: 1 pc

White

Black

Green

Red

Blue

Orange

Colour

KT Key fob

- Version: Wear and tear free (contactless data transfer), maintenance-free (without batteries), insensitive to external influences such as wetness, moisture, magnetic fields, mechanical vibrations and dust, forgery-proof unique number- Functionality Electronic key for Dialock 4 independent locking authorisations per KT key fob possible

Data retention

Dimensions


>10 years

28 x 56 x 1.7 mm

–25 °C to +60 °C

Technical data

Reader range: Approx. 25 mm with FT 120 and FAN 100 antenna. The range may be smaller due to environmental reasons, for example if metal materials or magnetic fields (power supply line) are in the near proximity.

Note

Customised imprint on request:Print and customise.

Order reference

917.44.175

917.44.177

917.44.170

917.44.171

917.44.179

Cat. No.

Packing: 1 pc

Grey

White

Green

Red

Orange

Colour


99


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


KB Key wristband

- Area of application: In combination with LockerLock LL 100- Version: Waterproof, suitable for saltwater- Material: Wristband: Polyamide- Functionality Electronic key for Dialock as wristband 1 locking authorisations per key wristband possible

Data retention


>10 years

–35 °C to +50 °C

(short-time exposure to higher

temperatures possible, e.g. in sauna)

Technical data

917.44.203

917.44.206

917.44.208

917.44.209

917.44.200

Cat. No.

Tag-it™ ISO

Technology

Packing: 1 pc

Order referenceCustomised imprint on request:Print and customise.

Black

Yellow

Blue

Red

Green

Colour

917.24.213

917.24.216

917.24.218

917.24.219

917.24.210

Legic Black

Yellow

Blue

Red

Green

Stock Item

9

10TOOLS, SCREWS ANDCONSUMABLE

10.1 10.2

1010W

e re

serv

e th

e rig

ht to

alte

r sp

ecifi

catio

ns w

ithou

t not

ice.


Tools, Screws and ConsumableInformation



FIXING SCREWSCONTENTS Screws: A brief introduction.

PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

Screw head typesScrews are the most common form of joining technology. Force is transferred to the screw by means of positive locking. For thisreason each screw requires a counterpart fitting its profile in the form of a screwdriver, key or bit. Pozidriv, Slotted, Phillips and

®TORX feature heavily within our range although this list is not exhaustative there are also hex heads, and square drives

> SlottedThe slotted profile was one of the very first screw heads and continues to enjoy widespread popularity. A simple slot on thescrew head holds the tool blade.With the slotted profile, the force is applied to the diagonally opposite outer edges of the slot. This shape is not particularlysuitable for the transfer of high torques.

> PhillipsThe cross-recessed Philips profile is characterised by two slots at right-angle to each other. This crossed version offers anumber of significant advantages over the classic slotted shape. The force is applied along the four edges and this reduces userfatigue when turning the screwAttention: The Phillips profile is often confused with the Pozidriv profile. Wrong utilisation can lead to damages and fast wear ofboth assembly tool and screw

> PozidrivThe profile with the two crosses. The Pozidriv profile is a further development of the cross-recessed profile and features twocrosses offset at 45-degree angles. However, the additional cross is narrower than the main cross and not as deep. It offersadditional stability and better resistance to slippingAttention: The Pozidriv profile is often confused with the Phillips profile. Wrong utilisation can lead to damages and fast wear ofboth assembly tool and screw. Hafele have many types of PZ screws within the Hospa range

®> TORX®TORX has a star-shaped, elliptically-based geometry with six rounded lobes. The TORX® can be used to transfer a higher

torque than the classical screw profiles without damaging bit or screw. Thanks to the low radial forces, the tool life of bothscrew and driver is prolonged. The low radial forces are a result of the circular geometry of the lobes, the straight, verticalsidewalls and the drive-angle of just 15 degrees. This geometry produces virtually no stress concentration. Unlike thecross-recessed profile, for example, the TORX® driver does not require the application of force. Furthermore, there is no dangerof tool slippage, as is sometimes the case with the slotted profile. Much higher torques can also be transferred whilst applyingthe same amount of force

Security screw head typesHäfele stock a range of tamper-resistant screws and nuts which can be used to safeguard against theft and vandalism, they arebecoming increasingly popular in specification and more and more common in new designs as a preventative measure to counterthese threats.

> 2 HoleSometimes referred to as a ‘snake eye (r trademark needs to go here)’ or ‘pig nose’ they are designed for low to medium torqapplications. They have 2 holes drilled into the head which require a unique 2 pin driver to install and remove. They areaesthetically pleasing to the eye and often specified by architects and designers

> Pin hexThese screws have been manufactured with an internal pin inside the standard socket aperture. This prevents removal afterinstallation with standard hexagon keys. This is suitable for medium torq applications and is one of the most difficult screws toremove without the matching driver

> 6 LobeThese can often be called ‘star drive pin’ or ‘pin torx’ and are suitable for much higher torq applications. These aremanufactured with a centralised pin inside a six lobe recess which prevents removal with standard torx tools

> SentinalThis is a ONE WAY only pozidrive system. The drive system operates only in a clockwise motion using a standard pozidrive tool.The anti-clockwise motion is prohibited due to the rounded shape of the drive recess. This recess means that it is ideal for fastand easy installation with power tools

> Shear NutHäfele stock a high security permanent nut fixing. The hexagonal part of the nut shears off at a pre-determined torq thus leavinga tamper resistant cone

Hospa PZ Chipboard screws Spax PZ Chipboard screws Häfele Varianta Euro screws

> PAGE 10.6 > PAGE 10.13 > PAGE 10.11

Cover Caps Threaded screws Wood to metal dowel

> PAGE 10.17 > PAGE 10.10 > PAGE 10.16

1010W

e re

serv

e th

e rig

ht to

alte

r sp

ecifi

catio

ns w

ithou

t not

ice.


Tools, Screws and ConsumableChipboard screws – Hospa



Head shapes

> Pan headThis is the standard screw head profile with an average diameter and average height, it can also be described as being a A lowdisc with chamfered outer edge

> Domed headCylindrical with a rounded/curved top

> Countersunk or flat headConical in shape, with flat outer face and tapering inner face allowing. This shape allows it to sink into the pre drilled hole in thematerial.

> Oval or Raised headThis is a more decorative screw head with a countersunk bottom and rounded top. This is also referred to as ‘raised countersunk’

> Bugle headSimilar to countersunk, but there is a smooth progression from the shank to the angle of the head, similar to the bell of a buglesee ‘dry wall screw’ range

> Flanged headA flanged head can be any of the above head styles (except the countersunk styles) with the addition of an integrated flange atthe base of the head. This eliminates the need for a flat washer to be used with the screw. See ‘flat head bolt’ 020.90.137

Thread varieties

> WoodThe threads on wood screws usually are coarse and deep to help them grab the wood

> MachineMachine screws have finer threads than wood screws. They are designed to be used in conjunction with a nut or tapped hole.

> High-lowThese screws have two sets of threads with alternating heights. High-low screws are specifically designed for certain plasticsand other low-density materials.

> Self-tappingSelf-tapping or thread-forming screws feature threads that are designed to tap their own holes. These work well in softermaterials such as wood and plastic but are not suitable for harder materials.

Fully threaded, galvanized

PZ countersunk head

Thread Ø d mm

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

Head Ø dk mm

5.0

5.0/6.0

7.0

8.0

9.0

10.0

Head height k

1.6

1.8

2.1

2.4

2.7

2.9

Drive

PZ1

PZ1

PZ2

PZ2

PZ2

PZ2

Cat. No.

16

13

15

17

13

15

17

20

25

30

35

40

13

15

17

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

13

15

17

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

17

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

Length L mm

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

500

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

500

500

500

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

500

500

500

500

200

1000

1000

1000

1000

500

500

500

200

200

Packing pieces

015.31.255

015.31.326

015.31.335

015.31.344

015.31.522

015.31.531

015.31.540

015.31.559

015.31.577

015.31.586

015.31.595

015.31.602

015.31.620

015.31.639

015.31.648

015.31.657

015.31.675

015.31.684

015.31.693

015.31.700

015.31.719

015.31.728

015.31.824

015.31.826

015.31.835

015.31.844

015.31.853

015.31.862

015.31.871

015.31.880

015.31.899

015.31.906

015.31.808

015.31.915

015.31.924

015.31.933

015.31.942

015.31.951

015.31.960

015.31.979

015.31.988

015.32.010

Orga Box

2.5

3.0

(head Ø 5.0)

3.0

(head Ø 6.0)

3.5

4.0

4.5

Thread Ø d mm

Stock Item

1010W

e re

serv

e th

e rig

ht to

alte

r sp

ecifi

catio

ns w

ithou

t not

ice.






Thread Ø d mm

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

Head Ø dk mm

5.0

5.0

7.0

8.0

Head height k

1.6

1.8

2.1

2.4

Drive

PZ1

PZ1

PZ2

PZ22

Cat. No.

16

15

15

17

20

15

17

20

Length L mm

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

Packing pieces

015.35.253

015.35.333

015.35.637

015.35.646

015.35.655

015.35.824

015.35.833

015.35.842

Orga Box

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

Thread Ø d mm

Big-Pack

15 10000 017.35.6373.5

Fully threaded, burnished

Thread Ø d mm

3.0

3.5

4.0

Head Ø dk mm

6.0

7.0

8.0

Head height k

1.6

1.8

2.1

Drive

PZ1

PZ2

PZ2

Cat. No.

15

17

20

25

15

17

20

25

30

17

20

25

30

35

40

Length L mm

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

500

500

Packing pieces

015.39.537

015.39.546

015.39.555

015.39.573

015.39.635

015.39.644

015.39.653

015.39.671

015.39.680

015.39.831

015.39.840

015.39.859

015.39.868

015.39.877

015.39.886

Orga Box

3.0

3.5

4.0

Thread Ø d mm

With PZ cross, galvanized

Hospa PZ Pan head

Thread Ø d mm

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

Head Ø dk mm

6.0

7.0

8.0

9.0

10.0

Head height k

2.4

2.5

2.9

3.2

3.5

Drive

PZ1

PZ2

PZ2

PZ2

PZ2

- Material: Steel- Drive: PZ cross slot

Cat. No.

13

15

17

20

25

13

15

17

20

25

30

35

13

15

17

20

25

30

35

40

13

15

17

20

25

30

35

17

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

13

13

15

Length L mm

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

500

500

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

500

500

1000

1000

1000

500

500

200

1000

1000

1000

1000

500

1000

500

1000

10000

10000

10000

Packing pieces

015.71.526

015.71.535

015.71.544

015.71.553

015.71.571

015.71.624

015.71.633

015.71.642

015.71.651

015.71.679

015.71.688

015.71.697

015.71.811

015.71.820

015.71.839

015.71.848

015.71.857

015.71.866

015.71.875

015.71.884

015.71.900

015.71.919

015.71.991

015.71.928

015.71.937

015.71.946

015.71.955

015.72.050

015.72.078

015.72.080

015.72.096

015.72.098

015.72.112

015.72.114

015.72.130

017.71.526

017.71.624

017.71.633

Orga Box

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

3.0

3.5

Thread Ø d mm

Big Pack


1010W

e re

serv

e th

e rig

ht to

alte

r sp

ecifi

catio

ns w

ithou

t not

ice.


Tools, Screws and ConsumableThreaded Screws



Chipboard screws – Hospa

- Material: Steel- Drive: PZ cross slot- Steel, galvanized With central hole 2.5 mm for secure grip of cover caps

PZ countersunk head, fully threaded, with central hole

Thread Ø d mm Head Ø dk mm Drive

4.5

5.0

9.0

10.0

Pz2

PZ2

Cat. No.

1000

1000

500

500

500

200

200

Packing pieces

015.01.935

015.01.944

015.01.953

015.01.962

015.01.971

015.01.980

015.01.982

4.5 x 25

4.5 x 30

4.5 x 35

4.5 x 40

4.5 x 45

4.5 x 50

4.5 x 70

Dimensions d x L mm

Orga-Box

- Material: Steel- Thread: Fully threaded

Raised headWith cross slot, galvanized, nickel plated or burnished

Thread Ø d mm

Head Ø dk mm

DriveHead Size k mm

Head Size f mm

3.0

3.5

6.0

7.0

Pz1

PZ2

1.8

2.1

0.7

1.0

Cat. No.

1000 pcs

1000 pcs

1000 pcs

Finish

015.55.639

015.55.657

015.55.695

3.5

Thread d mm

Orga-Box

Length L mm Packing

15

20

35

Nickel plated

Nickel plated

Galvanized


Hospa M4 Flat head combination cross slotGalvanized

- Material: Steel- Area of application: For fixing furniture handles and knobs, or example

8

9

10

12

15

18

20

22

23

24

25

26

Length L mm

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

Packing pieces

Orga Box

Cat. No.

022.35.081

022.35.090

022.35.109

022.35.127

022.35.154

022.35.181

022.35.207

022.35.225

022.35.234

022.35.243

022.35.252

022.35.261

27

28

30

32

35

38

40

42

45

50

55

60

Length L mm

100 or 500

100 or 500

100 or 500

100 or 500

100 or 500

100 or 500

100 or 500

100 or 500

100 or 500

100 or 500

100 or 300

100 or 300

Packing pieces

Orga Box

Cat. No.

022.35.270

022.35.289

022.35.305

022.35.323

022.35.350

022.35.387

022.35.403

022.35.420

022.35.458

022.35.501

022.35.550

022.35.609

Countersunk head PH DIN 965, fully threaded

- Steel galvanized

Thread Ø d mm

Head Ø dk mm

DriveHead Size k mm

Head Size f mm

3.0

3.5

6.0

7.0

PZ1

PZ2

1.8

2.1

0.7

1.0

M4 x 8

M4 x 10

M4 x 12

M4 x 16

M4 x 20

M4 x 25

M4 x 30

M4 x 35

M4 x 40

M4 x 45

M4 x 50

M4 x 60

M4 x 70

M4 x 80

Dimension d x L mm

250 or 1,000

250 or 1,000

250 or 1,000

250 or 1,000

250 or 1,000

250 or 1,000

250 or 1,000

250

250

250

250

250

250

250

Packing pieces Cat. No.

020.07.063

020.07.064

020.07.065

020.07.066

020.07.067

020.07.068

020.07.069

020.07.070

020.07.071

020.07.072

020.07.073

020.07.075

020.07.077

020.07.079

M5 x 10

M5 x 20

M5 x 25

M5 x 30

M5 x 40

M5 x 50

M6 x 16

M6 x 20

M6 x 25

M6 x 30

M6 x 35

M6 x 40

M8 x 20

Dimension d x L mm

250 or 1,000

250

250

250

250

250

250

250

250

250

250

250

100

Packing pieces Cat. No.

020.07.094

020.07.097

020.07.098

020.07.099

020.07.101

020.07.103

020.07.126

020.07.127

020.07.128

020.07.129

020.07.130

020.07.131

020.07.157

1010W

e re

serv

e th

e rig

ht to

alte

r sp

ecifi

catio

ns w

ithou

t not

ice.


Tools, Screws and ConsumableHäfele Varianta Special screws


Tools, Screws and ConsumableHäfele Varianta Special screws

Countersunk head – for roller guideddrawer runners

For screwing into woodFor Ø 3 mm drill holes

- Material: Steel- Finish: Galvanized- Drive: PZ2 cross slot- Thread: Fully threaded, pitch 2.0 mm, thread Ø 4.2 mm, body Ø 2.8 mm

Cat. No.

10.5

13.5

16

13.5

Length L mm

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

5000

Packing pieces

013.14.810

013.14.820

013.14.830

012.14.820

Orga-Box

Big-Pack

For 3 mm drill holesØ

For screwing into wood- Material: Steel- Finish/colour: Nickel plated- Drive: PZ2 cross slot- Thread: Fully threaded, pitch 2.0 mm, thread 4.2 mm, body 2.8 mmØ Ø

Cat. No.

013.15.617

013.15.626

013.15.635

012.15.626

Length L mm

10.5

13.5

16

13.5

Finish / Colour

Nickel plated

Nickel plated

Nickel plated

Nickel plated

Packing pieces

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

5000

Orga Box

Big-Pack

Cylindrical head - for Variant drawer runners, cruciform mounting plates, cabinet connectors and connecting fittings

For screwing into lightweight panelsFor 3 and 5 mm drill holesØ

- Material: Steel- Finish/colour: Galvanized- Drive: PZ2 cross slot- Thread: Fully threaded

Other fittings such as hinges, runners, shelf supports, etc. can also be fixed using these screws.

Note

Cat. No.

3

5

5

For drill hole Ø mm

12.5

14

14

13

Length L mm

5.5

5.5

6.2

7

Thread Ø d mm

013.30.901

013.30.900

013.30.910

013.31.910

Cylindrical head

Countersunk head



1010W

e re

serv

e th

e rig

ht to

alte

r sp

ecifi

catio

ns w

ithou

t not

ice.


Tools, Screws and ConsumableChipboard Screws - Spax


Tools, Screws and ConsumableChipboard Screws - Spax

Countersunk head PZ, fully threaded

Steel galvanized,4CUT tip with patented wave profile and multi-headApproval: Building regulations approved Z-9.1-235

Thread Ø d mm Head Ø dk mm DriveHead height k mm

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

6.0

5.0

6.0

7.0

8.0

9.0

10.0

12.0

PZ1

PZ1

PZ2

PZ2

PZ2

PZ2

PZ3

1.6

1.8

2.1

2.4

2.7

2.9

3.4

Cat. No.Dimensions d x L mm Packing pieces

2.5 x 10 1,000 018.00.000

2.5 x 12 1,000 018.00.001

2.5 x 16 1,000 018.00.004

2.5 x 20 1,000 018.00.006

2.5 x 25 1,000 018.00.009

3.0 x 10 1,000 018.00.050

3.0 x 12 1,000 018.00.051

3.0 x 13 1,000 018.00.052

3.0 x 15 1,000 018.00.053

3.0 x 16 1,000 018.00.054

3.0 x 17 1,000 018.00.055

3.0 x 20 1,000 018.00.056

3.0 x 25 1,000 018.00.059

3.0 x 30 1,000 018.00.061

3.0 x 35 1,000 018.00.063

3.0 x 40 1,000 018.00.064

3.0 x 45 1,000 018.00.065

3.5 x 10 1,000 018.00.080

3.5 x 12 1,000 018.00.081

3.5 x 13 1,000 018.00.082

3.5 x 15 1,000 018.00.083

3.5 x 16 1,000 018.00.084

3.5 x 17 1,000 018.00.085

3.5 x 20 1,000 018.00.086

3.5 x 22 1,000 018.00.087

3.5 x 25 1,000 018.00.089

3.5 x 30 1,000 018.00.091

3.5 x 35 1,000 018.00.093

3.5 x 40 1,000 018.00.094

3.5 x 45 1,000 018.00.095

3.5 x 50 500 018.00.096

4.0 x 12 1,000 018.00.111

4.0 x 13 1,000 018.00.112

4.0 x 15 1,000 018.00.113

4.0 x 16 1,000 018.00.114


4.0 x 17 1,000 018.00.115

4.0 x 20 1,000 018.00.116

4.0 x 22 1,000 018.00.117

4.0 x 25 1,000 018.00.119

4.0 x 27 1,000 018.00.120

4.0 x 30 1,000 018.00.121

4.0 x 35 1,000 018.00.123

4.0 x 40 1,000 018.00.124

4.0 x 45 500 018.00.125

4.0 x 50 500 018.00.126

4.0 x 55 500 018.00.127

4.5 x 15 1,000 018.00.143

4.5 x 20 1,000 018.00.146

4.5 x 25 1,000 018.00.149

4.5 x 30 1,000 018.00.151

4.5 x 35 500 018.00.153

4.5 x 40 500 018.00.154

4.5 x 45 500 018.00.155

4.5 x 50 500 018.00.156

4.5 x 55 500 018.00.157

5.0 x 20 1,000 018.00.176

5.0 x 25 1,000 018.00.179

5.0 x 30 500 018.00.181

5.0 x 35 500 018.00.183

5.0 x 40 500 018.00.184

5.0 x 45 500 018.00.185

5.0 x 50 500 018.00.186

5.0 x 55 500 018.00.187

6.0 x 30 500 018.00.211

6.0 x 35 500 018.00.213

6.0 x 40 500 018.00.214

6.0 x 45 500 018.00.215

6.0 x 50 200 018.00.216

6.0 x 55 200 018.00.217


Countersunk head PZ, fully threaded with central hole

Steel galvanized, low-friction coating,with central hole 2.5 mm,4CUT tip with patented wave profile and multi-head

Thread Ø d mm Head Ø dk mm Drive

4.5

5.0

9.0

10.0

PZ2

PZ2


4.5 x 45 500 018.40.155

4.5 x 55 500 018.40.157

4.5 x 80 200 018.40.161

5.0 x 60 500 018.40.188

5.0 x 80 200 018.40.191

1010W

e re

serv

e th

e rig

ht to

alte

r sp

ecifi

catio

ns w

ithou

t not

ice.


Tools, Screws and ConsumableWood to metal dowels, threaded bars, nuts


Tools, Screws and ConsumableWindow Frame Screw

Window Frame Screw with Countersunk Head

Window and door frames made of wood, metal andplastic, frame to frame coupling and window pockets,steel galvanized, low-friction coatingType of head: Countersunk headDrive: T-star drive TS30Thread: Fully threaded

Technical data:

In concrete 30 mm

In sand-lime brick 40 mm

In solid red brick 40 mm

In pumice brick 50 mm

In light concrete 60 mm

In perforated brick (min. 2 chambers) 60 mm

Cat. No.Length mm

72 051.46.901

92 051.46.902

112 051.46.903

132 051.46.904

152 051.46.905

182 051.46.906

212 051.46.907

Packing: 100 pcs

Wood to metal dowel

Material : Steel galvanized


M4 x 20

M4 x 20

M4 x 20

M4 x 20

Drive

-

-

-

-

500

500

500

500

026.10.901

026.10.902

026.10.903

026.10.904

Without drive

M6 x 50

M6 x 80

M8 x 60

M8 x 80

M8 x 100

TS15

TS15

TS25

TS25

TS25

100

100

100

100

100

026.12.923

026.12.926

026.12.942

026.12.944

026.12.946

With TS T-star drive

Hexagonal nut in acc. with DIN 934

Material : Steel galvanized

Thread dØ Key size SW mm

M4

M5

M6

M8

M10

Dim. A

3.2

4.0

5.0

6.5

8.0

7.0

8..0

10.0

13.0

17.0

Cat. No.Thread dØ Packing pieces

M4

M5

M6

M8

M10

250

250

250

250

100

034.16.904

034.16.905

034.16.906

034.16.908

034.16.910


1010W

e re

serv

e th

e rig

ht to

alte

r sp

ecifi

catio

ns w

ithou

t not

ice.


Tools, Screws and ConsumableSleeves and T-nuts


Tools, Screws and ConsumableCover Caps

Plastic, for chipboard screws with countersunk head

Specified RAL colours are not binding and merely for your guidance.Note:

For screw head with cross slot

Cat. No.Colour

Pure white, RAL 9010

Pine coloured, similar to RAL 1034

Fawn coloured, RAL 8007

Black, RAL 9005

045.03.726

045.03.020

045.03.128

045.03.320

for PZ2 cross slot

Packing: 1000 pcs.

Cover caps for central hole Ø 2.5 mm

Cat. No.Colour

Pure white, RAL 9010

Light grey, RAL 7035

Black, RAL 9005

Beige, RAL 1015

Fawn brown, RAL 8007

045.04.705

045.04.509

045.04.303

045.04.401

045.04.107

Packing: 500 or 5,000 pcs.

T-nut

Sleeve Ø

External Ø

Spreading sleeves, brass

- Finish: Bright

Cat. No.

8

Length mm

051.45.004

Packing: 100,1000 or 3000 pcs

With M4 internal thread

5

For drill holes mm Ø

Screw-in sleeveWith rim

- Material: Steel- Drive: Hexagon socket

Internalthread

External thread Ø mm

Body Ømm

Head Ømm

Hexagonsocket

M4/M6

M8

10

12.5

7.5

9.5

12

14

Sw6

SW8

Cat. No.Length L mm

Yellow chromatized

Internal thread Packing pieces

15

17

15

17

030.10.564

030.10.565

030.10.584

030.10.585

M6

M8

100 or 3000

100 or 2500

100 or 2000

100 or 2000

1.1

1.2

1.3

M6

M8

M10

Internal thread

7.8

9.8

11.0

length L mm

19.0

22.0

25.0

Externalthread Ø mm

SleeveØ mm

7.4

9.2

11.3

Rim Thicknessk mm

- Material: Steel- Finish: Bright or galvanized

Cat. No.Internal Thread

M6

M8

M10

031.00.267

031.00.463

031.00.285

031.00.481

031.00.301

Packing: 100, 500 or 1,000 pcs.

Finish

Bright

Galvanized

Bright

Galvanized

Bright

Packing pieces

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 500

100 or 500

100 or 500


1010W

e re

serv

e th

e rig

ht to

alte

r sp

ecifi

catio

ns w

ithou

t not

ice.


Tools, Screws and ConsumableUniversal wall plugs


Tools, Screws and ConsumableSleeves and T-nuts


Screw-in sleeve with screwdriver slot

- Material: Steel- Finish: Bright- Drive: Screwdriver slot

Cat. No.

030.00.306

030.00.351

030.00.315

030.00.324

030.00.404

030.00.422

M6

M8

Internal thread

11

12

13

15

15

18

length L mm

12.0

10.0

12.0

12.0

14.0

16.0

Externalthread Ø mm

BodyØ mm

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 1000

100 or 5000

PackingPieces

9.0

7.0

9.0

9.0

11.5

12.0

BodyExternal thread

Strip of sleeves

- Version: Strip of 20 pieces integrally injection moulded

Cat. No.

042.98.0515

For drill hole Ø mm

11.0

Length mm

Natural colour

Colour


fischer S Wall plug

Suitable for concrete, masonry wall material, perforatedbricks, aircrete (gas concrete), lightweight materialresistant to weathering, ageing, corrosion and rotting,with vibration-absorbing and sound proofing effect,largely resistant against most chemical influences,good electrical insulating propertiesMaterial: PolyamideTemperature resistance: -40 to +80 °C

Max. load bearing capacity is achieved by usingthe maximum screw Ø and screws, that protrudethe wall plug tip by the screw diameter,vacuum or blow-out drill hole

Note:

> For pre-mounting with wood and chipboard screws> High tensile and compression strength> Frictional connection in solid building material> Positive-fit connection in soft and rough building material> Locking lugs prevent turning in the drilled hole> The expansion stress-free plug neck prevents surface damage to tiles and plaster

Mounting:

Technical data:

Type Drill bit ØD mm

For screw mmØDrill holedepth T mm

Wall pluglength L mm

S5

S6

S8

S10

S12

5

6

8

10

12

>35

>40

>55

>70

>80

25

30

40

50

60

3-4

4-5

4.5-6

6-8

8-10

Cat. No.

051.40.009

051.40.018

051.40.027

051.40.036

051.40.045

S5

S6

S8

S10

S12

Model

200

200

200

100

25

Packing Pieces

1010W

e re

serv

e th

e rig

ht to

alte

r sp

ecifi

catio

ns w

ithou

t not

ice.


Tools, Screws and Consumable®VuPlex


Tools, Screws and ConsumableWax Stick

®VUPLEX PLASTIC CLEANERMaintain high gloss excellence.

> Specifically designed to clean, protect and maintain plastic surfaces that are used in many modern high gloss finishes

®> VuPlex was designed for use within the demanding Aviation industry for the maintenance of expensive aircraft windows and delivers a fast, safe and effective solution to plastic maintenance> Most normal cleaning products can damage plastic, reducing it’s lifespan

® considerably but not VuPlex ....

®VuPlex works well on.....

Composite materialsand sanitary acrylics

Stonework, graniteand marble

Glass and mirrors

Polishedmetals

Paintedsurfaces

It cleans usingingredients that won’tdamage delicate highgloss surfaces.

®VuPlex cleans abroad range ofcommon householdstains.

High gloss surfacesare particularly proneto attracting dustwhich can cause

®scratches. VuPlexcan help to solve thisproblem by controllingand reducing theamount of static onhigh gloss surfaces.

When new, some highgloss materials (acrylicco-polymers) are verysoft when maskingmaterial is removed.

®VuPlex acceleratesthe hardening processprotecting the surfacefrom the outset.

Together withincreased surface

®hardness, VuPlexalso produces vastlyimproved scratchresistance bydepositing aprotective polymerfilm on the surface.

®VuPlex has theability to fill fine microscratches in acrylicmaterials giving agreater lustre onolder acrylicmaterials.

Water and othercontaminates arerepelled from thesurface, which isparticularly importantfor stone andcomposite materials.

Shake can well and sprayon lightly

Wipe down with soft microfibrecloth

Reapply when cleaning is necessary

Directions for use:

Stock Item

Häfele soft wax sticks

- For repair work- 10x 80 mm length sticks in a box- Order qty: 1 pc

Cat. No.

007.30.134

007.30.130

007.30.131

007.30.132

007.30.133

White RAL 9010 only

White

Cherry, Pear, Mahogany

Maple, Alder, Larch

Oak wood

Shades

10


Tools, Screws and Consumable®VuPlex

®VuPLex Plastic cleaner and cloth retail pack set

- Particularly suitable for high gloss doors, surfaces and glass- Plastic cleaner and anti-static polish- Recommended maximum usage of once per week on surfaces which may be used for the preparation of food- Set includes: 15x Vuplex cleaner 200g bottle and microfibre cloth 390 x 370 mm retail packs- Order qty: 1 set

Cat. No.

007.32.139200 g

Size

Packing: 1 set

DO NOT use paper towels. Only microfibrecloths or lint free cotton cloths should be

®used with VuPlex

Stock Item

IndexesIndex by product typeIndex by catalogue numberImprint

for the “Furniture Fitting” catalogue, 2019 - 2020 edition

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 A.2FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Index by Product Type Index by Product Type

A.1

AAdjusting ScrewsAnti-Tip Kit

8.16 - 8.172.35

Full extensionFull extension ball bearing slideSingle extension

6.106.116.12

BBall Bearing Runners 6.9 - 6.12

Bed Fitting 2.34Bed fitting with cranked hook-in partBed fitting for beds with central tie bar, disengageable

2.342.34

Biscuits and Wood Dowels 2.27Wood biscuits, thickness 4 mmWood dowels

2.272.27

Box 6.18 - 6.21ALTO-S H80ALTO-S H170Internal drawer

6.196.206.21

For Ø 8 mm drill holeS100 Connecting BoltMINIFIX GV Mitro-joint connector

2.152.152.15

CC100 Spreading Bolt 2.15

Cabinet hangers for wall unit 3.99Load bearing capacity 130 kg/pairWall plate For cabinet hanger

3.993.99

Cabinet Locks 4.27 - 4.30Anti-Tip SystemAnti-Tip SnapperDrawer Clips - StandardDrawer Clips – NarrowLinkage ArmModular Removable Core Locking System – Timberline

4.284.284.284.294.294.30

Cable outlets 5.17Catches and Furniture Bolts 4.31 - 4.44

Automatic Door CatchBall catch For press fittingCounterpieceElbow catchFor installation under the veneer, pull 3.0 kgFor metal cabinets, pull 7.0 or 10.0 kgFor recess mounting, pull 4.0 kgFurniture boltHeat resistant up to 300 °C, pull 4.0 kgMagnetic catch, screw fixing, 4 kgMagnetic pressure catch for double glass doorsMagnetic pressure catch for glass doorsMagnetic pressure catch, 1.4 kg PullMINI-LATCH Spring catchQuick spring catchSpring catchTwin ball catch for screw fixwhatlock®

4.324.414.444.414.364.364.35

4.42 - 4.434.354.344.344.334.324.384.384.394.404.31

Fully threaded, nickel platedHafele Varianta Special ScrewsFully threaded, burnishedFully threaded, nickel plated

6.236.2310.710.7

Chipboard screws - Hospa 6.23

Hospa PZ Pan headPZ countersunk headPZ countersunk headRaised head

10.810.610.910.9

Countersunk head PZ 10.13 - 10.14Chipboard Screws - Spax 10.13 - 10.14

Classic Style 1.7 - 1.12Concealed Hinges 3.6 - 3.38

Accessories for METALLA Mini A Concealed hingeAccessories for METALLA SM 110 Black version cup 35 mAccessories for Metallamat A/SMCover cap with hafele logoHinge for folding doors for corner unitsMETALLA A Cruciform mounting plate, slide on systemMETALLA A/SM Cover capMetalla A/SM, opening angle 110°, Cup Ø35 mmMetalla A/SM, opening angle 110°, Cup Ø40 mmMetalla A/SM, with soft closing mechanismMETALLA ECONO, opening angle 105°METALLA Mini A, incl. mounting plate, opening angle 95°METALLA Mini A, opening angle 95°METALLA SM 110 blackversion cup 35 mmMETALLA SM, opening angle 105°Metalla SM, with soft closing mechanismMetallamat A Cruciform mounting plate, slide on systemMetallamat A/SM, opening angle 110°Metallamat A/SM, opening angle 175°Metallamat A/SM, opening angle 92°

3.353.283.223.8

3.383.133.133.9

3.113.6

3.243.313.333.273.233.253.213.163.203.18

Concealed Shelf Support 2.46 - 2.48Concealed shelf support for installation into wood Concealed shelf support for installation into woodConcealed shelf support, screw fixing

2.462.472.48

Connecting Screws 2.26CONFIRMAT One-piece connectorConnecting screws and nuts with M6 threadSleeve nutTrim cap for one-piece connector

2.262.262.262.26

Contemporary Style 1.3 - 1.4Cover Caps 10.17

DFT Accessories 9.10 - 9.11ACC Y-adapterBlock Battery 9 VLocking component for glue fixingTest deviceV2 Connection cable

9.119.119.109.109.10

D

Distributors 9.20MLA 8 Multi-lock adapter, for all EFL furniture locks 9.20

Duo/Forte 3.85 - 3.89Duo Forte complete setDuo Standard complete set

3.883.86

FFittings for TV and Hifi Cabinets 5.18 - 5.19

Electric lift systemElectronic TV lift up to 42”Electronic TV lift up to 55”

5.185.185.19

Flap Hinges 3.39 - 3.40Flap hinge, opening angle 270°PLANO-MEDIAL Flap hinge, opening angle 90°

3.403.40

Flap Stay 3.91 - 3.95DORANA-STOP Flap stay with braking mechanismFlap stay with pull cableHäfele PCS 300 Flap stay with pull cable

3.943.913.92

Flush 7.5 - 7.9Set Aluminium Frame DoorsSlido Flat 60 Fb 2-leaf or 3-leaf

7.87.6

Flush Handles 1.15 - 1.17Flush Hinges 3.54 - 3.55

Flush hinge for inset doors 3.55Foldaway bed fittings 5.5 - 5.9

Angular footBettlift Built-in foldaway bedBettlift Foldaway bed fittingFor side mounting

5.75.55.65.7

Foldaway bed fittings 5.13 - 5.15Häfele Duoletto Built-in foldaway bedHäfele Tavoletto Bed/desk combi fittingHäfele Teleletto Foldaway sofa bed fitting

5.135.155.14

Folding Brackets 2.50Folding table hinge 3.49

Soss Hinge for wood thicknesses 13–51 mmCorner connectors for use with aluminium frameSpecial hinge for wood thickness from 18 mm up to 32 mmZYSA Hinge for wood thickness of 14–40 mm

3.503.533.523.51

Free Flap 3.61 - 3.63Adapter for all-glass front panelsAdapter for flaps with 20 mm aluminium frameFree flap 1.7 for smallFree flap 3.15 for largeOpening angle restraint

3.633.623.613.623.61

Free Flap H1.5 3.64 - 3.69Adapter for flaps with 20 mm aluminium frameGlass gluing adapter for glass frontsHäfele Free flap H 1.5 Complete setsIndividual set for one-sided applicationSw10 hex keyTwin set for two-sided application

3.693.693.683.683.693.69

Free Fold 3.70 - 3.73Adapter for flaps with 20 mm aluminium frameConnecting hingeDuomatic Concealed hinge 110°Duomatic SM Cruciform mounting plateHäfele Free fold Double flap lift-up fittingOpening angle restraint

3.723.723.723.723.703.72

Free Up 3.74 - 3.75Free swing Swing-up front fitting 3.74

Free Up and Free Swing Accessories 3.76Adapter for flaps with 20 mm aluminium frameCross barGlass gluing adapter for all-glass front panels

3.763.763.76

Furniture Castors 8.5 - 8.9Double furniture castors with plateFixed castorsFor press fittingSpecial applicationsSwivel castor

8.68.58.88.8

8.6 - 8.7Furniture Locks 4.18 - 4.21

Central locking rotary cylinder for side fixingDeadbolt rim lockEcono Deadbolt Rim LockEffective shank length 38 mm

4.20 - 4.214.194.184.19

Häfele Piccolo-Nova Espagnolette lockMaster KeyMortise LockRim lock

4.184.214.194.20

Furniture terminals and antennas 9.13 - 9.15FT 120 Furniture terminalHäfele Dialock FAN 100 AntennaOpticalPS 2 Power supply unitSignal generator

9.139.149.159.149.15

GGas-Filled Strut 3.90

Centre hinge only in combination Counterpiece for glass doorsGLARIOR Glass door hinge, opening angle 95°Glass door hingeSIMPLEX-CLIP Glass door hinge, opening angle 110°

3.473.453.433.463.44

Glass Door Hinges 3.43 - 3.48

Glide 8.15

HHafele Keku 2.29 - 2.32

Angled component AD 15Frame component ASFrame component ASRFrame component EHFrame component EHSPanel component ASPanel component, with lip

2.302.322.322.312.312.322.29

Häfele Patent 1.18 - 1.19Model H1310Model H1365

1.191.18

Häfele Varianta Special screws 10.11 - 10.12Countersunk headCylindrical head

10.1210.11

Hinges for Concealed Mounting 3.50 - 3.53Corner connectors for use with aluminium frameSoss Hinge for wood thicknesses 13–51 mmSpecial hinge for wood thickness from 18 mm up to 32 mmZYSA Hinge for wood thickness of 14–40 mm

3.533.503.523.51

7.33 - 7.357.36 - 7.387.10 - 7.297.30 - 7.327.18 - 7.207.21 - 7.237.10 - 7.147.15 - 7.177.26 - 7.29

2.282.282.28

IXConnect RPCHäfele Ixconnect RPC G 13/20Häfele Ixconnect RPC S 15/25

2.22 - 2.232.222.23

Hafele IXConnect SC 8/25 Spreading connectorHäfele IXConnect SC 8/60 Spreading connector

7.33 - 7.38Classic 40 IF AAEKU Clipo 16 IF

IInfront

Infront or VorfrontClassic 30 IF AAHäfele Finetta Spinfront 30/50 1DHäfele Finetta Spinfront 60 2DHawa Concepta 25/30/40/50Hawa Folding Concepta 25Slido Eclipse 16 IF/VF

IXConnect SC

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Index by Product Type Index by Product Type

A.3

2.112.132.112.122.132.122.13

2.9 - 2.13Connector housing without or with rimConnector housing without rim, for wood Cover cap Ø17 mm for connector housing MINIFIX 12Cover caps, for Minifix 15 without rimCover caps, for MINIFIX 15 without rimMINIFIX 15 without rim, wood thickness from 12 mmMINIFIX 15 without rim, wood thickness from 15 mm

MINIFIX

7.50 - 7.527.50 - 7.52

Silent Fold 40Mixfront or Vorfront

1.19Model H13101.18Model H1365

1.5 - 1.6Modern Style2.332.332.332.33

Connecting screw and sleeve, with M6 thread, 2-pieceFor rapid release fasteningsMODULAR Connecting screws

Modular Connection

9.16 - 9.199.169.18

9.17, 9.19

Häfele Dialock MLA 6P Multi-lock adapterHäfele Dialock MLA 8 Multi-lock adapterV2 Connection cable

Multi-lock adapters

9.10 - 9.11Chest lid hinge with soft closeCorner bench hingeFor wooden lidsFor Wooden Lids or Lids with Aluminium FrameHäfele Maxi upWith spring

3.973.98

3.97 - 3.983.963.963.98

5.9 - 5.115.115.11

5.22 - 5.245.235.225.245.245.245.22

4.25 - 4.264.264.264.254.254.254.264.26

1.20

3.843.84

3.77 - 3.84

2.202.212.212.20

2.20

Lid Stays

L

Lid StaysCorner bench hingeFixed castor for underbed boxes

Lift SystemControl unitElectric LiftExtension cableOperating deviceShut-off stripWorktop lifting end column

Locks and Catches AccessoriesAngled striking plateCatch hookLocking BoltProfile RodRod guideStop strip for screw fixingStriking plate

M4 Screws

M

Maxi complete setSoft closing mechanism

Maxi

MAXIFIX 35 Connector housingMAXIFIX S35 Connecting boltScrew-in dowelTrim cap for MAXIFIX 35

Maxifix

3.41 - 3.42Corner pivot hinge, straightPivot hingePivot hinge with identical flanges

3.413.423.41

Pivot Hinges

P

8.9 - 8.14Häfele AXILO™ 8.11 - 8.12

Plinth Adjusting fitting system

1.13 - 1.14End cap, PlasticFixing Bracket 90°

1.13 - 1.141.14

Profile Handles

9.22Open Time 74 Configuration key cardPK Clearing key cardPK Programming key cardReset key card (7C)

9.229.229.229.22

Programming

6.22Pull out cabinet runners8.20 - 8.23Pull out table fittings, for table with frame

Ball bearing runnersFolding fitting

8.20 - 8.218.233.56Push Cathces

2.17 - 2.19Rafix 20 without dowel, plastic, with tightening elementRafix 20 without dowel, zinc alloy, with tightening elementRafix INDUSTRY M20 Connecting bolts Rafix STANDARD S20 Connecting boltsRafix Tab 20 connector

2.172.172.192.192.18

Rafix

R

6.7 - 6.8Single extension 6.7 - 6.8

Roller Runners

2.24Cover capRondorfix Connecting boltRondorfix Eccentric housing without flanged rim

2.242.242.24

Rondorfix

2.25RV/O Top elementRV/U-T3 Internal element

2.252.25

RV

S2.142.142.14

2.14For Ø 5 mm drill holeM6 spreading and glue-in sleevesWith M6 thread

S200 Connecting Bolt

2.492.49

Shelf retainers For wooden shelves, for plug fittingShelf Retainers

2.422.402.412.432.452.392.412.422.422.402.44

2.39 - 2.45For plug fitting into Ø 5 mm drill holeFor screw fixing into Ø 5 mm drill holeGlass shelf supports made of zinc alloyPlug in supports for wooden shelvesShelf bracketsShelf support, plug-in, for Ø 3 mm holesShelf supports for glass shelvesShelf supports for wooden or glass shelves, for screw fixingShelf supports for wooden shelves, for plug fittingShell supports for wooden shelvesSupports With Sleeves For Wooden Shelves

Shelf Support

5.8Slatted frame5.12Slatted Frame Fittings

10.18 - 10.19Sleeves and T-nuts10.1810.1910.1810.1910.18

Screw-in sleeveScrew-in sleeve with screwdriver slotSpreading sleeves, brassStrip of sleevesT-nut

7.51 - 7.56Soft Closing Mechanism7.537.547.547.557.567.537.537.53

Cover for Smuso SD 15/SD 25 soft closing mechanismFollow bracket for Classic 30 IF AAFollow bracket for Classic 40 IF AAFollower bracket for Classic 50 VF ABFollower bracket for Classic 50 VF ABSmuso CD Soft closing mechanismSmuso SD 15/SD 25 Soft closing mechanismSpacer

5.4Storage5.4Laundry Storage Solutions

7.57 - 7.58Straightening fitting7.587.577.58

Cover capPlanofit Door fittingRetaining plate

4.6SYMO Espagnolette Locks

4.94.134.174.9

4.144.154.124.104.7

4.104.114.174.164.114.84.8

Accesories for cam locksAccessories for central locking systemAccessories for Universal plate cylinder coresCam lock nut attachmentCentral locking barCentral locking cylinder with barCentral locking rotary lockCounterpiece for glass door cam lockDead bolt rim lockGlass door cam lockLocking sleeve for push-button cylinderMaster key for plate cylinder removable core HS 1-HS 3Plate-cylinder removable corePush-button cylinderRoller shutter rim lockStriking plate for roller shutter rim lock

4.7 - 4.17SYMO Locking System

T8.258.24

8.24 - 8.25Folding Bracket for tables and benchesFolding table hinge

Table Fittings

8.198.188.19

8.18 - 8.19AccessoriesCylindricalTable legs - Square

Table legs

8.26Table Top Swivel Fitting

10.1010.10

Countersunk head PH DIN 965Hospa M4 Flat head combination

10.10Threaded Screws

4.22Rim lock4.22 - 4.24Traditional Furniture

8.278.288.28

Revolving fittingRotates through 360°Turntable 360°

8.27 - 8.28Turntables

U6.14, 6.17

6.136.166.15

6.13 - 6.17Full extensionSingle and Full ExtensionSingle ExtensionSingle Extension PIN version

Undermount Runners

10.2010.20

Fischer S Wall plugUniversal wall plugs

9.259.239.239.249.24

9.23 - 9.25KB Key wristbandKC Integra Key cardKC Key cardKT Key fobKT Key tag

User keys

V

7.42 - 7.447.45 - 7.467.47 - 7.497.39 - 7.41

5.16

Classic 50 VF ABClassic 50 VF BBClassic 80 VF AAEKU Regal B 25 H VF

Vertical Recessed Folding Bed And Bed Transformable7.39 - 7.49Vorfront

10.23VuPLex Plastic cleaner and cloth retail pack set10.22 - 10.23VuPlex

W5.215.20

Load bearing capacity 8 kgWall mounted TV support bracket, tilting

5.20 - 5.21Wall Mounted TV Support Bracket

3.1003.101

Cabinet hanger for press fitting or screw fixingWall plate For cabinet hanger

3.100Wall unit, concealed

10.21Häfele soft wax sticks10.21Wax Stick

10.1610.16

Hexagonal nut in acc. with DIN 934Wood to metal dowel

8.4Wheel10.15Window Frame Screw10.16Wood to metal dowels

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.

Index by Catalogue Number Index by Catalogue Number

A.5

Cat. No. Page

007.30.130 10.21007.30.131 10.21007.30.132 10.21007.30.133 10.21007.30.134 10.21007.32.139 10.23

Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page015.71.642 10.8015.71.651 10.8015.71.679 10.8015.71.688 10.8015.71.697 10.8015.71.811 10.8015.71.820 10.8015.71.839 10.8015.71.848 10.8015.71.857 10.8015.71.866 10.8015.71.875 10.8015.71.884 10.8015.71.900 10.8015.71.919 10.8015.71.928 10.8015.71.937 10.8015.71.946 10.8015.71.955 10.8015.71.991 10.8015.72.050 10.8015.72.078 10.8015.72.080 10.8015.72.096 10.8015.72.098 10.8015.72.112 10.8015.72.114 10.8015.72.130 10.8

Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page

007

012.14.820 10.12012.15.626 3.36012.15.626 10.11

012

013.14.810 6.23013.14.810 10.12013.14.820 6.23013.14.820 10.12013.14.830 6.23013.14.830 10.12013.15.617 3.36013.15.617 10.11013.15.626 3.36013.15.626 10.11013.15.635 3.36013.15.635 10.11013.30.900 10.11013.30.901 10.11013.30.910 10.11013.31.910 10.11

013

015015.01.935 10.9015.01.944 10.9015.01.953 10.9015.01.962 10.9015.01.971 10.9015.01.980 10.9015.01.982 10.9015.31.255 10.6015.31.326 10.6015.31.335 10.6015.31.344 10.6015.31.522 10.6015.31.531 10.6015.31.540 10.6015.31.559 10.6015.31.577 10.6015.31.586 10.6015.31.595 10.6015.31.602 10.6015.31.620 10.6015.31.639 10.6015.31.648 10.6015.31.657 10.6015.31.675 10.6015.31.684 10.6015.31.693 10.6015.31.700 10.6015.31.719 10.6

015.31.728 10.6015.31.808 10.6015.31.824 10.6015.31.826 10.6015.31.835 10.6015.31.844 10.6015.31.853 10.6015.31.862 10.6015.31.871 10.6015.31.880 10.6015.31.899 10.6015.31.906 10.6015.31.915 10.6015.31.924 10.6015.31.933 10.6015.31.942 10.6015.31.951 10.6015.31.960 10.6015.31.979 10.6015.31.988 10.6015.32.010 10.6015.35.253 10.7015.35.333 10.7015.35.637 6.23015.35.637 10.7015.35.646 6.23015.35.646 10.7015.35.655 6.23015.35.655 10.7015.35.824 3.23015.35.824 3.36015.35.824 10.7015.35.833 3.36015.35.833 10.7015.35.842 3.36015.35.842 10.7015.39.537 10.7015.39.546 10.7015.39.555 10.7015.39.573 10.7015.39.635 10.7015.39.644 10.7015.39.653 10.7015.39.671 10.7015.39.680 10.7015.39.831 10.7015.39.840 10.7015.39.859 10.7015.39.868 10.7015.39.877 10.7015.39.886 10.7015.55.639 10.9015.55.657 10.9015.55.695 10.9015.71.526 10.8015.71.535 10.8015.71.544 10.8015.71.553 10.8015.71.571 10.8015.71.624 10.8015.71.633 10.8

017.35.637 10.7017.71.526 10.8017.71.624 10.8017.71.633 10.8

017

018.00.000 10.13018.00.001 10.13018.00.004 10.13018.00.006 10.13018.00.009 10.13018.00.050 10.13018.00.051 10.13018.00.052 10.13018.00.053 10.13018.00.054 10.13018.00.055 10.13018.00.056 10.13018.00.059 10.13018.00.061 10.13018.00.063 10.13018.00.064 10.13018.00.065 10.13018.00.080 10.13018.00.081 10.13018.00.082 10.13018.00.083 10.13018.00.084 10.13018.00.085 10.13018.00.086 10.13018.00.087 10.13

018

018.00.089 10.13018.00.091 10.13018.00.093 10.13018.00.094 10.13018.00.095 10.13018.00.096 10.13018.00.111 10.13018.00.112 10.13018.00.113 10.13018.00.114 10.13018.00.115 10.13018.00.116 10.13018.00.117 10.13018.00.119 10.13018.00.120 10.13018.00.121 10.13018.00.123 10.13018.00.124 10.13018.00.125 10.13018.00.126 10.13018.00.127 10.13018.00.143 10.13018.00.146 10.13018.00.149 10.13018.00.151 10.13018.00.153 10.13018.00.154 10.13018.00.155 10.13018.00.156 10.13018.00.157 10.13018.00.176 10.13018.00.179 10.13018.00.181 10.13018.00.183 10.13018.00.184 10.13018.00.185 10.13018.00.186 10.13018.00.187 10.13018.00.211 10.13018.00.213 10.13018.00.214 10.13018.00.215 10.13018.00.216 10.13018.00.217 10.13018.40.155 10.14018.40.157 10.14018.40.161 10.14018.40.188 10.14018.40.191 10.14

020.07.063 10.10020.07.064 10.10020.07.065 10.10020.07.066 10.10020.07.067 10.10020.07.068 10.10020.07.069 10.10020.07.070 10.10020.07.071 10.10020.07.072 10.10

020

020.07.073 10.10020.07.075 10.10020.07.077 10.10020.07.079 10.10020.07.094 10.10020.07.097 10.10020.07.098 10.10020.07.099 10.10020.07.101 10.10020.07.103 10.10020.07.126 10.10020.07.127 10.10020.07.128 10.10020.07.129 10.10020.07.130 10.10020.07.131 10.10020.07.157 10.10

022.35.081 10.10022.35.090 10.10022.35.109 10.10022.35.127 10.10022.35.154 10.10022.35.181 10.10022.35.207 10.10022.35.225 10.10022.35.234 10.10022.35.243 10.10022.35.252 10.10022.35.261 10.10022.35.270 10.10022.35.289 10.10022.35.305 10.10022.35.323 10.10022.35.350 10.10022.35.387 10.10022.35.403 10.10022.35.420 10.10022.35.458 10.10022.35.501 10.10022.35.550 10.10022.35.609 10.10022.35.887 1.20

022

024.02.708 2.26024

026.10.901 10.16026.10.902 10.16026.10.903 10.16026.10.904 10.16026.12.923 10.16026.12.926 10.16026.12.942 10.16026.12.944 10.16026.12.946 10.16

026

Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page210.41.612 4.16210.41.613 4.16210.41.621 4.16210.41.622 4.16210.41.623 4.16210.41.631 4.16210.41.632 4.16210.41.633 4.16210.90.308 4.17210.90.504 4.17

030.00.306 10.19030.00.315 10.19030.00.324 10.19030.00.351 10.19030.00.404 10.19030.00.422 10.19030.10.564 2.21030.10.564 10.18030.10.565 2.21030.10.565 10.18030.10.584 2.21030.10.584 10.18030.10.585 2.21030.10.585 10.18

030

031.00.267 10.18031.00.285 10.18031.00.301 8.16031.00.301 10.18031.00.463 10.18031.00.481 10.18

031

034.16.904 10.16034.16.905 10.16034.16.906 10.16034.16.908 10.16034.16.910 10.16

034

039.33.060 2.14039.33.266 2.14039.33.462 2.14

039

042.98.051 2.19042.98.051 10.19

042

045.03.020 10.17045.03.128 10.17045.03.320 10.17045.03.726 10.17045.04.009 2.26045.04.107 2.26045.04.107 10.17045.04.303 2.26045.04.303 10.17045.04.401 2.26045.04.401 10.17045.04.509 2.26045.04.509 10.17045.04.527 2.26045.04.705 2.26045.04.705 10.17

045

051.40.009 10.20051.40.018 10.20051.40.027 10.20051.40.036 10.20051.40.045 10.20051.45.004 10.18051.46.901 10.15051.46.902 10.15051.46.903 10.15051.46.904 10.15051.46.905 10.15051.46.906 10.15051.46.907 10.15

051

103.33.402 1.4103.84.404 1.4

103

106.42.601 1.17106.69.217 1.18106.69.227 1.18106.69.617 1.18106.69.627 1.18

106

115

116.22.629 1.4116.22.638 1.4116.22.647 1.4

116

121.19.103 1.10121.21.140 1.9121.26.161 1.11121.26.171 1.11121.88.868 1.11

121

122.28.100 1.10122.31.100 1.8

122

123.32.510 1.12123.34.800 1.12123.77.900 1.12

123

124.02.210 1.6124.02.220 1.6124.02.630 1.6124.02.631 1.6124.02.634 1.6

124

125.03.902 1.9125.71.102 1.10

125

126.14.901 1.13126.19.900 1.13126.36.001 1.13126.36.300 1.13126.37.001 1.14126.37.096 1.13126.37.097 1.14126.37.098 1.14126.37.300 1.14126.37.936 1.13126.37.937 1.14126.37.938 1.14126.37.990 1.14

126

130.51.764 1.9130.51.791 1.9130.81.910 1.17

130

161.02.400 1.16161

200.68.188 4.19

204.20.500 4.23

209.99.900 4.21

200

204

209

210.11.001 4.17210.11.002 4.17210.11.003 4.17210.11.080 4.17210.11.090 4.17210.41.611 4.16

210

211.01.735 4.19211.04.500 4.23

211

213.21.200 4.19213.21.219 4.19213.21.237 4.19213.21.255 4.19213.21.308 4.19213.21.317 4.19213.21.335 4.19213.21.353 4.19

213

219.19.677 4.17219.19.876 4.23

219

224.64.601 4.6224.64.651 4.6224.64.701 4.6

224

225.56.609 4.18225.56.654 4.18

225

226.00.200 4.25226.07.209 4.25226.07.254 4.25226.07.990 4.25226.30.761 4.26226.30.781 4.26226.57.708 4.25226.67.205 4.25226.67.223 4.25226.67.250 4.25226.67.303 4.25226.67.990 4.25

226

232.01.200 4.18232.01.210 4.18232.01.220 4.18232.04.908 4.22232.04.917 4.22232.04.926 4.22232.04.953 4.22232.04.962 4.22

232131.11.000 1.7131

134.15.080 1.8134.33.120 1.8134.45.200 1.7134.80.610 1.7134.80.629 1.7

134

135.48.001 1.7135.81.950 1.9135.95.001 1.7135.95.003 1.7

135

151.35.262 1.15151.35.665 1.15151.38.051 1.16151.38.052 1.16151.38.053 1.16151.41.503 1.17151.52.052 1.16

151

155.00.471 1.4155.00.570 1.7155.00.820 1.3155.00.821 1.3155.00.822 1.3155.00.823 1.3155.00.825 1.3155.00.826 1.3155.01.400 1.6155.01.401 1.6155.01.402 1.6155.01.403 1.6155.01.405 1.6155.01.407 1.6155.01.408 1.6155.01.409 1.6155.01.410 1.6155.01.411 1.6155.01.412 1.6155.01.461 1.5155.01.462 1.5155.01.463 1.5155.01.464 1.5155.01.465 1.5

155

110.34.206 1.19110.34.207 1.19110.34.306 1.19110.34.307 1.19110.34.606 1.19110.34.607 1.19110.34.706 1.19110.34.707 1.19

110

115.70.150 1.8115.93.002 1.5115.93.003 1.5115.93.004 1.5115.93.005 1.5115.93.006 1.5115.93.008 1.5115.93.010 1.5115.93.011 1.5115.93.013 1.5115.93.014 1.5115.93.019 1.5115.93.014 1.5115.93.019 1.5

117.64.625 1.3117.64.635 1.3

117.14.300 1.11117.64.615 1.3

117

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


A.7

Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page241.80.541 4.41

Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page

245.02.501 4.39245.05.502 4.39245.06.509 4.39245.41.792 4.31245.41.798 4.31245.54.390 4.38245.54.701 4.38245.54.790 4.38245.55.100 4.38245.55.502 4.38245.55.790 4.38245.55.913 4.38245.58.754 4.32245.61.330 4.32245.61.730 4.32245.62.311 4.33245.66.201 3.45245.66.211 3.45245.66.221 3.45245.66.309 3.45245.66.311 3.45245.66.321 3.45245.66.600 3.45245.67.310 4.33245.67.320 4.34245.74.000 4.41

245

246.75.612 4.35246.75.613 4.35246.94.701 4.34246.94.702 4.34246.95.010 4.36246.95.020 4.36246.97.900 4.36

264.37.098 2.26264.37.196 2.26264.71.760 2.26264.75.762 2.26

264232.04.971 4.22232.26.601 4.7232.26.602 4.7232.26.611 4.7232.26.612 4.7232.26.621 4.7232.26.622 4.7232.26.631 4.7232.26.651 4.7232.26.681 4.7232.26.699 4.7232.30.621 4.8232.30.990 4.8232.38.920 4.20

233.40.610 4.10233.40.712 4.10233.42.601 4.10233.42.611 4.10233.42.700 4.10233.42.710 4.10

233

234.59.994 4.11234.65.601 4.11234.87.818 4.30234.87.827 4.30234.87.836 4.30234.87.845 4.30234.98.601 4.12234.98.611 4.12234.98.650 4.12234.98.660 4.12234.99.960 4.21

234

235.79.301 3.69235.88.621 4.9235.88.990 4.9

235

237.10.002 4.14237.10.004 4.14237.10.006 4.14237.10.009 4.14237.22.086 4.13237.22.100 4.13237.22.120 4.13237.22.189 4.13237.22.214 4.13237.22.269 4.13237.22.312 4.13237.22.714 4.30237.22.723 4.30237.22.732 4.30237.22.741 4.30237.22.769 4.30237.22.778 4.30237.23.006 4.15237.43.310 4.28

237

237.43.320 4.28237.43.322 4.29237.43.330 4.29237.48.601 4.15237.56.140 9.15237.56.141 9.15237.56.143 9.15237.56.304 9.9237.56.305 9.9237.56.315 9.10237.56.340 9.10237.56.340 9.17237.56.340 9.19237.56.341 9.10237.56.341 9.17237.56.341 9.19237.56.343 9.10237.56.343 9.17237.56.343 9.19237.56.345 9.10237.56.345 9.17237.56.345 9.19237.56.349 9.10237.56.349 9.17237.56.349 9.19237.56.360 9.19237.56.361 9.19237.56.362 9.19237.56.365 9.19237.56.370 9.11237.56.993 9.10237.58.111 9.13237.58.113 9.13237.58.128 9.14237.58.129 9.14237.58.130 9.14237.58.141 9.14237.96.900 4.20

238.06.108 4.24238

239.06.505 4.26239.06.701 4.26239.26.510 4.24239.40.507 4.24239.41.013 4.26239.41.311 4.26239.41.513 4.26239.41.520 4.23239.76.761 4.25239.76.781 4.25239.92.755 4.26

239

241.10.718 4.41241.80.505 4.41241.80.514 4.41241.80.523 4.41241.80.532 4.41

241

244.01.113 4.39244.01.903 4.39244.20.014 4.40244.20.015 4.40244.20.016 4.40244.20.017 4.40244.20.214 4.40244.20.215 4.40244.20.216 4.40244.20.217 4.40244.20.614 4.40244.20.615 4.40244.20.616 4.40244.20.617 4.40

244

246.00.100 4.37246.00.708 4.37246.02.211 4.37246.03.101 4.37246.03.709 4.37246.03.790 4.44246.08.910 4.44246.09.103 4.37246.09.701 4.37246.26.141 4.37246.26.341 4.37246.26.741 4.37246.26.793 4.44246.26.940 4.37

246

251.01.026 4.43251.01.106 4.42251.01.124 4.42251.01.124 4.43251.02.103 4.42251.02.121 4.42251.74.501 4.43251.74.707 4.43

251

251.01.026 4.43251.01.106 4.42251.01.124 4.42251.01.124 4.43251.02.103 4.42251.02.121 4.42251.74.501 4.43251.74.707 4.43

251

260.09.560 2.28260.09.765 2.28

260

262.09.202 2.15262.09.302 2.15262.11.111 2.22262.11.117 2.23262.12.939 2.15262.17.020 2.11262.17.620 2.11262.18.020 2.11262.18.620 2.11262.24.055 2.13262.24.064 2.12262.24.109 2.11262.24.153 2.13262.24.162 2.12262.24.359 2.13262.24.368 2.12262.24.709 2.11262.24.751 2.13262.24.760 2.12262.26.032 2.13262.26.032 2.13262.26.034 2.13262.26.035 2.13262.26.036 2.13262.26.070 2.12262.26.532 2.13262.26.534 2.13262.26.535 2.13

262

262.26.536 2.13262.26.570 2.12262.27.679 2.14262.27.949 2.15262.28.679 2.14262.28.699 2.14262.28.946 2.15262.47.021 2.33262.47.049 2.33262.47.076 2.33262.47.978 2.33262.47.987 2.33262.49.356 2.29262.49.365 2.31262.49.367 2.31262.50.359 2.32262.50.368 2.32262.50.377 2.32262.50.390 2.32262.51.380 2.30262.72.701 2.25262.72.953 2.25262.75.061 2.24262.75.098 2.24262.75.990 2.24262.78.704 2.24262.87.003 2.20262.87.013 2.20262.87.190 2.20262.87.390 2.20262.87.490 2.20262.87.603 2.20262.87.613 2.20262.87.690 2.20262.87.703 2.20262.87.713 2.20262.87.790 2.20262.87.901 2.21262.87.902 2.21262.87.911 2.21262.87.912 2.21

263.09.339 2.18263.09.731 2.18263.10.103 2.17263.10.105 2.17263.10.303 2.17263.10.305 2.17263.10.705 2.17263.11.105 2.17263.11.703 2.17263.11.705 2.17263.20.810 2.19263.20.847 2.19263.20.981 2.19

246

267.07.902 2.33267.07.903 2.33267.82.026 2.27267.82.125 2.27267.82.130 2.27267.82.140 2.27267.82.227 2.27267.82.230 2.27267.82.235 2.27267.82.240 2.27267.82.250 2.27267.82.340 2.27267.82.350 2.27267.82.360 2.27267.82.450 2.27267.82.460 2.27267.82.612 2.27267.90.000 2.27267.90.004 2.27267.90.010 2.27267.90.020 2.27

267

271.03.511 2.34271.03.531 2.34271.03.910 2.34271.03.930 2.34271.75.004 5.8271.75.007 5.8271.75.014 5.9271.75.017 5.9271.87.101 5.5271.87.920 5.8271.87.921 5.8271.87.922 5.8271.89.000 5.13271.89.001 5.14271.89.005 5.13271.89.006 5.14271.89.010 5.13271.89.920 5.13271.89.921 5.14271.91.114 5.5271.91.115 5.5271.91.135 5.5271.91.136 5.5271.95.203 5.6271.95.204 5.7271.95.361 5.7271.95.450 5.16271.97.300 5.15271.97.301 5.15271.97.395 5.15

271

271.97.396 5.15271.98.100 5.9271.98.110 2.35271.99.122 5.7271.99.140 5.7271.99.168 5.7271.99.186 5.7271.99.202 5.7271.99.220 5.6271.99.266 5.6271.99.300 5.6271.99.346 5.6271.99.355 5.5271.99.373 5.5271.99.382 5.6271.99.410 5.6271.99.426 5.5271.99.505 5.5

273.03.515 2.34273

274.00.933 5.12274.01.930 5.12

274

281.41.907 2.41281

282.01.505 2.42282.01.701 2.42282.04.113 2.43282.04.515 2.43282.04.720 2.39282.06.500 2.43282.12.403 2.39282.13.610 2.41282.18.706 2.42282.20.715 2.42282.24.717 2.40282.24.718 2.40282.24.720 2.42282.24.727 2.40282.24.728 2.40282.24.733 2.41282.25.717 2.39282.25.727 2.39282.25.733 2.39282.26.701 2.40282.26.706 2.40282.28.702 2.49282.28.720 2.49282.28.730 2.49282.28.734 2.49282.28.739 2.49282.43.101 2.43282.43.905 2.43282.44.100 2.44282.44.800 2.44282.50.508 2.42

282

282.50.704 2.42282.66.100 2.44282.66.800 2.44

283.33.501 2.48283.33.904 2.46283.33.910 2.47

283

287.30.109 2.45287.30.118 2.45287.30.127 2.45287.30.145 2.45287.30.163 2.45287.30.172 2.45287.30.181 2.45287.30.207 2.45287.30.216 2.45287.30.225 2.45287.30.243 2.45287.30.261 2.45287.30.270 2.45287.30.289 2.45287.43.400 2.50287.43.419 2.50287.43.428 2.50287.43.437 2.50287.43.446 2.50

287

290.05.740 3.99290.08.900 3.99290.21.900 3.100290.21.901 3.100290.21.930 3.100290.21.992 3.101

290

306.00.005 3.28306.00.006 3.28306.00.007 3.28306.00.008 3.27306.00.009 3.27306.00.010 3.28

306

311.41.500 3.31311.41.501 3.32311.41.502 3.32311.41.570 3.31311.41.571 3.32311.41.572 3.32311.42.500 3.33311.42.501 3.34311.42.502 3.34311.42.510 3.33311.42.511 3.34311.42.512 3.34311.43.200 3.35311.43.210 3.35

306

311.43.220 3.35311.43.230 3.35311.43.300 3.35311.43.320 3.35311.43.800 3.35311.43.820 3.35311.51.510 3.35311.51.511 3.35311.51.512 3.35311.51.513 3.35311.51.514 3.35311.51.515 3.35311.51.520 3.35311.51.521 3.35311.51.522 3.35311.51.524 3.35311.51.561 3.35311.51.563 3.35311.60.430 3.9311.60.431 3.10311.60.432 3.10311.60.520 3.9311.60.521 3.10311.60.522 3.10311.60.525 3.6311.60.526 3.7311.60.527 3.7311.60.820 3.9311.60.821 3.10311.60.822 3.10311.65.700 3.13311.67.421 3.11311.67.422 3.12311.67.423 3.12311.67.511 3.11311.67.512 3.12311.67.513 3.12311.70.610 3.13311.70.612 3.13311.70.614 3.13311.71.500 3.13311.71.502 3.13311.71.504 3.13311.71.540 3.8311.71.542 3.8311.71.544 3.8311.81.410 3.11311.81.410 3.24311.81.411 3.12311.81.411 3.24311.81.412 3.12311.81.412 3.24311.84.503 3.9311.84.504 3.10311.84.505 3.10311.85.500 3.11311.85.501 3.12311.85.502 3.12311.88.503 3.6311.88.504 3.7311.88.505 3.7

311.90.500 3.9311.90.501 3.10311.90.502 3.10311.90.516 3.9311.90.516 3.24311.90.517 3.10311.90.517 3.24311.90.518 3.10311.90.518 3.24311.91.520 3.8311.91.560 3.8311.92.500 3.24311.92.500 3.24311.92.501 3.24311.92.501 3.24311.92.502 3.24311.92.502 3.24311.98.500 3.13311.98.502 3.13311.98.504 3.13311.98.505 3.13311.98.510 3.13311.98.512 3.13311.98.514 3.13311.98.515 3.13311.98.660 3.8311.98.662 3.8311.98.664 3.8

315.06.750 3.23315.06.751 3.23315.06.752 3.23315.07.007 3.25315.07.008 3.26315.07.009 3.26315.27.750 3.27315.27.751 3.27315.27.752 3.28315.59.008 3.23315.59.018 3.28315.59.024 3.28315.59.024 3.28315.98.610 3.23315.98.612 3.23

315

316.30.100 3.16316.30.101 3.17316.30.102 3.17316.30.500 3.16316.30.501 3.17316.30.502 3.17316.31.500 3.18316.31.501 3.19316.31.502 3.19316.32.600 3.20316.32.601 3.21316.36.330 3.22316.36.500 3.22316.36.510 3.22

315

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


A.9

Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. PageCat. No. Page316.51.502 3.21316.51.504 3.21316.51.506 3.21316.51.508 3.21316.53.710 3.22

318.40.500 3.16318.40.501 3.17318.40.502 3.17318.41.100 3.18318.41.101 3.19318.41.102 3.19318.42.600 3.20318.42.601 3.21

318

329.17.600 3.73329.17.630 3.73329.71.500 3.73329.71.503 3.73

318

341.07.718 3.50341.07.727 3.50341.07.736 3.50341.07.745 3.50341.07.754 3.50341.07.763 3.50341.07.772 3.50341.07.781 3.50341.11.503 3.51341.12.500 3.51341.13.507 3.51341.14.504 3.51341.22.506 3.51341.23.503 3.51341.30.509 8.23341.30.509 8.24341.30.546 8.23341.30.546 8.24341.30.561 8.23341.32.502 3.49341.32.502 8.24341.32.708 3.49341.32.708 8.23341.32.708 8.24341.32.806 3.49341.32.806 8.23

341

342.62.310 3.40342.62.710 3.40342.63.502 3.40342.63.600 3.40342.66.730 3.39342.75.128 3.40342.75.628 3.40342.79.300 3.52342.79.310 3.52342.79.320 3.52

342

342.79.700 3.52342.79.710 3.52342.79.717 3.53342.79.718 3.53342.79.720 3.52

343.90.700 3.38343

351.95.110 3.55351.95.127 3.54351.95.129 3.54351.95.129 3.54351.95.156 3.55351.96.117 5.10351.96.519 5.10351.96.910 5.10

351

356.02.501 3.56356.02.502 3.56356.02.511 3.56356.02.512 3.56356.37.590 3.56356.37.591 3.56356.53.300 3.97356.53.310 3.97356.53.330 3.97356.53.700 3.97356.53.710 3.97356.53.730 3.97

356

361.03.511 3.41361.03.531 3.41361.22.110 3.42361.22.310 3.42361.22.710 3.42361.42.202 3.44361.42.300 3.44361.47.207 3.47361.49.201 3.43361.49.603 3.43361.49.701 3.43361.85.501 3.48361.85.609 3.48361.93.240 3.46361.93.241 3.46361.93.242 3.47361.93.640 3.46361.93.641 3.46361.93.642 3.47

361

362.10.803 3.41362

365.47.331 3.93365.47.332 3.93365.47.333 3.93

365

365.47.334 3.93365.47.335 3.93365.47.336 3.93365.47.340 3.93365.47.341 3.93365.47.342 3.93365.47.343 3.93365.47.344 3.93365.47.345 3.93365.47.431 3.93365.47.432 3.93365.47.433 3.93365.47.434 3.93365.47.435 3.93365.47.436 3.93365.47.731 3.93365.47.732 3.93365.47.733 3.93365.47.734 3.93365.47.735 3.93365.47.736 3.93365.47.931 3.93365.47.932 3.93365.47.933 3.93365.47.934 3.93365.47.935 3.93365.47.936 3.93365.48.110 3.91365.48.111 3.91365.48.112 3.91365.48.113 3.91365.48.310 3.91365.48.311 3.91365.48.312 3.91365.48.313 3.91365.48.510 3.91365.48.511 3.91365.48.512 3.91365.48.513 3.91365.48.710 3.91365.48.711 3.91365.48.712 3.91365.48.713 3.91365.86.704 3.94365.86.713 3.94365.86.722 3.94365.86.731 3.94

366.33.830 3.95366

372.19.300 5.10372.19.700 5.10372.33.300 3.74372.33.301 3.74372.33.302 3.74372.33.303 3.74372.33.304 3.74372.33.305 3.74372.33.306 3.74

372

372.33.307 3.74372.33.308 3.74372.33.309 3.74372.33.310 3.74372.33.311 3.74372.33.312 3.74372.33.313 3.74372.33.314 3.74372.33.500 3.74372.33.501 3.74372.33.502 3.74372.33.510 3.74372.33.511 3.74372.33.512 3.74372.33.513 3.74372.33.520 3.74372.33.521 3.74372.33.522 3.74372.33.523 3.74372.33.530 3.74372.33.531 3.74372.33.532 3.74372.33.533 3.74372.33.692 3.78372.33.694 3.78372.33.696 3.78372.33.698 3.78372.33.700 3.74372.33.701 3.74372.33.702 3.74372.33.710 3.74372.33.711 3.74372.33.712 3.74372.33.713 3.74372.33.720 3.74372.33.721 3.74372.33.722 3.74372.33.723 3.74372.33.730 3.74372.33.731 3.74372.33.732 3.74372.33.733 3.74372.34.300 3.76372.34.301 3.76372.34.302 3.76372.34.303 3.76372.34.304 3.76372.34.305 3.76372.34.306 3.76372.34.307 3.76372.34.308 3.76372.34.500 3.76372.34.501 3.76372.34.502 3.76372.34.510 3.76372.34.511 3.76372.34.512 3.76372.34.520 3.76372.34.521 3.76372.34.522 3.76372.34.700 3.76

372.34.701 3.76372.34.702 3.76372.34.710 3.76372.34.711 3.76372.34.712 3.76372.34.720 3.76372.34.721 3.76372.34.722 3.76372.37.044 3.69372.37.044 3.73372.37.060 3.72372.37.300 3.70372.37.301 3.70372.37.302 3.70372.37.303 3.70372.37.304 3.70372.37.305 3.70372.37.306 3.70372.37.307 3.70372.37.308 3.70372.37.309 3.70372.37.310 3.70372.37.311 3.70372.37.312 3.70372.37.313 3.70372.37.314 3.70372.37.315 3.70372.37.316 3.70372.37.317 3.70372.37.318 3.70372.37.319 3.70372.37.320 3.70372.37.321 3.70372.37.322 3.70372.37.323 3.70372.37.324 3.70372.37.332 3.70372.37.333 3.70372.37.334 3.70372.37.335 3.70372.37.336 3.70372.37.510 3.70372.37.512 3.70372.37.513 3.70372.37.520 3.70372.37.522 3.70372.37.523 3.70372.37.530 3.70372.37.532 3.70372.37.533 3.70372.37.534 3.70372.37.542 3.70372.37.543 3.70372.37.544 3.70372.37.552 3.70372.37.553 3.70372.37.554 3.70372.37.563 3.70372.37.564 3.70372.37.565 3.70372.37.573 3.70

372.37.574 3.70372.37.575 3.70372.37.583 3.70372.37.584 3.70372.37.585 3.70372.37.591 3.70372.37.593 3.70372.37.594 3.70372.37.596 3.70372.37.599 3.70372.37.710 3.70372.37.712 3.70372.37.713 3.70372.37.720 3.70372.37.722 3.70372.37.723 3.70372.37.730 3.70372.37.732 3.70372.37.733 3.70372.37.734 3.70372.37.742 3.70372.37.743 3.70372.37.744 3.70372.37.752 3.70372.37.753 3.70372.37.754 3.70372.37.763 3.70372.37.764 3.70372.37.765 3.70372.37.773 3.70372.37.774 3.70372.37.775 3.70372.37.783 3.70372.37.784 3.70372.37.785 3.70372.37.791 3.70372.37.793 3.70372.37.794 3.70372.37.796 3.70372.37.799 3.70372.39.500 3.69372.39.510 3.69372.39.520 3.69372.39.530 3.69372.39.600 3.68372.39.601 3.68372.39.610 3.68372.39.611 3.68372.39.620 3.68372.39.621 3.68372.39.630 3.68372.39.631 3.68372.39.700 3.69372.39.710 3.69372.39.720 3.69372.39.730 3.69372.39.800 3.68372.39.801 3.68372.39.810 3.68372.39.811 3.68372.39.820 3.68

372.39.821 3.68372.39.830 3.68372.39.831 3.68372.64.796 3.72372.64.797 3.72372.91.320 3.61372.91.321 3.61372.91.322 3.61372.91.330 3.62372.91.331 3.62372.91.332 3.62372.91.333 3.62372.91.370 3.61372.91.371 3.61372.91.372 3.61372.91.380 3.62372.91.381 3.62372.91.382 3.62372.91.383 3.62372.91.499 3.61372.91.598 3.63372.91.598 3.78372.91.599 3.62372.91.599 3.78372.91.720 3.61372.91.721 3.61372.91.722 3.61372.91.730 3.62372.91.731 3.62372.91.732 3.62372.91.733 3.62

373.66.036 3.96373.66.212 3.86373.66.214 3.86373.66.222 3.86373.66.262 3.86373.66.264 3.86373.66.272 3.86373.66.312 3.88373.66.314 3.88373.66.322 3.88373.66.372 3.88373.66.374 3.88373.66.376 3.88373.66.612 3.86373.66.614 3.86373.66.622 3.86373.66.632 3.88373.66.634 3.88373.66.642 3.88373.66.681 3.96373.69.302 3.84373.69.312 3.84373.69.332 3.84373.69.334 3.84373.69.336 3.84373.69.338 3.84373.69.342 3.84373.69.344 3.84

373

373.69.346 3.84373.69.348 3.84373.69.398 3.84373.69.402 3.84373.69.412 3.84373.69.502 3.84373.69.512 3.84373.69.702 3.84373.69.712 3.84373.69.732 3.84373.69.734 3.84373.69.736 3.84373.69.738 3.84373.69.742 3.84373.69.744 3.84373.69.746 3.84373.69.748 3.84373.69.780 3.69373.69.798 3.84373.69.799 3.84373.69.906 3.96373.69.907 3.96373.69.908 3.96373.69.912 3.96373.82.001 3.90373.82.002 3.90373.82.003 3.90373.82.004 3.90373.82.005 3.90373.85.700 3.96373.85.701 3.96373.85.702 3.96

380.51.904 8.23380.52.925 8.23

380

400.50.101 7.6400.50.102 7.6400.50.103 7.6400.50.104 7.6400.50.441 7.6400.50.460 7.6400.50.462 7.6400.50.479 7.8400.50.602 7.6400.50.603 7.6400.50.606 7.6400.50.702 7.6400.50.703 7.6400.51.120 7.43400.51.121 7.43400.51.122 7.43400.51.123 7.43400.51.126 7.45400.51.127 7.45400.51.130 7.45400.51.131 7.45400.52.026 7.44400.52.036 7.44

400

400.52.052 7.46400.52.053 7.46400.52.952 7.44400.52.952 7.46400.52.953 7.44400.52.953 7.46400.56.114 7.44400.56.115 7.44400.56.116 7.46400.56.117 7.46400.56.128 7.44400.56.129 7.44400.56.130 7.46400.56.131 7.46400.57.121 7.44400.57.121 7.46400.57.122 7.44400.57.122 7.46400.58.001 7.46400.58.002 7.44400.58.011 7.44400.58.011 7.46400.58.060 7.44400.58.060 7.46400.59.020 7.46400.88.902 7.41400.88.903 7.41400.88.906 7.41400.96.053 7.44400.96.053 7.46400.96.060 7.44

404.14.133 7.32404.14.313 7.32404.14.713 7.32404.16.903 7.32404.16.913 7.35404.21.109 7.32404.21.154 7.32404.22.106 7.32404.22.107 7.31404.22.108 7.31404.22.151 7.32404.22.152 7.31404.22.153 7.31404.24.100 7.35404.24.101 7.35404.24.300 7.35404.24.310 7.35404.24.320 7.35404.24.330 7.35

404

405.10.075 7.38405.11.107 7.53405.11.160 7.55405.11.161 7.55405.11.210 7.56405.11.211 7.56405.11.216 7.54

405

405.11.217 7.54405.11.218 7.54405.11.219 7.54405.11.401 7.53405.12.015 7.53405.12.025 7.53405.12.250 7.53405.12.290 7.53405.55.214 7.41405.55.224 7.41405.55.225 7.41405.61.912 7.41405.61.913 7.41405.61.916 7.41405.67.095 7.41405.67.113 7.41405.69.912 7.41405.69.913 7.41405.69.916 7.41405.82.216 7.38405.82.218 7.38405.83.180 7.38405.83.181 7.38405.87.042 7.38405.87.043 7.38405.87.046 7.38405.87.082 7.38405.87.083 7.38405.87.086 7.38405.87.092 7.38405.87.093 7.38405.87.096 7.38405.90.032 7.38405.90.033 7.38405.90.036 7.38405.90.942 7.38405.90.943 7.38405.90.946 7.38405.98.517 7.38405.98.527 7.38405.98.561 7.38

406.80.002 7.49406.80.003 7.49406.82.902 7.49406.82.903 7.49

406

407.47.002 7.49407.47.004 7.49407.90.200 7.57407.90.201 7.57407.90.241 7.58407.90.250 7.58407.90.700 7.57407.90.701 7.57407.90.741 7.58407.90.750 7.58

407

We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


We

rese

rve

the

right

to a

lter

spec

ifica

tions

with

out n

otic

e.


A.11

Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. PageCat. No. Page

408.24.002 7.29408.24.011 7.29408.24.020 7.29408.25.335 7.27408.25.340 7.27408.25.345 7.27408.25.350 7.27408.25.355 7.27408.25.360 7.27408.25.365 7.27408.30.045 7.14408.30.046 7.14408.30.047 7.14408.30.048 7.14408.30.092 7.14408.30.093 7.14408.30.094 7.14408.30.095 7.14408.30.229 7.17408.30.243 7.14408.30.400 7.17408.30.430 7.17408.30.431 7.17408.30.432 7.17408.30.961 7.17408.30.970 7.17408.31.000 7.17408.31.001 7.17408.31.002 7.17408.31.003 7.17408.31.004 7.17408.31.005 7.17408.31.006 7.17408.31.007 7.17408.31.330 7.25408.31.331 7.25408.31.335 7.25408.31.336 7.25408.31.340 7.25408.31.341 7.25408.31.345 7.25408.31.346 7.25408.31.350 7.25408.31.351 7.25408.31.355 7.25408.31.356 7.25408.31.360 7.25408.31.361 7.25408.43.901 7.24408.43.903 7.24408.44.000 7.24408.45.008 7.23408.45.010 7.23408.45.012 7.23408.45.013 7.23408.45.020 7.20408.45.022 7.20408.45.022 7.20408.45.023 7.20

408408.45.102 7.23408.45.108 7.24408.45.109 7.24408.45.121 7.23

409.60.902 7.52409.60.903 7.52409.61.750 7.52409.61.930 7.52409.62.700 7.52409.62.900 7.52409.62.940 7.52409.63.710 7.52

409

420.34.935 6.12420.34.941 6.12

420

421.26.031 6.14421.26.032 6.14421.26.033 6.14421.26.034 6.14421.26.035 6.14421.51.741 6.22421.51.746 6.22421.51.751 6.22421.51.756 6.22421.51.761 6.22421.51.766 6.22421.51.771 6.22421.51.776 6.22421.68.420 5.18421.68.423 5.19421.68.425 5.18421.68.431 5.18421.99.951 5.21421.99.955 5.21

421

422.25.258 6.9422.25.267 6.9422.25.301 6.9422.25.310 6.9422.25.356 6.9422.25.365 6.9422.25.409 6.9422.25.418 6.9422.25.454 6.9422.25.463 6.9422.25.507 6.9422.25.516 6.9422.25.552 6.9422.25.561 6.9422.25.605 6.9422.25.614 6.9422.25.650 6.9422.25.669 6.9422.25.703 6.9422.25.712 6.9

422

422.45.021 6.11422.45.022 6.11422.45.023 6.11422.45.024 6.11422.45.025 6.11422.45.026 6.11422.45.027 6.11422.45.028 6.11

423.36.250 6.8423.36.300 6.8423.36.350 6.8423.36.400 6.8423.36.450 6.8423.36.500 6.8423.36.550 6.8423.36.600 6.8423.37.425 6.8423.37.430 6.8423.37.435 6.8423.37.440 6.8423.37.445 6.8423.37.450 6.8423.37.455 6.8423.37.460 6.8423.37.725 6.8423.37.730 6.8423.37.735 6.8423.37.740 6.8423.37.745 6.8423.37.750 6.8423.37.755 6.8423.37.760 6.8423.79.725 6.7423.79.730 6.7423.79.735 6.7423.79.740 6.7423.79.745 6.7423.79.750 6.7423.79.755 6.7423.79.760 6.7

423

428.96.102 5.17428.96.702 5.17

428

429.99.520 5.17429

432.24.401 6.10432.24.402 6.10432.24.403 6.10432.24.404 6.10432.24.405 6.10432.24.406 6.10432.24.407 6.10432.24.801 6.10432.24.802 6.10432.24.803 6.10

432

432.24.804 6.10432.24.805 6.10

433.03.600 6.16433.03.602 6.16433.03.603 6.16433.03.604 6.16433.03.605 6.16433.03.606 6.16433.03.607 6.16433.03.700 6.17433.03.702 6.17433.03.703 6.17433.03.704 6.17433.03.705 6.17433.03.706 6.17433.03.707 6.17433.06.236 6.15433.06.241 6.15433.06.246 6.15433.06.251 6.15433.06.462 6.13433.06.463 6.13433.06.464 6.13433.06.465 6.13433.06.466 6.13433.06.467 6.13433.10.462 6.13433.10.463 6.13433.10.464 6.13433.10.465 6.13433.10.466 6.13433.10.467 6.13

433

502.72.702 5.4502.72.703 5.4502.72.704 5.4

502

552.49.316 6.19552.49.345 6.20552.49.716 6.19552.49.745 6.20552.53.389 6.21552.53.390 6.21552.53.395 6.21552.53.789 6.21552.53.790 6.21552.53.795 6.21

552

631.31.002 5.17631.31.012 5.17631.31.202 5.17631.31.212 5.17631.31.302 5.17631.31.312 5.17631.31.402 5.17631.31.412 5.17

531

631.31.702 5.17631.31.712 5.17

633.03.298 5.23633.03.299 5.24633.03.300 5.24633.13.201 5.22633.13.212 5.22633.17.301 5.24633.52.022 5.23633.52.023 5.23633.52.024 5.23633.52.230 5.23633.52.330 5.24633.52.730 5.24

633

635.24.274 8.18635.64.906 8.18635.67.204 8.19635.67.290 8.19

635

637.02.009 8.16637.02.018 8.16637.02.027 8.16637.02.036 8.16637.02.045 8.16637.02.054 8.16637.02.090 8.16637.03.009 8.16637.03.018 8.16637.03.027 8.16637.03.045 8.16637.03.054 8.16637.05.001 8.17637.05.010 8.17637.15.009 8.10637.15.012 8.10637.15.014 8.10637.38.054 8.13637.38.063 8.13637.38.340 8.12637.38.341 8.12637.45.308 8.9637.45.326 8.9637.45.344 8.9637.45.371 8.9637.45.791 8.10637.45.906 8.9637.45.915 8.9637.45.997 8.10637.47.490 8.13637.47.491 8.13637.76.333 8.12637.76.334 8.12637.76.351 8.12637.76.352 8.12637.76.353 8.12637.76.354 8.12

637

Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page637.76.355 8.12637.76.356 8.12637.76.357 8.12637.76.360 8.14637.76.361 8.14637.76.422 8.13637.76.460 8.14

642.48.505 8.23642.48.514 8.23642.48.530 8.23642.48.921 8.23642.51.226 8.23642.51.230 8.23642.51.241 8.23642.51.300 8.23642.56.802 8.20642.57.008 8.20642.57.009 8.20642.57.112 8.21642.59.902 8.20642.59.903 8.20642.59.922 8.20642.90.919 8.25

642

643.01.516 3.98643.01.516 5.11643.01.525 3.98643.01.525 5.11

643

646.11.016 8.28646.12.103 8.28646.15.014 8.27646.18.908 8.27646.19.318 8.28646.19.381 8.28646.31.000 8.26

646

650.02.137 8.15650.02.165 8.15650.02.226 8.15650.02.250 8.15650.06.102 8.15650.06.149 8.15650.20.206 8.15

650

651.02.909 8.17651

660.93.320 8.6660.93.330 8.6660.94.320 8.6660.94.330 8.6660.98.904 5.11660.98.904 8.5

660

661.02.250 8.8661.04.309 8.8661.04.340 8.8661.04.350 8.8661.04.360 8.8661.05.320 8.8661.05.330 8.8661.23.304 8.5661.23.313 8.5661.43.301 8.4661.43.302 8.4

661

663.06.920 8.6663.16.920 8.6

663

670.01.543 8.7670.03.543 8.7

670

817.01.380 5.20817.35.322 5.20

817

823.28.310 9.19823.28.327 9.19823.28.351 9.19823.28.360 9.19823.28.780 9.20

823

910.51.084 9.18910.51.088 9.16910.54.981 9.11

910

917.24.210 9.25917.24.213 9.25917.24.216 9.25917.24.218 9.25917.24.219 9.25917.42.001 9.22917.42.002 9.22917.42.021 9.22917.42.027 9.22917.42.131 9.9917.42.137 9.9917.44.011 9.23917.44.093 9.23917.44.098 9.23917.44.099 9.23917.44.141 9.24917.44.143 9.24917.44.145 9.24917.44.147 9.24

917

917.44.148 9.24917.44.149 9.24917.44.170 9.24917.44.171 9.24917.44.175 9.24917.44.177 9.24917.44.179 9.24917.44.200 9.25917.44.203 9.25917.44.206 9.25917.44.208 9.25917.44.209 9.25

940.42.920 7.52940.42.930 7.52

940

660.90.245 8.7660.91.245 8.7660.92.910 8.7

Imprint

Reprinting of this catalogue in whole or in part, the copying or imitation of anyillustrations and the imitation of the layout are strictly prohibited.

The technical descriptions and dimensions in this catalogue, also those with thephotographs and drawings, are not binding. We reserve the right to make designimprovements. All dimensions in mm, unless stated otherwise.

All deliveries are made pursuant to the Häfele conditions of sale, delivery andpayment, which can be inspected at www.hafele.co.id.

Issued by:PT. Häfele IndotamaTaman Tekno BSD Blok A No. 3 Serpong - Tangerang 15314

Hotline: +62 82 333 666 082 Phone: +62 21 7587 8888 Fax: +62 21 7587 7777 Email: [email protected]: www.hafele.co.id

July 2019© by PT. Häfele IndotamaAll rights reserved.Printed in Indonesia.

furniture fittings

Documents